View 6SE7-332-5HD01-0AB0_5102801.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

simatic s7-300 s7-300 automation system module data _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ _ _____________ preface general technical data 1 power supply modules 2 digital modules 3 principles of analog value processing 4 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5 analog modules 6 other signal modules 7 interface modules 8 rs 485 repeater 9 parameter sets of signal modules a diagnostics data of signal modules b dimensional drawings c spare parts and accessories for s7-300 modules d directive on handling electrostatic-sensitive devices (esd) e support & service f list of abbreviations g simatic s7-300 automation system module data manual 02/2007 a5e00105505-05 this description forms part of the documentation package with the order number: s7-300 automation system: 6es7398-8fa10-8ba0. the following supplement is part of this documentation: no. product information drawing number edition 1 reparameterization steps in run mode a5e00201782-03 12/2004 2 use of subassemblies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 12/2006 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
safety guidelines safety guidelines this manual contains notices y ou have to observe in order to en sure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. the notices r eferring to your personal safe ty are highlighted in the manual by a sa fety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safet y alert symbol. these notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger. danger indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precaut ions are not taken. warning indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precaut ions are not taken. caution with a safety alert symbol, indic ates that minor personal injur y can result if proper pre cautions are not taken. caution without a safety alert symbol, i ndicates that property damage c an result if proper prec autions are not taken. notice indicates that an unintended resu lt or situation can occur if t he corresponding in formation is not taken into account. if more than one degree of danger is present , the warning notic e representing the hig hest degree of danger will be used. a notice warning of injur y to persons with a safety al ert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage. qualified personnel the device/system may only be se t up and used in conjunction wi th this documentation. commissioning and operation of a device/system m ay only be performed by qualified personnel . within the context of the safety notes in this documentation qualified persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission, ground and label devices, systems and circui ts in accordance with establis hed safety practices and standards. prescribed usage note the following: warning this device may only be used for the applications described in the catalog or the technical description and only in connection with devices or com ponents from other manufacture rs which have been approved or recommended by siemens. correc t, reliable operation of the prod uct requires proper transport, storage, positioning and assembly as well as careful operation and maint enance. trademarks all names identified by ? are r egistered trademarks of the siem ens ag. the remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whos e use by third parties for th eir own purposes could v iolate the rights of the owner. disclaimer of liability we have reviewed the contents of this public ation to ensure con sistency with the har dware and software described. since variance canno t be precluded entirely, we cann ot guarantee full cons istency. however, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any n ecessary corrections are included in subsequent editions. siemens ag automation and drives postfach 48 48 90437 nrnberg germany a5e00105505-05 ? 04/2007 copyright ? siemens ag 2007. technical data subject to change http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3 preface purpose of the manual the information contained in th is manual can be used as a refer ence to operating, to functions, and to the technical data of the signal modules, pow er supply modules and interface modules of the s7-300. refer to the relevant s7-300 or et 200m manuals to find out how to assemble and wire the modules.for system installation. basic knowledge required this manual presumes general kno wledge in the field of automati on engineering. range of validity of this manual the manual describes the compone nts based on the data valid at the time of its release. siemens reserves the right to inc lude product information for e ach new module, and for each module of a later version. changes compared to the previous version changes / enhancement s compared to the prev ious version describ ed in this manual: various corrections were made. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
preface s7-300 automation system module data 4 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 position in the overall documentation structure the following documentation form s part of the s7-300 documentat ion package. you can also find this on the inte rnet at: http://support.automation.siemens .com/ww/view/en/ and the relevant article id. name of the manual description manual cpu 31xc and cpu 31x, technical data contribution id: 12996906 control and display elements, communication, memory concept, cycle and reaction times, technical data. operating instructions s7-300, cpu 31xc and cpu 31x: installation contribution id: 13008499 project design, installation, wiring, addressing, commissioning, maintenance and test functions, diagnostics and troubleshooting. system manual profinet system description contribution id: 19292127 basic description of profinet: network components , data exchange and communication, profinet io, component- based automation, application example of profinet io and component-based automation. programming manual migration from profibus dp to profinet io contribution id: 19289930 guideline for migrati on from profibus dp to profinet io. manual ? cpu 31xc: technological functions contribution id: 12429336 ? cd containing examples description of the technological functions: positioning, counting, poi nt-to-point coupling, loop control. the cd contains examples of the technological functions. you are currently reading the manual s7-300 automation system: module data contribution id: 8859629 description of the function s and technical data of signal/ power supply/ interface modules. instructions list cpu 31xc and cpu 31x contribution id: 13206730 list of the cpu's instruction set and corresponding execution times. listing of executable blocks. getting started available anthology of ge tting started manuals: ? s7-300 getting started contribution id: 15390497 ? profinet getting st arted collection contribution id: 19290251 using concrete example s, the getting started documentation provides st ep-by-step instructions focused on commissioning a fully functional application. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
preface s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5 other manuals on s7-300 and et 200m name of the manual description reference manual ? cpu data: cpu 312 ifm - 318-2 dp ? contribution id: 8860591 control and display elements, communication, memory concept, cycle and reaction times, technical data installation manual s7-300 automation syst em: installation: cpu 312 ifm C 318-2 dp contribution id: 15390415 project design, installation, wiring, addressing, commissioning, maintenance and test functions, diagnostics and troubleshooting. configuring manual et 200m signal modules for process automation contribution id: 7215812 description of integration in process automation, parameter configuration using simatic pdm, digital input modules, digital output modules. manual distributed i/o device et 200m hart analog modules contribution id: 22063748 description of configurat ion and commissioning of hart analog modules. manual distributed i/o device et 200m contribution id: 1142798 description of configurat ion, assembly and wiring. sign posts the manual contains various f eatures supporting quick access to specific information: the manual starts with a table of contents, including an index of the tables contained in the manual. key terms are explained in the glossary. you can use the index to find the key parts of the manual. recycling and disposal since the s7-300 components only contain low levels of harmful substances, they are suitable for recycling. for eco logically compatible recycling a nd disposal of your old device, contact a certificated disposal service for electronic scrap. ce approval see chapter general technical data > standards and approvals . approvals see chapter general technical data > standards and certificates . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
preface s7-300 automation system module data 6 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mark for australia (c-tick-mark) see chapter general technical data > standards and certificates . standards see chapter general technical data > standards and certificates . see also standards and approvals (page 13) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 7 table of contents preface ....................................................... ............................................................... ................................ 3 1 general tech nical data....................................... ............................................................... ....................... 13 1.1 standards and approvals .................................... ............................................................... .......... 13 1.2 electromagnetic compatibility .............................. ............................................................... ......... 17 1.3 shipping and storage conditi ons for modules and backup batt eries ........................................... 19 1.4 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for s7-300 operation.................................... 20 1.5 specification of dielectric test, protection class, degree of protection, and rated voltage of s7-300......................................................... ............................................................... .................. 22 1.6 rated voltag es of s7-300 ................................... ............................................................... .......... 22 1.7 siplus s7- 300 modules ...................................... ............................................................... ........ 23 1.8 mechanical and climatic env ironmental conditions for the op eration of siplus s7-300 modules........................................................ ............................................................... ................. 25 2 power suppl y modul es......................................... ............................................................... ..................... 27 2.1 power supply module ps 305; 2 a; (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0)..... .............................................. 27 2.2 power supply module ps 307; 2 a; (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0)..... ............................................... 31 2.3 power supply module ps 307; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) ..... ............................................... 34 2.4 power supply module ps 307; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0).... .............................................. 39 3 digital modules .............................................. ............................................................... ........................... 43 3.1 module overview ............................................ ............................................................... ............... 44 3.2 steps in selecting and commi ssioning the digital module .... ....................................................... 49 3.3 programming di gital m odules ................................ ............................................................... ....... 50 3.4 diagnostics o f digital modules ............................. ............................................................... ......... 51 3.5 how to protect digital modul es from inductive overvoltage .. ....................................................... 52 3.6 digital input module sm 321; d i 32 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bl0 0-0aa0)................................... 54 3.7 digital output module sm 321 ; di 32 x ac 120 v; (6es7321-1e l00-0aa0)............................... 56 3.8 digital input module sm 321; d i 16 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bh0 2-0aa0) .................................. 59 3.9 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed; (6 es7321-1bh10-0aa0) .............. 61 3.10 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware a nd diagnostics interrupts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0)........................................... ............................................................... .... 63 3.10.1 isochronous mode ........................................ ............................................................... ................ 67 3.10.2 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - parameters.................... ............................................................... .... 69 3.10.3 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - diagnostics................... ............................................................... ..... 71 3.10.4 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - behavior ...................... ............................................................... ...... 72 3.10.5 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - interrupts .................... ............................................................... ....... 73 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
table of contents s7-300 automation system module data 8 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.11 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v; source input ; (6es7321-1bh50-0aa0) ........... 76 3.12 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x uc 24/48 v (6es7321-1 ch00-0aa0) ............................. 78 3.13 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 48-125 v; (6es7321 -1ch20-0aa0).......................... 80 3.14 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 120/230 vac (6es7321- 1fh00-0aa0)........................... 83 3.15 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v; (6es7321 -1ff01-0aa0) ........................... 85 3.16 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol (6es 7321-1ff10-0aa0)................... 88 3.17 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es 7322-1bl00-0aa0) ................... 90 3.18 digital output module sm 322 ; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6 es7322-1fl00-0aa0)............... 93 3.19 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es 7322-1bh01-0aa0)................... 97 3.20 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high speed; (6es7322-1bh10- 0aa0) .......................................................... ............................................................... ............... 100 3.21 digital output module sm 3 22; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es7322 -5gh00-0ab0)...................... 103 3.21.1 parameters of digital output module sm 322 do 16 x uc24/ 48 v........................................... 106 3.22 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6 es7322-1fh00-0aa0) ............ 109 3.23 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a; (6es7322 -1bf01-0aa0) ....................... 112 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; (6es7322-8bf 00-0ab0) ........................................... ............................................................... . 115 3.24.1 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters............... ............................................................ 120 3.24.2 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - diagnostics.............. ............................................................. 121 3.24.3 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - behavior ................. .............................................................. 123 3.24.4 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - interrupts ............... ............................................................... 123 3.25 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; (6 es7322-1cf00-0aa0)............. 124 3.26 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6es 7322-1ff01-0aa0)................ 128 3.27 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) ...... 132 3.27.1 parameters of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol...... .................................................... 135 3.27.2 sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/2 30 v/2 a isol - diagnostics ...... ..................................................... 136 3.27.3 sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/2 30 v/2 a isol - interrupts....... ........................................................ 136 3.28 relay output module sm 322 ; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6e s7322-1hh01-0aa0) ........... 137 3.29 relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es7322 -1hf01-0aa0) ..................... 141 3.30 relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es73 22-5hf00-0ab0)................. 145 3.30.1 parameters of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a............ ......................................................... 150 3.30.2 sm 322; do 8 x rel. a c 230v/5a - diagnostics ............ .......................................................... 151 3.30.3 sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a - interrupts............. ............................................................. 151 3.31 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6es 7322-1hf10-0aa0)............... 152 3.32 digital io module sm 323; d i 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6e s7323-1bl00-0aa0) ............... 157 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0) .................. 161 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00- 0ab0) .......................................................... ............................................................... ............... 165 3.34.1 sm 327; di 8/dx 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters .......... ......................................................... 169 3.34.1.1 structure of data reco rd 1 of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 2 4 v/0.5 a........................................... 170 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
table of contents s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 9 4 principles of analog value proc essing........................ ............................................................... ............. 173 4.1 overview ................................................... ............................................................... .................. 173 4.2 wiring and connecting tran sducers to ana log inputs ......... ........................................................ 173 4.2.1 wiring and connecting elec trically isolated transducers .. .......................................................... 175 4.2.2 wiring non-iso lated transducers .......................... ............................................................... ....... 177 4.3 wiring and connecti ng voltage transducers.................. ............................................................. 179 4.4 wiring and connecti ng current transducers .................. ............................................................. 180 4.5 wiring and connecting resist ance thermometers and resistors ................................................. 181 4.6 wiring and connect ing thermocouples........................ ............................................................... 184 4.6.1 wiring and connecting ther mocouples with internal compens ation........................................... 187 4.6.2 wiring and connecting ther mocouples with external compens ation.......................................... 187 4.7 wiring and connecting loads /actuators to analog outputs .... ..................................................... 190 4.7.1 wiring and connecting loads /actuators to voltage outputs . ....................................................... 192 4.7.2 wiring and connecting loads /actuators to current outputs. ........................................................ 194 5 representation of the anal og values of analog modules........ ............................................................... . 195 5.1 representation of the valu es for analog input channels..... ....................................................... 196 5.2 representation of analog v alues for analog output channels. ................................................... 212 5.3 setting the measuring met hod and ranges of analog input cha nnels........................................ 215 5.4 response of t he analog modules ............................. ............................................................... .. 217 5.4.1 influence of the power su pply and operating state ........ ............................................................ 218 5.4.2 influence of the ra nge of analog values.................. ............................................................... .... 219 5.4.3 influence of the operatio nal and basic error limits ...... ............................................................... 220 5.5 conversion / cycle time of analog modules .................. ............................................................. 221 5.6 settling and response time s of analog output channels ...... ...................................................... 224 5.7 programming analog modules ................................. ............................................................... ... 225 5.7.1 parameters o f analog input modules ....................... ............................................................... ... 225 5.8 diagnostics o f analog modules .............................. ............................................................... ..... 226 5.8.1 diagnostic s messages of analog input modules............. ........................................................... 227 5.8.2 diagnostic s messages of analog output modules ............ ......................................................... 227 5.8.3 causes of error and troubleshooting at analog input modul es .................................................. 228 5.8.4 causes of error and troubles hooting at analog output modu les................................................ 228 5.9 interrupts o f analog m odules ............................... ............................................................... ....... 229 6 analog modules ............................................... ............................................................... ....................... 231 6.1 analog module se lection and commissioning sequence ......... .................................................. 232 6.2 module overview ............................................ ............................................................... ............. 233 6.2.1 analog input modules ..................................... ............................................................... ............ 233 6.2.2 analog output modules .................................... ............................................................... ........... 236 6.2.3 analog i/o modules ....................................... ............................................................... ............. 237 6.3 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00-0 ab0)...................................... 238 6.3.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... .... 243 6.3.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ....... 244 6.3.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit .......... .............................................................. 245 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
table of contents s7-300 automation system module data 10 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0)..................................... 247 6.4.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 252 6.4.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 253 6.4.3 additional information for sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit ......... .............................................................. 254 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isochrone; (6es7331-7hf0 x-0ab0) ........................................... ............................................................... . 258 6.5.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 263 6.5.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 264 6.5.3 isochr onous mode......................................... ............................................................... ............. 265 6.5.4 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high spee d, isochrone.................................. 268 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) .................................... 269 6.6.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 277 6.6.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 278 6.6.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit.......... .............................................................. 279 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) .................................... 279 6.7.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 287 6.7.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 290 6.7.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit.......... .............................................................. 291 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0)..................................... 292 6.8.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 300 6.8.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 302 6.8.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit.......... .............................................................. 303 6.9 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab0 )....................................... 304 6.9.1 measurement types and ranges ............................. ............................................................... ... 309 6.9.2 programmabl e parameters .................................. ............................................................... ...... 310 6.9.3 additional informati on on sm 331; ai 8 x rtd ............. ............................................................ 312 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) ......................................... 316 6.10.1 measurement types and ranges ............................ ............................................................... .... 324 6.10.2 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ....... 325 6.10.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x tc ............. ............................................................... 327 6.11 analog output module sm 332; a o 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf00 -0ab0)................................. 331 6.11.1 sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit - output ranges ................... ............................................................... .. 336 6.11.2 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ....... 337 6.11.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit......... ............................................................. 338 6.12 analog output module sm 332; a o 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) ............... 338 6.12.1 sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit - output ranges ................... ............................................................... .. 343 6.12.2 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ....... 344 6.12.3 isochronous mode........................................ ............................................................... .............. 345 6.12.4 additional information on sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit......... ............................................................. 346 6.13 analog output module sm 332; a o 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd01 -0ab0) ................................ 347 6.13.1 output ranges of sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit.................. ............................................................... .. 352 6.13.2 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ....... 352 6.13.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit......... ............................................................. 353 6.14 analog output module sm 332; a o 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01 -0ab0)................................. 354 6.14.1 output ranges of sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit.................. ............................................................... .. 359 6.14.2 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ....... 359 6.14.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit......... ............................................................. 360 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
table of contents s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 11 6.15 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce 01-0aa0) ............................... 361 6.15.1 sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit - function principle ........ ............................................................... 367 6.15.2 measurement and output type of sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 b it .................................................. 368 6.15.3 measurement and output r anges of sm 334; ai 4/ ao 2 x 8/ 8 bit ............................................. 368 6.15.4 additional information on sm 334; ai 4/ao2 x 8/8 bit .... ........................................................... 369 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke0 0-0ab0) ................................. 369 6.16.1 programmable parameters ................................. ............................................................... ........ 374 6.16.2 measurement types and ranges ............................ ............................................................... ..... 375 6.16.3 additional information on sm 334; ai 4/ ao 2 x 12 bit ... ........................................................... 376 7 other signa l modul es......................................... ............................................................... ..................... 377 7.1 module overview ............................................ ............................................................... ............. 377 7.2 simulator module sm 374; in/out 16; (6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0).. .......................................... 378 7.3 dummy module dm 370 ; (6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0)................. ................................................. 380 7.4 position detection module s m 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc0 1-0ab0)............................ 383 7.4.1 isochr onous mode ......................................... ............................................................... ............. 387 7.4.2 functions of sm 338; pos-i nput; encoder value acquisition ................................................. 388 7.4.2.1 gray code/binar y code converter........................ ............................................................... ........ 388 7.4.2.2 transfe rred encoder value and scaling .................. ............................................................... .... 389 7.4.2.3 freeze function ........................................ ............................................................... ................... 390 7.4.3 programming sm 338 pos-input ............................. .............................................................. 391 7.4.4 addressing sm 338 pos-input .............................. ............................................................... .. 392 7.4.5 sm 338; pos-inp ut - diagnostics .......................... ............................................................... .. 394 7.4.6 sm 338; pos in put - interrupts........................... ............................................................... ..... 396 8 interface modules ............................................ ............................................................... ....................... 399 8.1 module overview ............................................ ............................................................... ............. 399 8.2 interface module im 360 ; (6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0)............. ..................................................... 400 8.3 interface module im 361 ; (6es7 361-3ca01-0aa0)............. ..................................................... 402 8.4 interface module im 365 ; (6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0)............. ..................................................... 404 9 rs 485 r epeater .............................................. ............................................................... ...................... 407 9.1 fields of application and properties; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0) ................................................. 408 9.2 design of the rs 485 repeat er; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0) ....... ............................................... 409 9.3 rs 485 repeater operation in ungrounded and grounded mode.. ............................................ 410 9.4 techni cal data............................................. ............................................................... ................ 412 a parameter sets of signal modul es............................. ............................................................... .............. 415 a.1 principles of programming signal modules in the user progra m................................................ 415 a.2 parameters of d igital io modules........................... ............................................................... ..... 416 a.3 parameters of dig ital output modules ....................... ............................................................... .. 418 a.4 parameters of analog input modules ......................... ............................................................... . 420 a.5 parameters of analog inpu t module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd....... ................................................... 424 a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc.............................. ............................................................... .... 433 a.7 parameters of analog input m odule sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit.... .................................................... 441 a.8 parameters of analog input m odule sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit.... .................................................... 444 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
table of contents s7-300 automation system module data 12 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 a.9 parameters of analog output modules ........................ .............................................................. 451 a.10 parameters of analog output module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit .. ................................................. 453 a.11 parameters o f analog io modules ........................... ............................................................... .. 455 b diagnostics data of signal modules........................... ............................................................... .............. 459 b.1 evaluating diagnostic data of signal modules in the user pr ogram........................................... 459 b.2 structure and content of di agnostics data bytes 0 to 7..... ........................................................ 460 b.3 channel-specific diagnostics data, starting at byte 8...... .......................................................... 463 b.4 diagnostics data of sm 338; pos-input ...................... .......................................................... 465 c dimensional drawings......................................... ............................................................... .................... 467 c.1 dimensional drawing s of the mounting rails ................. ............................................................ 468 c.1.1 bus modules .............................................. ............................................................... ................ 473 c.2 dimensional drawings o f the power supply modules........... ..................................................... 474 c.3 dimensional drawings of the interface modules .............. ......................................................... 477 c.4 dimensional drawings of the signal modules................. ........................................................... 479 c.5 dimensional drawings of accessories........................ ............................................................... 480 d spare parts and accessor ies for s7- 300 modul es ............... ............................................................... ... 483 e directive on handling electrosta tic-sensitive devices (esd) .. ............................................................... 485 e.1 definiti on of esd.......................................... ............................................................... .............. 485 e.2 electrostatic charge of the body........................... ............................................................... ...... 486 e.3 basic protective measures against electrostatic discharge .. .................................................... 487 f support & s ervice............................................ ............................................................... ....................... 489 g list of abb reviations........................................ ............................................................... ........................ 491 g.1 list of abbreviations ...................................... ............................................................... ............. 491 glossary ...................................................... ............................................................... ........................... 493 index......................................................... ............................................................... .............................. 503 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 13 general technical data 1 1.1 standards and approvals introduction contents of general technical data: standards and test values satisf ied by modules of the s7-300 au tomation system test criteria of s7-300 modules. ce approval the s7-300 automation system satisfies requirements and safety- related objectives according to ec directives lis ted below, and conforms with the harmonized european standards (en) for programmable controllers announced in the of ficial journals of the european community: 73/23/eec "electrical equipment d esigned for use within certain voltage limits" (low- voltage directive) 89/336/eec "electromagnetic compatibility" (emc directive) 94/9/ec "equipment and protective systems intended for use in p otentially explosive atmospheres" (explosion protection directive) the ec declaration of conformit y is held on file available to c ompetent authorities at: siemens aktiengesellschaft automation & drives a&d as rd st plc po box 1963 d-92209 amberg http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.1 standards and approvals s7-300 automation system module data 14 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 ul approval underwriters laboratories inc. complying with ul 508 (industrial control equipment) csa approval canadian standards association to c22.2 no. 142 (process control equipment) or underwriters laboratories inc. complying with ul 508 (industrial control equipment) csa c22.2 no. 142 (process control equipment) or +$=/2& underwriters laboratories inc. complying with ul 508 (industrial control equipment) csa c22.2 no. 142 (process control equipment) ul 1604 (hazardous location) csa-213 (hazardous location) approved for use in class i, division 2, group a, b, c, d tx; class i, zone 2, group iic tx http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.1 standards and approvals s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 15 note currently valid approvals can be found on the rating plate of t he relevant module. fm approval factory mutual r esearch (fm) to approval standard class number 3611, 3600, 3810 approved for use in cla ss i, division 2, gr oup a, b, c, d tx; class i, zone 2, group iic tx atex approval to en 60079-15:2003 (electrical apparatus for potentially explo sive atmospheres; type of protection "n") ii 3 g eex na ii parts 4..6 tick-mark for australia the s7-300 automation system satisfies requirements of standard s to as/nzs 2064 (class a). iec 61131 the s7-300 automation system sati sfies requirements and criteri a to iec 61131-2 (programmable controllers, part 2: equipment requir ements and tests). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.1 standards and approvals s7-300 automation system module data 16 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 marine approval classification societies: abs (american bureau of shipping) bv (bureau veritas) dnv (det norske veritas) gl (germanischer lloyd) lrs (lloyds register of shipping) class nk (nippon kaiji kyokai) use in industrial environments simatic products are designed for industrial applications. table 1-1 use in industrial environments field of application noise emission requirements noise immunity requirements industry en 61000-6-4: 2001 en 61000-6-2: 2001 use in residential areas to operate an s7-300 in a residential area, it's rf emission mu st comply with limit value class b to en 55011. the following measures are recommended to ensure the interferen ce complies with limit value class b: s7-300 installation in groun ded switch cabinets / cubicles use of noise filters in the supply lines warning personal injury and damage to property may occur. in potentially explosive environm ents, there is a risk of injur y or damage if you disconnect any connectors while the s7-300 is in operation. always isolate the s7-300 operat ed in such areas before you dis connect and connectors. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.2 electromagnetic compatibility s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 17 1.2 electromagnetic compatibility definition electromagnetic compatibility (e mc) is the ability of an electr ical installation to function satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without inter fering with that environment. the s7-300 modules also satisfy requirements of emc legislation for the european domestic market. compliance o f the s7-300 system wit h specifications and directives on electric design is prerequisite. pulseshaped disturbance the table below shows the emc co mpatibility of s7 modules in ar eas subject to pulse- shaped disturbance. pulse-shaped disturbance test voltage corresponds with degree of severity electrostatic discharge to iec 61000-4-2 air discharge: 8 kv contact discharge 4 kv 3 2 burst pulses (high-speed transient disturbance) to iec 61000-4-4. 2 kv (power supply lines) 2 kv (signal lines > 3 m) 1 kv (signal lines < 3 m) 3 3 high-energy single pulse (surge) to iec 61000-4-5 external protective circuit required (refer to s7-300 automation system, h ardware and installation, chapter "lightning and overvo ltage protection") ? asymmetric coupling 2 kv (power supply lines) dc with protective elements 2 kv (signal/ data line only > 3 m), with protective ele ments as required ? symmetric coupling 1 kv (power supply lines) dc with protective elements 1 kv (signal/ data line only > 3 m), with protective ele ments as required 3 additional measures when connecting an s7-300 syste m to the public network, always ensure compliance with limit value class b to en 55022. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.2 electromagnetic compatibility s7-300 automation system module data 18 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 sinusoidal disturbance the table below shows the emc co mpatibility of s7-300 modules i n areas subject to sinusoidal disturbance. sinusoidal disturbance test values corresponds with degree of severity rf radiation (electromagnetic fields) to iec 61000-4-3 10 v/m, with 80% amplit ude modulation of 1 khz in the 80 mhz to 1000 mhz range 10 v/m, with 50% pul se modulation at 900 mhz 3 rf conductance on cables and cable shielding to iec 61000-4-6 test voltage 10 v, with 80% amplitude modulation of 1 khz in the 9 mhz to 80 mhz range 3 emission of radio interference electromagnetic interference to en 55011: limit class a, group 1 (measured at a distance of 10 m.) frequency noise emission 30 mhz to 230 mhz < 40 db (v/m)q 230 mhz to 1000 mhz < 47 db (v/m)q noise emission via ac mains to en 55011: limit value class a, g roup 1. frequency noise emission 0.15 mhz to 0.5 mhz < 79 db (v/m)q < 66 db (v/m)m 0.5 mhz to 5 mhz < 73 db (v/m)q < 60 db (v/m)m 5 mhz to 30 mhz < 73 db (v/m)q < 60 db (v/m)m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.3 shipping and storage conditi ons for modules and backup ba tteries s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 19 1.3 shipping and storage conditions for modules and backup batterie s introduction the shipping and storage condition s of s7-300 modules surpass r equirements to iec 61131- 2. the data below apply to modules shipped or put on shelf in t heir original packing. the modules are compliant with climatic conditions to iec 60721 -3-3, class 3k7 (storage), and with iec 60721-3-2, class 2k4 (shipping.) mechanical conditions are compliant with iec 60721-3-2, class 2 m2. shipping and storage conditions for modules type of condition pe rmissible range free fall (in shipping package) 1 m temperature - 40 c to + 70 c barometric pressure 1080 hpa to 660 hpa (corresponds with an al titude of -1000 m to 3500 m) relative humidity 10% to 95%, no condensation sinusoidal oscillation to iec 60068-2-6 5 hz to 9 hz: 3.5 mm 9 hz to 150 hz: 9.8 m/s 2 shock to iec 60068-2-29 250 m/s 2 , 6 ms, 1000 shocks shipment of backup batteries backup batteries should always be shipped in their original pac kage. note the regulations governing the transport of hazardo us goods. the backup battery has a lithium content of approx. 0.25 g. storing backup batteries always store backup batteries i n a cool and dry place. the batt eries have a maximum shelf life of 5 years. warning improper handling of backup batteries can result in injury and damage to property. improperly handled backup batteries may explode or cause severe burns. observe the following rules when handling the backup batteries of your s7-300 automation system: ? never charge the batteries ? never heat the batteries ? never throw the batteries in an open fire ? never damage the batteries mechanically (drill, squeeze, etc.) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.4 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for s7-300 operation s7-300 automation system module data 20 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 1.4 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for s7-300 ope ration operating conditions s7-300 systems are designed for stationary use in weather-proof locations. the operating conditions surpass requirements to din iec 60721-3-3. class 3m3 (mechanical requirements) class 3k3 (climatic requirements) use with additional measures the s7-300 may not be used under the conditions outlined below without taking additional measures: at locations with a high degree of ionizing radiation in aggressive env ironments caused, for example, by C the development of dust C corrosive vapors or gases C strong electric or magnetic fields in installations requiring sp ecial monitoring, for example C elevators C electrical plants in pot entially hazardous areas an additional measure could be an installation of the s7-300 in a cabinet or housing. mechanical environmental conditions the table below shows the mechan ical environmental conditions i n the form of sinusoidal oscillations. frequency band continuous infrequently 10 hz f 58 hz 0.0375 mm amplitude 0. 75 mm amplitude 58 hz f 150 hz 0.5 g constan t acceleration 1 g constant acc eleration reducing vibrations if your s7-300 modules a re exposed to severe shock or vibration , take appropriate measures to reduce acceleration or the amplitude. we recommend the installation o f the s7-300 on damping material s (for example, rubber- bonded-to-metal mounting.) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.4 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for s7-30 0 operation s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 21 test of mechanical environmental conditions the table below provides importa nt information with respect to the type and scope of the test of ambient mechanical conditions. condition tested test standard comment vibration vibration test to iec 60068-2-6 (sinusoidal) type of oscillation: frequency sweeps with a rate of change of 1 octave/minute. 10 hz f 58 hz, const ant amplitude 0.075 mm 58 hz f 150 hz, const ant acceleration 1 g duration of oscillation: 10 frequen cy sweeps per axis at each o f three vertically aligned axes shock shock, tested to iec 60068-2-27 type of shock: half-sine severity of shock: 15 g peak value, 11 ms duration direction of shock: 3 shocks in eac h direction (+ /-) at each of three vertically aligned axes continuous shock shock, tested to iec 60068-2-29 type of shock: half-sine severity of shock: 25 g peak value, 6 ms duration shock direction: 1000 shocks in each direction (+/-) at each of three vertically aligned axes climatic environmental conditions the s7-300 may be operated on following environmental condition s: environmental conditions permissible range comments temperature: horizontal mounting position: vertical mounting position: 0c to 60c 0c to 40c relative humidity 10 % to 95 % no condensation, corresponds to relative humidity (rh) class 2 to iec 61131, part 2 barometric pressure 1080 hpa to 795 hpa corresponds with an alt itude of -1000 m to 2000 m concentration of pollutants so 2 : < 0.5 ppm; rh < 60 %, no condensation h2 s : < 0.1 ppm; rh < 60 %, no condensation test: 10 ppm; 4 days test: 1 ppm; 4 days http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.5 specification of dielectric tests, protection class, degre e of protection, and rated voltage of s7-300 s7-300 automation system module data 22 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 1.5 specification of dielectric te sts, protection class, degree of protection, and rated voltage of s7-300 test voltage proof of dielectric strength mus t be provided in the type test at a test voltage to iec 61131-2: circuits with rated voltage v e to other circuits or ground. test voltage < 50 v 500 vdc < 150 v 2500 vdc < 250 v 4000 vdc protection class protection class i to iec 60536, i .e., a protective conductor m ust be connected to the mounting rail! protection against the ingress of foreign matter and water degree of protection ip 20 to iec 60529, i.e., protection again st contact with standard probes. no protection against t he ingress of water. 1.6 rated voltages of s7-300 rated operating voltages the s7-300 modules operate at different rated voltages. the tab le shows the rated voltages and corresponding tolerances. rated voltages tolerance 24 vdc 20.4 vdc to 28.8 vdc 120 vac 93 vac to 132 vac 230 vac 187 vac to 264 vac http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.7 siplus s7-300 modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 23 1.7 siplus s7-300 modules definition siplus s7-300 modules can be used under extended environmental conditions. meaning of "extended environmental conditions": suitable for operation at - 25 c to + 60 c infrequent, short-term co ndensation permitted increased mechanical stress permissible comparison with "standard" modules the functionality and technical data of siplus s7-300 modules a nd of "standard" modules are identical. the mechanical/climatic environm ental conditions and the method of testing these have changed. siplus s7-300 modules have a separate order number (see the tab le below.) project design in step 7 siplus s7-300 modules are not i ncluded in the hardware catalog. please design your plant based on the relevant "standard" modules shown in the table bel ow. siplus s7-300 modules the table below lists all siplus s7-300 modules. in addition, we included the or der numbers of the corresponding "standard" modules to support project design. you can refer to specifications and tec hnical data in the special "standard" module section. you will find more information about siplus and contacts on the internet at http://www.automation.siemens.com/siplus table 1-2 siplus s7-300 modules siplus s7-300 modules for the use under extended environmental conditions "standard" modules module type as of order no. ps 305; 2a ps 307; 5a 6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0 6ag1 307-1ea80-0aa0 --- 6es7 307-1ea00-0aa0 im 153-1 6ag1 153-1aa03-2xb0 6es7 153-1aa03-0xb0 cpu 312c cpu 313c cpu 314 cpu 315C2 dp 6ag1 312-5bd00-2ab0 6ag1 313-5be00-2ab0 6ag1 314-1af10-2ab0 6ag1 315-2ag10-2ab0 6es7 312-5bd00-0ab0 6es7 313-5be00-0ab0 6es7 314-1af10-0ab0 6es7 315-2ag10-0ab0 im 365 6ag1365-0ba01-2aa0 6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.7 siplus s7-300 modules s7-300 automation system module data 24 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 siplus s7-300 modules for the use under extended environmental conditions "standard" modules digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24v sm 321; di 32 x dc 24v sm 321; di 16 x dc 24v sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v-125 v sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230v 6ag1 321-1bh02-2aa0 6ag1 321-1bl00-2aa0 6ag1 321-7bh01-2ab0 6ag1 321-1ch20-2aa0 6ag1 321-1ff01-2aa0 6es7 321-1bh02-0aa0 6es7 321-1bl00-0aa0 6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0 6es7 321-1ch20-0aa0 6es7 321-1ff01-0aa0 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24v/0.5a sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a sm 322, do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230v/2a sm 322; do 8 x dc 24v/0.5a 6ag1 322-1bh01-2aa0 6ag1 322-1hf10-2aa0 6ag1 322-1cf00-2aa0 6ag1 322-1ff01-2aa0 6ag1 322-8bf00-2ab0 6es7 322-1bh01-0aa0 6es7 322-1hf10-0aa0 6es7 322-1cf00-0aa0 6es7 322-1ff01-0aa0 6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0 digital i/o module sm 323; di8/do8 x dc 24v/0.5a 6ag1 323-1bh01-2aa0 6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0 analog input module sm 331; ai 2 x 12bit 6ag1 331-7kb02-2ab0 6es7 331-7kb02-0ab0 analog output module sm 332; ao 2 x 12bit 6ag1 332-5hb01-2ab0 6es7 332-5hb01-0ab0 analog io module sm 334; ai4/ao 2 x 12bit 6ag1 334-0ke00-2ab0 6es7 334-0ke00-0ab0 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.8 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for the operation of siplus s7-300 modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 25 1.8 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for the operat ion of siplus s7-300 modules mechanical environmental conditions operating category: to iec 721 3-3, class 3m4. test of mechanical environmental conditions the table provides informati on on the type and scope of the tes t of mechanical environmental conditions for siplus s7-300 modules. table 1-3 siplus s7-300 modu les: test of mechanical environment al conditions condition tested test standard remarks vibration vibration test acc. to iec 60068-2-6 (sinusoidal) type of oscillation: frequency sweep at a rate of change of 1 octave/minute. 5 hz f 9 hz, const ant amplitude 3.5 mm 9 hz f 150 hz, constant acceleration 1 g duration of oscillation: 10 frequency sweeps at each of three vertically aligned axes shock shock, tested acc. to iec 60068-2-27 type of shock: half-sine severity of shock: 15 g peak value, 11 ms duration direction of shock: 3 shocks eac h in +/C direction in each of the three vertically aligned axes climatic environmental conditions climatic environmental operating conditions of siplus s7-300 mo dules: operating category: to iec 721 3-3, class 3k5. table 1-4 siplus s7-300 module s: climatic environmental conditi ons ambient temperature pe rmitted rang e remarks temperature: horizontal mounting position: vertical mounting position: -25 c to 60 c -25 c to 40 c - relative humidity 5 % to 95 % infrequent, short-term condensation, corresponds with a relative humidity (rh) class 2 to iec 61131 part 2 pollutant concentration (to iec 721 3-3; class 3c3) so 2 : < 0.5 ppm; relative humidity < 60 % h 2 s: < 0.1ppm; relative humidity < 60% test: 10 ppm; 4 days 1 ppm; 4 days http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
general technical data 1.8 mechanical and climatic environmental conditions for the o peration of siplus s7-300 modules s7-300 automation system module data 26 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 27 power supply modules 2 introduction various 24-vdc power supply modules are available for your s7-3 00 plc and the sensors/actuators. power supply modules this chapter contains the technica l data of the s7-300 power su pply modules. in addition to technical data , this chapter describes: the characteristics wiring diagram block diagram line protection reaction to atypical operating conditions 2.1 power supply module ps 305 ; 2 a; (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0) order number "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0 properties properties of the ps 305 power supply module (2 a): output current 2 a output voltage 24 vdc; short c ircuit-proof, open circuit-proof connection to dc power supply (rated input voltage 24/ 48/72/96/110 vdc) safety isolation to en 60 950 may be used as load power supply http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.1 power supply module ps 305; 2 a; (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 28 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring diagram of ps 305; 2 a / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 '&9 "24 vdc output voltage present" display terminals for 24 v dc output voltage strain relief mains and protective conductor terminals 24 vdc on/off switch block diagram of ps 305; 2 a 0 / '&9 / 8 0 figure 2-1 block diagram of pow er supply module ps 305; 2 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.1 power supply module ps 305; 2 a; (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 29 line protection the mains supply of the ps 305 pow er supply module (2 a) should be protected with a miniature circuit-breaker (for e xample siemens 5sn1 series) of the following rating: rated current at 110 vdc: 10 a tripping characteri stics (type): c. reaction to atypical operating conditions table 2-1 reaction of the ps 305; (2 a) power supply module to a typical operating conditions if ... ... then ... 24 vdc led ... the output circuit is overloaded: i > 3.9 a (dynamic) 3 a < i 3.9 a (static) voltage dip, automatic voltage recovery voltage drop, reduction of service life flashing ... short-circuit at the output output voltage 0 v; automatic v oltage recovery after short-circuit is eliminated off overvoltage on primary side risk of destruction - undervoltage on primary side auto matic shut-down; automatic vol tage recovery off http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.1 power supply module ps 305; 2 a; (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 30 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data of the ps 305; 2 a (6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0) technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 80 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 740 g input parameters input voltage ? rated value ? voltage range 24/48/72/96/110 vdc 16.8 vdc to 138 vdc rated input current ? at 24 v ? at 48 v ? at 72 v ? at 96 v ? at 110 v 2.7 a 1.3 a 0.9 a 0.65 a 0.6 a inrush current (at 25 c) 20 a i 2 t (at inrush current) 5 a 2 s output parameters output voltage ? rated value ? permissible range 24 vdc 24 v 3 %, open circuit-proof ? rampup time max. 3 s output current ? rated value 2 a; 1) parallel connection supported short-circuit protection electr onic, non-latching , 1.65 to 1.95 x i n residual ripple max. 150 mv pp electrical parameters safety class to iec 536 (din vde 0106, part 1) i, with protecti ve conductor isolation rating ? rated isolation volt age (24 v to input) 150 vac ? test voltage 2800 vdc safety isolation selv circuit buffering of power supply failur e (at 24/48/72/96/ 110 v) > 10 m s ? repeat rate min. 1 s efficiency 75 % power consumption 64 w power loss 16 w diagnostics "output voltage present" display yes, green led 1) at a limited input voltage r ange > 24 v (dc 24 ... 138 v), ps 3 05 can be loaded to 3 a. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.2 power supply module ps 307; 2 a; (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 31 2.2 power supply module ps 307; 2 a; (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0) order number 6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0 properties properties of the ps 307; 2 a power supply module: output current 2 a output voltage 24 vdc; short c ircuit-proof, open circuit-proof connection to singlephase ac mains (rated input voltage 120/230 vac, 50/60 hz) safety isolation to en 60 950 may be used as load power supply wiring diagram of ps 307; 2 a / 0 '&9 9 / 0 / 1 "24 vdc output voltage present" display mains selector switch 24 vdc on/off switch mains and protective conductor terminals terminals for 24 v dc output voltage strain-relief http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.2 power supply module ps 307; 2 a; (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 32 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 block diagram of ps 307; 2 a 1 / '&9 / 8 0 figure 2-2 block diagram of pow er supply module ps 307; 2 a line protection the mains supply of the ps 307; 2a power supply module should b e protected with a miniature circuit-breaker (for e xample siemens 5sn1 series) of the following rating: rated current at 230 vac: 6 a tripping characteri stics (type): c. reaction to atypical operating conditions table 2-2 reaction of the ps 307; 2 a power supply module to aty pical operating conditions if ... ... then ... 24 vdc led the output circuit is overloaded: i > 2.6 a (dynamic) 2 a < i 2.6 a (static) voltage dip, automatic voltage recovery voltage drop, reduction of service life flashing short-circuit at the output outpu t voltage 0 v; automatic volt age recovery after short-circuit is eliminated off overvoltage on primary side risk of destruction - undervoltage on primary side auto matic shut-down; automatic vol tage recovery off http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.2 power supply module ps 307; 2 a; (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 33 technical data of ps 307; 2 a (6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0) technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 50 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 420 g input parameters input voltage ? rated value mains frequency ? rated value ? permissible range ac 120 v/230 v 50 hz or 60 hz 47 hz to 63 hz rated input current ? at 230 v ? at 120 v 0.5 a 0.8 a inrush current (at 25 c) 20 a i 2 t (at inrush current) 1 a 2 s output parameters output voltage ? rated value ? permissible range ? rampup time 24 vdc 24 v 5 %, open circuit-proof max. 2.5 s output current ? rated value 2 a, parallel wiring not supported short-circuit protection electronic, non-latching 1.1 to 1.3 x i n residual ripple max. 150 mv pp electrical parameters safety class to iec 536 (din vde 0106, part 1) i, with protecti ve conductor isolation rating ? rated insulati on voltage (24 v to l1) ? test voltage ac 250 v dc 2800 v safety isolation selv circuit buffering of power supply fa ilure (at 93 v or 187 v) ? repeat rate min. 20 ms min 1 s efficiency 83 % power consumption 58 w power loss typ. 10 w diagnostics "output voltage present" display yes, green led http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.3 power supply module ps 307; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 34 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 2.3 power supply module ps 307; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) order number: "standard module 6es7 307-1ea00-0aa0 order number "siplus s7 module" 6ag1 307-1ea80-0aa0 properties properties of the ps 307; 5 a power supply module: output current 5 a output voltage 24 vdc; short c ircuit-proof, open circuit-proof connection to singlephase ac mains (rated input voltage 120/230 vac, 50/60 hz) safety isolation to en 60 950 may be used as load power supply http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.3 power supply module ps 307 ; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 35 wiring diagram of ps 307; 5 a / 1 / 0 / 0 / 0 '&9 9 "24 vdc output voltage present" display terminals for 24 v dc output voltage strain relief mains and protective conductor terminals 24 vdc on/off switch mains selector switch http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.3 power supply module ps 307; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 36 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 block diagram of ps 307; 5 a 1 / '&9 / 8 0 figure 2-3 block diagram of the ps 307; 5a line protection to protect the mains supply li ne of the ps 307; 5 a power suppl y module, you should install a miniature circuit-br eaker (for example siemens 5sn1 series) o f the following rating: rated current at 230 vac: 10 a tripping characteri stics (type): c. reaction to atypical operating conditions table 2-3 reaction of the ps 307; 5 a power supply module to aty pical operating conditions if ... ... then ... 24 vdc led the output circuit is overloaded: i > 6.5 a (dynamic) 5 a < i 6.5 a (static) voltage dip, automatic voltage recovery voltage drop, reduction of service life flashing short-circuit at the output outpu t voltage 0 v; automatic volt age recovery after short- circuit is eliminated off overvoltage on primary side risk of destruction - undervoltage on primary side auto matic shut-down; automatic vol tage recovery off http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.3 power supply module ps 307 ; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 37 technical data of ps 307; 5 a (6es7 307-1ea00-0aa0) technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 80 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 740 g input parameters input voltage ? rated value 120 / 230 vac mains frequency ? rated value ? permissible range 50 hz or 60 hz 47 hz to 63 hz rated input current ? at 120 v ? at 230 v 2 a 1 a inrush current (at 25 c) 45 a i 2 t (at inrush current) 1.2 a 2 s output parameters output voltage ? rated value ? permissible range 24 vdc 24 v 5 %, open circuit-proof ? rampup time max. 2.5 s output current ? rated value 5 a parallel wiring not supported short-circuit protection electronic, non-latching 1.1 to 1.3 x i n residual ripple max. 150 mv pp electrical parameters safety class to iec 536 (din vde 0106, part 1) i, with protecti ve conductor isolation rating ? rated isolation vo ltage (24 v to l1) 250 vac ? test voltage 2800 vdc safety isolation selv circuit buffering of power supply fa ilure (at 93 v or 187 v) ? repeat rate min. 20 ms min 1 s efficiency 87 % power consumption 138 w power loss typ. 18 w diagnostics "output voltage present" display yes, green led http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.3 power supply module ps 307; 5 a; (6es7 307-1eax0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 38 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data of ps 307; 5 a (6ag1 307-1ea80-0aa0) technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 80 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 570 g input parameters input voltage ? rated value 120/230 vdc mains frequency ? rated value ? permissible range 50 hz or 60 hz 47 hz to 63 hz rated input current ? at 120 v ? at 230 v 2.1 a 1.2 a inrush current (at 25 c) 45 a i 2 t (at inrush current) 1.8 a 2 s output parameters output voltage ? rated value ? permissible range ? rampup time dc 24 v 24 v 3 % max. 3 s output current ? rated value 5 a; parallel wiri ng not supported short-circuit protection electronic, non-latching 1.1 to 1.3 x i n residual ripple max. 150 mv pp electrical parameters safety class to iec 536 (din vde 0106, part 1) i, with protecti ve conductor isolation rating ? rated isolation vo ltage (24 v to l1) ? test voltage ac 250 v dc 2800 v safety isolation selv circuit buffering of power supply fa ilure (at 93 v or 187 v) ? repeat rate min. 20 ms min. 1 s efficiency 84 % power consumption 143 w power loss 23 w diagnostics "output voltage present" display yes, green led http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.4 power supply module ps 307 ; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 39 2.4 power supply module ps 307; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) order number 6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0 properties properties of the ps 307; 10 a power supply module: output current 10 a output voltage 24 vdc; short c ircuit-proof, open circuit-proof connection to singlephase ac mains (rated input voltage 120/230 vac, 50/60 hz) safety isolation to en 60 950 may be used as load power supply wiring diagram of ps 307; 10 a / 1 / 0 / 0 / 0 '&9 9 / 0 "24 vdc output voltage present" display terminals for 24 v dc output voltage mains and protective conductor terminals strain relief 24 vdc on/off switch mains selector switch http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.4 power supply module ps 307; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 40 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 block diagram of ps 307; 10 a 1 / '&9 / 8 0 figure 2-4 block diagram of the ps 307; 10a power supply module line protection to protect the mains supply li ne of the ps 307; 10a power suppl y module, you should install a miniature circuit-br eaker (for example siemens 5sn1 series) o f the following rating: rated current at 230 vac: 16 a tripping characteri stics (type): c. reaction to atypical operating conditions table 2-4 reaction of the ps 307; 10a power supply module to at ypical operating conditions if ... module reacti on 24 vdc led .output circuit is overloaded: i > 13 a (dynamic) 10 a < i 13 a (static) voltage dip, automatic voltage recovery voltage drop (reducti on of service life) flashes short-circuit at the output outpu t voltage 0 v; automatic volt age recovery after short-circuit is eliminated off overvoltage on primary side risk of destruction - undervoltage on primary side auto matic shut-down; automatic vol tage recovery off http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.4 power supply module ps 307 ; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 41 technical data of ps 307; 10 a (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 200 x 125 x 120 weight 1.2 kg input parameters input voltage ? rated value 120 / 230 vac mains frequency ? rated value ? permissible range 50 hz or 60 hz 47 hz to 63 hz rated input current ? at 230 v ? at 120 v 1.7 a 3.5 a inrush current (at 25 c) 55 a i 2 t (at inrush current) 9 a 2 s output parameters output voltage ? rated value ? permissible range ? rampup time 24 vdc 24 v 5 %, open circuit-proof max. 2.5 s output current ? rated value 10 a, parallel wiring not supported short-circuit protection electronic, non-latching 1.1 to 1.3 x i n residual ripple max. 150 mv pp electrical parameters safety class to iec 536 (din vde 0106, part 1) i, with protecti ve conductor isolation rating ? rated isolation vo ltage (24 v to l1) ? test voltage ac 250 v dc 2800 v safety isolation selv circuit buffering of power supply fa ilure (at 93 v or 187 v) ? repeat rate min. 20 ms min 1 s efficiency 89 % power consumption 270 w power loss typ. 30 w diagnostics "output voltage present" display yes, green led http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
power supply modules 2.4 power supply module ps 307; 10 a; (6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 42 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 43 digital modules 3 chapter layout topical structure of this chapter: 1. chapter overview of which modules are available and described h ere 2. overview of essential module properties 3. steps in selecting and commi ssioning the digital module 4. general information, i.e. global data applicable to all digital modules (parameter assignment and diagnost ics, for example) 5. module-specific information (properties, connection and block d iagrams, technical data and special featur es of the module): a) for digital input modules b) for digital output modules c) for relay output modules d) for digital io modules installation and wiring you will find information about installation and wiring in oper ating instructions s7-300, cpu 31xc, and cpu 31x: installation. online at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/13008499. further information the structure of parameter sets (data records 0, 1 and 128) is described in the system data section of the appendix. you mus t be familiar with this structu re if you want to modify module parameters in the step 7 user program. the structure of diagnostic data (data records 0 and 1) is desc ribed in the system data section of the appendix. you mus t be familiar with this structu re if you want to analyze diagnostics data of the modules in the step 7 user program. see also principles of programming signal modules in the user program (p age 415) evaluating diagnostic data of signal modules in the user progra m (page 459) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.1 module overview s7-300 automation system module data 44 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.1 module overview introduction the tables below summarize the essential properties of the digi tal modules. this overview supports you in selecting a module to suit your requirements. overview of properties the table below shows essential properties of the digital input modules table 3-1 digital input modules: module properties sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v (-1bl00-) sm 321; di 32 x ac 120 v (-1el00-) sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v (-1bh02-) sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed (-1bh10-) sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v with process and diagnostic interrupt (-7bh01-) sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v; source input (-1bh50-) number of inputs 32 di; electrically isolated in groups of 16 32 di; electrically isolated in groups of 8 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 16 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 16 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 16 16 di, source input, electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc 120 vac 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc suitable for... switches; 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire pr oximity switches (beros) isochronous mode supported no no no yes yes no programmable diagnostics function no no no no yes no diagnostic interrupt no no no no yes no edge-triggered hardware interrupt no no no no yes no adjustable input delay times no no no no yes no special features - - - - 2 short circuit- proof encoder supplies per 8 channels; external redundant supply of encoders is supported - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.1 module overview s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 45 table 3-2 digital in put modules: overview o f properties (contin ued) module properties sm 321; di 16 x uc 24/48v (-1ch00-) sm 321; di 16 x 48-125 vdc (-1ch20-) sm 321; di 16 x 120/230 vac (-1fh00-) sm 321; di 16 x namur (-7th00-) * sm 321; di 8 x 120/230 vac (-1ff01-) sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol (-1ff10-) number of inputs 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 1 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 8 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 4 16 di; electrically isolated in groups of 2 8 di; electrically isolated in groups of 2 8 di; electrically isolated in groups of 1 rated input voltage 24 vdc to 48 vdc, 24 vac to 48 vac 48 vdc to 125 vdc 120/230 vac 120/230 vac 120/230 vac 120/230 vac suitable for... switches; 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire proximity switches (beros) switches; 2-wire / 3-wire ac proximity switches namur encoder switches; 2-wire / 3-wire ac proximity switches supports isochronous mode no no no no no no programmable diagnostics function no no no yes no no diagnostic interrupt no no no yes no no edge-triggered hardware interrupt no no no no no no adjustable input delays no no no no no no special features - - - - - * a description of this module can be found in m anual et 200m s ignal modules for process automation. you will find this manual online at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/7215812. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.1 module overview s7-300 automation system module data 46 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 overview of properties the table below shows the essent ial properties of the digital o utput modules table 3-3 digital output modules module properties sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a (-1bl00-) sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230v/ 1 a (-1fl00-) sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a (-1bh01-) sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a high speed (-1bh10-) sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v (-5gh00-) sm 322; do 16 x dc 120/230 v/ 1 a (-1fh00-) number of outputs 32 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 32 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 16 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 16 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 16 do; electrically isolated in groups of 1 16 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 0.5 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc 120 vac 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc to 48 vdc, 24 vac to 48 vac 120/230 vac suitable for... solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps supports isochronous mode no no no yes no no programmable diagnostics no no no no yes no diagnostics interrupt no no no no yes no substitute value output no no no no yes no special features - table 3-4 digital out put modules: overview of properties (conti nued) module properties sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a (-8bh00-)* (-8bh01-) * sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 2 a (-1bf01-) sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, with diagnostics interrupt (-8bf00-) sm 322; do 8 x dc 48- 125 v/ 1.5 a (-1cf00-) sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/ 230 v/2a (-1ff01-) sm 322;do 8 x ac120/ 230 v/ 2a isol (-5ff00-) number of outputs 16 do; electrically isolated in groups of 4 8 do; electrically isolated in groups of 4 8 do; electrically isolated in groups of 8 8 do; electrically isolated in groups of 4, with reverse polarity protection 8 do; electrically isolated in groups of 4 8 do; electrically isolated in groups of 1 output current 0.5 a 2 a 0.5 a 1.5 a 2 a 2 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.1 module overview s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 47 module rated load voltage 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 48 vdc to 125 vdc 120/230 vac 120/230 vac suitable for... solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps ac solenoid valves, contactors, motor starters, fhp motors and signal lamps. supports isochronous mode no no no no no no programmable diagnostics yes no yes no no yes diagnostics interrupt yes no yes no no yes substitute value output yes no yes no no yes special features redundant load control is supported - redundant load control is supported - fuse tripping indication replaceable fuse for each group - * this module is described in the et 200m signal modules for pr ocess automation manual. you can download this manual from the internet at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/7215812. overview of properties the table below shows the essent ial properties relay output mod ules table 3-5 relay output modules module properties sm 322; do 16 x rel. ac 120 v (-1hh01-) sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v (-1hf01-) sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/ 5 a (-5hf00-) sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/ 5 a (-1hf10-) number of outputs 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 2 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 1 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 1 rated load voltage 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 24 vac to 230 vac 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac suitable for... ac/dc solenoid v alves, contactors, motor starte rs, fhp motors and signal lamps supports isochronous mode no no no no programmable diagnostics function no no yes no diagnostics interrupt no no yes no substitution value output no no yes no special features - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.1 module overview s7-300 automation system module data 48 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 overview of properties the table below shows the essent ial properties of digital io mo dules table 3-6 digital io modules module properties sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a (-1bl00-) sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (-1bh01-) sm 327; di 8/dx 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable (-1bh00-) number of inputs 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 8 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 8 digital inputs, plus 8 separately programmable inputs/outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 number of outputs 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated input voltage 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc output current 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc inputs suitable for... switches a nd 2-/3-/4-wire proximity swit ches (beros). outputs suitable for ... solenoid valves, dc contactors and sign al lamps supports isochronous mode no no no programmable diagnostics no no no diagnostics interrupt no no no edge-triggered process interrupt no no no programmable input delay no no no substitution value output no no no special features - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.2 steps in selecting and commissioning the digital module s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 49 3.2 steps in selecting and commissioning the digital module introduction the table below contains the step s required to successfully com plete commission of digital modules. you do not strictly have to adhe re to this suggested sequence, that is, you can complete other tasks such as installing or commissioning other modules, or program the module at an earlier or later time. step sequence table 3-7 steps in selecting an d commissioning the digital modu le step procedure see... 1. selecting the module modules overview and the specific module chapter 2. installing the module in the simatic s7 system installation chapter in the relevant as installation manual: ? s7-300 automation system, har dware and installation, or s7-400 / m7-400 automation system, hardware and installation or ? distributed i/o device et 200m 3. assigning module parameters diagnostics of the digital modules 4. commission the configuration commissioning chapter in the relevant i nstallation manual:of the as used: ? s7-300 automation system, har dware and installation, or s7-400 / m7-400 automation system, hardware and installation or ? et 200m distributed i/o device 5. analysis the configur ation if commissioning was not successful. chapter diagnostics of digital modules see also module overview (page 44) programming digital modules (page 50) diagnostics of digital modules (page 51) parameters of digital output modules (page 418) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.3 programming digital modules s7-300 automation system module data 50 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.3 programming digital modules introduction digital modules may have different properties. you can program the properties of certain modules. all information in this chapter applies only to programmable di gital modules: digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v, with hardware and diagnostics interrupts, isochronous; (6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0) digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, with diagno stics interrupt; (6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0) digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac120/230 v /2a isol (6es7 322-5ff00-0ab0) relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac230v /5a (6es7 322-5h f00-0ab0) digital io module sm 327; di 8/dx 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7 327-1 bh00-0ab0) programming tools only program the digital modules in step 7 while the cpu is in stop. after you defined all parameters , download these from your pg t o the cpu. during its stop run transition, the cpu transfe rs the parameters to the relev ant digital modules. static and dynamic parameters parameters are organized by s tatic and dynamic properties. set the static parameters while t he cpu is in stop, as describe d earlier. you may also edit dynamic paramet ers in the active user program of an s7 plc using sfcs. however, the parameters set in step 7 will be applied again aft er a run stop, stop run transition of the cpu. the appendix parameter sets of the signal modules describes the assignment of module paramet ers in the user program. parameters programmable us ing cpu operating state static pg (step 7 hw config) stop dynamic pg (step 7 hw config) stop sfc55 in the user program run parameters of digital modules information on programmable par ameters is available in the modu le-specific chapter. see also parameters of digital io modules (page 416) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.4 diagnostics of digital modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 51 3.4 diagnostics of digital modules introduction the information provided in this chapter applies only to s7-300 digital modules with diagnostics functions. digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v, with hardware and diagnostics interrupts, isochronous; (6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0) digital output module sm 322; do 16 uc 24/48 v (6es7 322-5gh0 0-0ab0) digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, with diagno stics interrupt; (6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0) digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac120/230 v /2a isol (6es7 322-5ff00-0ab0) relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac230v /5a (6es7 322-5h f00-0ab0) programmable and non-programmable diagnostics messages we distinguish between programm able and non-programmable diagno stics messages. you only obtain programmable di agnostics messages if you have e nabled diagnostics at the relevant parameters. program the "diagnostics" parameter block in step 7. digital modules always return non -programmable diagnostics mess ages, irrespective of diagnostics being enabled. reactions to diagnostics message in step 7 actions initiated by diagnostics messages: the diagnostics mess age will be entered in the diagnostics data of the digital module, and is then passed to the cpu. the sf led on the digital module is lit. when "enable diagnostics interr upt" is set in step 7, the syste m triggers a diagnostics interrupt and calls ob82. reading diagnostics messages you can read detailed diagnostics messages using sfcs in the us er program (refer to the appendix "diagnostics data of signal modules"). in step 7, you can view the caus e of error by reading the modul e diagnostics data (refer to the step 7 online help.) diagnostics message using the sf led digital modules with diagnosti cs function indicate errors at th eir sf led (group error led.) the sf led lights up when the di gital module generates a diagno stics message. it goes dark after all error states are cleared. the sf led also lights up to indicate external errors (short-ci rcuit at the sensor supply), regardless of the cpu operat ing state (at power on.) diagnostics messages and interrupt processing of digital module s for information on diagnostics messages, their possible causes, troubleshooting measures, and possible interrupts refer to the specific module chapter. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.5 how to protect digital modules from inductive overvoltage s7-300 automation system module data 52 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.5 how to protect digital modules from inductive overvoltage inductive overvoltage overvoltage occurs when an induct ance is deactivated. examples of this are relay coils and contactors. integrated overvoltage protection the digital output modules of s7-300 have integrated overvoltag e protection equipment. extra overvoltage protection inductances should only be config ured with extra overvoltage pr otection equipment in the following instances: if simatic output current circuit s can be deactivated by extra fitted contacts (e.g. relay contacts). if the inductive reactan ces are not activat ed by simatic module s. note: ask the suppliers of inductiv e reactances what size of ov ervoltage protection equipment should be used. example the following diagram shows an output current circuit which mak e extra overvoltage protection equipment necessary. &38 36 60 60 60 60 60 60 figure 3-1 relay cont act for emergency stop in output current c ircuit contact in output current circuit inductive reactance need s a protective circuit http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.5 how to protect digital m odules from inductive overvoltage s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 53 configuration of coils operated with direct current coils operated with dir ect current are shown in the following d iagram and configured with diodes or z diodes. + - + - figure 3-2 configuration of coils operated with di rect current with diode with z diode properties of the diode/z diode circuit: cut-off currents can be avoided . z diode withstands a higher cu t-off voltage. high cut-off delay (6 to 9 times higher compared to non-protect ive cidrcuits). faster cut-off of the zener diode compared to the diode circuit . connection of ac-operated coils the operation of ac coils with va ristors or rc elements is show n in the diagram. ~ ~ ~ ~ figure 3-3 connection of ac-operated coils with varistor with rc element properties of a circuit with varistor: the amplitude of the cut-off cur rent is limited but not attenua ted. the steepness of the overvo ltage remains the same. low cut-off delay. properties of acircuit with rc elements: reduction of the amplitude and steepness of the cut-off current . low cut-off delay. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.6 digital input module sm 321 ; di 32 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bl0 0-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 54 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.6 digital input module sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bl00-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 321-1bl00-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 321-1bl00-2aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v: 32 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v 9 0 0 9 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.6 digital input module sm 321 ; di 32 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bl 00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 55 terminal assignment of sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v the figure below shows the channel addressing (input byte x up to input byte x+3). [ [ [ [ technical data of sm 321; di 32 x dc 24 v technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 260 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 32 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m front connector 40-pin voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 32 16 32 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels C in groups of yes yes 16 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.7 digital output module sm 321 ; di 32 x ac 120 v; (6es7321-1e l00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 56 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 15 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 6.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none transducer selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 40pin front connector 3.7 digital output module sm 321; di 32 x ac 120 v; (6es7321-1el00-0aa0) order number 6es7 321-1el00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 32 x 120 vac: 32 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated input voltage 120 vac suitable for switches and 2-/3 -wire ac proximity switches http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.7 digital output module sm 321; di 32 x ac 120 v; (6es7321-1 el00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 57 wiring and block diagrams sm 321; di 32 x ac 120 v / 1 / 1 / 1 / 1 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface terminal assignment the figure below shows the channel addressing (input byte x up to input byte x +3). [ [ [ [ http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.7 digital output module sm 321 ; di 32 x ac 120 v; (6es7321-1e l00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 58 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data of sm 321; di 32 x ac 120 v technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 300 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 32 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c 32 24 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 32 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and inputs 120 vac ? between inputs of different groups 250 vac isolation test voltage 2500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 16 ma power loss of the module typ. 4 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none transducer selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal ? frequency band 120 vac 74 v to 132 v 0 v to 20 v 47 hz to 63 hz input current ? "1" signal typ. 21 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 15 ms max. 25 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 2 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 4 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 40pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.8 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bh 02-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 59 3.8 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bh02-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 321-1bh02-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 321-1bh02-2aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v 0 9 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.8 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v; (6es7321-1bh0 2-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 60 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels ? in groups of yes yes 16 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 10 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.9 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed; ( 6es7321-1bh10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 61 3.9 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed; (6es7321-1bh10-0aa0) order number: 6es7 321-1bh10-0aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) supports isochronous mode wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed 0 9 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.9 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed; (6 es7321-1bh10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 62 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v high speed technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported yes number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes maximum potential difference ? between different circuits ? between channels C in groups of 75 vdc / 60 vac yes 16 isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 110 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.8 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 25 s to 75 s 25 s to 75 s input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 63 3.10 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interrupts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 321-7bh01-2ab0 properties properties of sm 321; di 16 x 24 vdc with hardware and diagnost ics interrupts: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc input characteristics to iec 61131, type 2 suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) 2 short circuitproof sensor supp lies for each group of 8 channe ls external redundant sensor supply is supported "sensor supply (vs)" status display group error display (sf) supports isochronous mode supports the "cir" function programmable diagnostics programmable diagnostics interrupt programmable process interrupts programmable input delays http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 64 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v 6) 9 v 9 v 9 v 9 v / / / 9 0 0 channel number status displays - green error displays - red sensor supply v s -green backplane bus interface wire-break detection http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 65 wiring diagram of the redundant sensor supply the figure below shows how an additional redundant voltage sour ce can be used to power sensors using vs. / / 9v 0 / 6kruwflufxlwsurri gulyhu 'ljlwdolqsxw prgxoh wrwkhhqfrghuv figure 3-4 wiring diagram of the redundant supply of sensors of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v wiring diagram of the shunt circuit of the sensors for wire-break detection, it is necessary to connect a shunt re sistor to the transducer contacts. ([[ /9 v n 5n 5 figure 3-5 wiring di agram of the shunt cir cuit of transducers o f sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v technical data of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported yes support of cir yes ? response of non-programmed inputs return the process value which was valid before configuration number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated supply voltage l+ for the electronic system and sensors 2 4 vdc ? reverse polarity protection yes http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 66 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c 16 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels C in groups of yes 16 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 130 ma ? from load voltage l + ( without sensor supply v s ) max. 90 ma power loss of the module typ. 4 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display ? inputs green led per channel ? sensor supplies (vs) green led per output interrupts ? process interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable programmable diagnostics functions programmable ? group error display red led (sf) ? reading diagnostics information supported monitoring for ? wirebreak yes, sensing i < 1 ma sensor supply outputs number of outputs 2 output voltage ? on load min. l+ (- 2.5 v) output current ? rated value ? permissible range 120 ma 0 ma to 150 ma additional (redundant) supply supported short-circuit protect ion yes, electronic http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 67 technical data sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v -30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input characteristics to iec 61131, type 2 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 2 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 20-pin front connector shunt circuit of the sensor for wire-break detection 10 kohms t o 18 kohms time/frequency internal preparation time for st atus processing (non-synchronou s operation) ? enabling of process and diagnostics interrupts max. 40 ms input delay ? programmable ? rated value yes typ. 0.1/0.5/3/15/20 ms 3.10.1 isochronous mode properties reproducible reaction times (i.e. of the same length) are achie ved in a simatic system by means of a constant dp bus cycle , and synchronization of the si ngle cyclic processes outlined below: independent user program cycle. the length of the cycle time ma y vary due to non-cyclic program branching. independent and variable dp c ycle on the profibus subnet cyclic operation of the backp lane bus of the dp slave. cyclic signal conditioning and co nversion at the electronic mod ules of the dp slave. the constant dp cycle runs in synchronism and at the same lengt h. the cpu run levels (ob61 to ob64) and isochronous io are synchronized with this cy cle. i/o data are therefore transferred at defined and const ant intervals (isochronous mode .) requirements the dp master and slave must suppo rt isochronous mode. step 7 v 5.2 or higher. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 68 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mode of operation: isochronous mode conditions of isochronous mode: filtering and processing time t we between reading actual value s and writing these to the transfer buffer (the value defined for twe applies, irrespective of the ena ble status of diagnostics) 255 s to 345 s includes an input delay time of 100 s t dpmin 2.5 ms diagnostics interrupt max. 4 x t dp note in "isochronous" mode, the inpu t delay is automatically set to 100 s, regardless of the input delay setting in step 7 further information for further information on isochronous mode, refer to the step 7 online help, and to the distributed io system et 200m and "isochrone mode" manuals. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 69 3.10.2 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - parameters programming for general information on programming digital modules, refer t o the chapter programming digital modules . parameters of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v the table below shows an overvi ew of configurable parameters an d their default settings for sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v. the default settings apply if you ha ve not set any parameters i n step 7. table 3-8 parameters o f sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt yes/no yes/no no no dynamic module input delay/voltage type 0.1 ms (dc) 0.5 ms (dc) 3 ms (dc) 15 ms (dc) 20 ms (dc/ac) (dc) static module diagnostics ? sensor supply missing ? wirebreak yes/no yes/no no no static channel group process interrupt trigger ? positive edge ? negative edge yes/no yes/no no no dynamic channel group allocating the sensor supplies to channel groups the module's two sensor supplies power the two channel groups: inputs 0 to 7 and inputs 8 to 15. you also configure diagnost ics for the sensor supply at these channel groups. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 70 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 assigning interrupt parameters to channel groups the table below shows which chan nels you can group for interrup t processing. the channel group number is requi red to program sfc parameters in the user program. table 3-9 assigning interrupt parameters to the inputs of sm 32 1; di 16 x dc 24 v parameter... programma ble in the following channel groups channel group number process interrupt (triggered a t the positive, negative, or both edges) 0 and 1 2 and 3 4 and 5 6 and 7 8 and 9 10 and 11 12 and 13 14 and 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 diagnostics interrupt for missing sensor supply 0 to 7 8 to 15 - diagnostics interrupt for wire-break 0 and 1 2 and 3 0 1 : tolerances of the programmable input delays table 3-10 tolerances of the in put delays at sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v programmed input delay tolerance 0.1 ms 60 s to 140 s 0.5 ms 400 ms to 900 ms 3 ms (default) 2.6 ms to 3.3 ms 15 ms 12 ms to 15 ms 20 ms 17 ms to 23 ms see also programming digital modules (page 50) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 71 3.10.3 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - diagnostics diagnostics messages of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v the table below shows an overvi ew of the diagnostics messages o f sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v. table 3-11 diagnostics messa ges of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable sensor supply missing sf channel group wirebreak sf channel group module not programmed sf channel group yes external auxiliary voltage missing sf module internal auxiliary voltage missing sf module fuse blown sf module incorrect module parameters sf module watchdog time-out sf module eprom fault sf module ram fault sf module process interrupt lost sf module no note prerequisite for detecting errors indicated by programmable dia gnostics messages is an appropriate configurat ion of the digital module in step 7. causes of error and troubleshooting table 3-12 diagnostics message s of the sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v, causes of error and troubleshooting diagnostics message possible cause of error to correct or avoid error overload at sensor supply eliminate overload sensor supply missing short-circuit to m at sensor suppl y eliminate the short-circuit external auxiliary voltage missing power supply l+ to module missing feed supply l+ power supply l+ to module missing feed supply l+ internal auxiliary voltage missing fuse blown in module replace the module fuse blown fuse blown in module replace the module incorrect module parameters implausible parameter or combinat ion thereof program the module infrequent high electromagnetic i nterference eliminate the inte rference watchdog timeout module defective replace the module http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 72 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 diagnostics message possible cause of error to correct or avoid error infrequent high electromagnetic i nterference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the power supply of cpu off/on. eprom fault module defective replace the module infrequent high electromagnetic i nterference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the power supply of cpu off/on. ram fault module defective replace the module process interrupt lost the modu le can not outpu t an interrupt, because the previous interrupt was not acknowledged; possibly a configuration error change interrupt processing in the cpu, and reprogram the module as required the error persists until the module is assigned new parameters module not programmed start up error program the module 3.10.4 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - behavior influence of the operating state and supply voltage on input va lues the sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 input v alues are determined by the cp u's operating state and the module's power supply. table 3-13 dependency of input val ues on the cpu's operating st ate, and on the l+ power s upply of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v cpu operating state power supply l+ at digital m odule input val ue of the digita l module l+ present process value run l+ missing 0 signal l+ present process value power on stop l+ missing 0 signal l+ present - power off - l+ missing - reaction to power failure failure of the sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 power supply is always ind icated by the module's sf led. this information is also available on the module. the input value is initially held for the duration of 20 ms to 40 ms before the zero signal is transferred to the cpu. supply vo ltage dips <20 ms do not influ ence the process value (see the table above.) diagnostics interrupts are trigge red according to parameter set tings (see interrupts of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v ). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 73 power supply failure with redundant external sensor supply note when an external redundant power source is connected in paralle l to the sensor supply (vs) and the l+ power supply fails , the module does not report failu re of the sensor supply, but rather the failure of the internal and/or exter nal auxiliary vo ltage, and/or a blown fuse. short-circuit at the sensor supply vs the relevant vs led goes dark i f a short-circuit is detected at the sensor supply vs, irrespective of parameter settings. 3.10.5 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - interrupts introduction this chapter describes the interrupt reaction of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v. always distinguish between the following interrupts: diagnostics interrupt process interrupt for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there is no default interrupt s etting, i.e. interrupts are disa bled if parameters are not set accordingly. you can enable int errupts in step 7 (see the chapt er parameters of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v ). diagnostics interrupt when diagnostics interrupts ar e enabled, incoming error events (initial occurrence) and outgoing error events (error is cleared) are reported by means of an interrupt. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to process d iagnostics interrupt ob82. you can call sfc51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to view de tailed diagnostics data output by the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob82 . the module acknowledges the diagnostics interrupt when the program exits ob82. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics inte rrupts (6es7321-7bh01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 74 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 process interrupt sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v can trig ger a process in terrupt for eac h channel group at the positive, negative, or both edges of a signal transition. program each channel group separ ately. the parameters can be ch anged at any time (in run mode in the user program.) active process interrupts trigger process interrupt processing in the cpu (ob40) and interrupt execution of the user p rogram or of object classes wi th lower priority in the cpu. you can define the response of the as to signal edge transition s in the user program of process interrupt ob40. the module acknowledges the process int errupt when the program exits the process interrupt ob. the module can save one interr upt per channel to the stack. if no higher priority classes are pending processing, the cpu proces ses the buffered interrupts ( of all modules) in the order of their occurrence. process interrupt lost a "process interrupt lost" diagno stics interrupt is generated i f a successive interrupt is triggered at the channel previou sly saved to the stack and whic h has not yet been processed by the cpu. the cpu does not register any fu rther interrupts at this channe l unless it has completed processing of the queued inte rrupts of the same channel. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.10 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x 24 vdc; with hardware and diagnostics interr upts (6es7321-7bh01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 75 interrupt-triggering channels the relevant process interrupt-t riggering channel is logged in the ob40_point_addr variable of the start information of ob40. the figure shows the bit assignments of dword 8 in the local data. byte variable data type description 6/7 ob40_mdl_addr word b#16#0 a ddress of the interrupt-triggeri ng module starting at 8 ob40_point_addr dword see the figure below indication of the interru pt-triggering inputs /% /% /% /% /' uhvhuyhg (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho (gjhfkdqjh&kdqqho %lwqr figure 3-6 start information of ob 40: which event has triggered the process interrupt see also sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - parameters (page 69) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.11 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v; source inpu t; (6es7321-1bh50-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 76 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.11 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v; source input; (6es7321-1bh50-0aa0) order number 6es7 321-1bh50-0aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v; source input: 16 inputs, source input, electrica lly isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) wiring and block diagram of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v / channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.11 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 24 v; source inp ut; (6es7321-1bh50-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 77 sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data supports isochronous mode no number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c 16 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 16 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 10 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage (refer ence potential l+) ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc -13 v to -30 v +30 v to -5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.12 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x uc 24/48 v (6es7321-1 ch00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 78 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.12 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x uc 24/48 v (6es7321-1ch00-0aa0) order number 6es7 321-1ch00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 321; di 16 x uc24/48 v: 16 inputs, electrically isolated electrical isolation between channels of 120 v ac rated input voltage 24 vdc/vac to 48 vdc/vac inputs are autarkic an d can be wired to suit any configuration wiring and block diagram of sm 321; di 16 x uc 24/48 v channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.12 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x uc 24/48 v (6es7321- 1ch00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 79 sm 321; di 16 x uc 24/48 v - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 260 g module-specific data supports isochronous mode no number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position up to 60 c 16 ? other mounting posit ions up to 40 c 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 maximum potential difference ? between channels and the backplane bus 170 vdc, 120 vac ? between inputs of different groups 170 vdc, 120 vac isolation test voltage ? between channels and the backplane bus 1500 vac ? between inputs of different groups 1500 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus 100 ma max. power loss of the module ? operation with 24 v ? operation with 48 v typ. 1.5 w typ. 2.8 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display interrupts diagnostics functions green led per channel none none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value 24 vdc/vac or 48 vdc/vac ? "1" signal ? "0" signal ? frequency band 14 v to 60 v -5 v to 5 v 0 hz to 63 hz input current ? "1" signal ? "0" signal typ. 2.7 ma -1 ma to +1 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.13 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 48-125 v; (6es7321 -1ch20-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 80 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 16 ms max. 16 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros supported ? permissible quiescent current max. 1 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 40-pin front connector 3.13 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 48-125 v; (6es7321-1ch20-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 321-1ch20-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 321-1ch20-2aa0 properties properties of sm 321; d i 16 x dc 48-125 v: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated input voltage 48 vdc to 125 vdc suitable for switches and 2- /3-/ 4-wire proximity switches (ber os) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.13 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x dc 48-125 v; (6es732 1-1ch20-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 81 wiring and block diagram of sm 321; di 16 x dc 48-125 v 0 0 0 0 9 9 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface sm 321; di 16 x dc 48-125 v - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.13 digital input module sm 321 ; di 16 x dc 48-125 v; (6es7321 -1ch20-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 82 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneousl y controlled input at v i to 60 v to 146 v ? horizontal mounting position to 50 c to 60 c 8 8 8 6 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 8 8 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 146 vdc / 132 vac isolation test voltage 1500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 40 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.3 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value 48 vdc to 125 vdc ? "1" signal 30 v to 146 v ? "0" signal -146 v to 15 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 3.5 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 0.1 ms to 3.5 ms 0.7 ms to 3.0 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.14 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x 120/230 vac (6es7321 -1fh00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 83 3.14 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x 120/230 vac (6es7321-1fh00-0aa0) order number 6es7 321-1fh00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 321, d i 16 x ac 120/230 v: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 4 rated input voltage 120/230 vac suitable for switches and 2-/3-w ire proximity switches (ac) wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 16 x ac 120/230 v 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.14 digital input module sm 321; di 16 x 120/230 vac (6es7321- 1fh00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 84 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 sm 321; di 16 x ac 120/230 v- technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 240 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l1 all load voltages must be c onnected to a common phase 120/230 v number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c 16 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 4 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and inputs 230 vac ? between inputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage 4000 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 29 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.9 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal ? frequency band 120/230 vac 79 v to 264 v 0 v to 40 v 47 hz to 63 hz input current ? "1" signal 120 v, 60 hz 230 v, 50 hz typ. 6.5 ma typ. 16.0 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.15 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v; (6es732 1-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 85 technical data input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "0" to "1" transition max. 25 ms max. 25 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 2 ma wiring the signal transducers using a 20-pin front connector 3.15 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v; (6es7321-1ff01-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 321-1ff01-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 321-1ff01-2aa0 properties properties of sm 321, di 8 x ac 120/230 v: 8 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 2 rated input voltage 120/230 vac suitable for switches and 2-/3 -wire ac proximity switches http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.15 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v; (6es7321 -1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 86 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 240 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.15 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v; (6es732 1-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 87 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c 8 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 8 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 2 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and inputs 230 vac ? between inputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage 4000 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 29 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.9 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal ? frequency band 120/230 vac 79 v to 264 v 0 v to 40 v 47 hz to 63 hz input current ? "1" signal 120 v, 60 hz 230 v, 50 hz typ. 6.5 ma typ. 11 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 25 ms max. 25 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 2 ma wiring of the signal transducers using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.16 digital input module sm 321 ; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol (6es 7321-1ff10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 88 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.16 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol (6es7321-1ff10-0aa0) order number 6es7 321-1ff10-0aa0 properties properties of the digital inpu t module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/23 0 v isol: 8 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 1 rated input voltage 120/230 vac suitable for switches and 2-/3-/ 4-wire ac proximity switches wiring and block diagrams of sm 321; di 8 x 120/230 vac isol 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.16 digital input module sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol (6e s7321-1ff10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 89 sm 321; di 8 x ac 120/230 v isol - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w h d 40 125 117 weight approx. 240 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l1 all load voltages must be c onnected to a common phase 120/230 vac number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c 8 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 8 electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and inputs 230 vac ? between inputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and inputs 1500 vac ? between inputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 100 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.9 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal ? frequency band 120/230 vac 79 v to 264 v 0 v to 40 v 47 hz to 63 hz http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.17 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es 7322-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 90 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data input current ? "1" signal 120 v, 60 hz 230 v, 50 hz typ. 7.5 ma typ. 17.3 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "0" to "1" transition max. 25 ms max. 25 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros supported ? permissible quiescent current max. 2 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 40-pin front connector 3.17 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es7322-1bl00-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1bl00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 32 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, its outputs will carry "1" signal for the d uration of approx. 50 s due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.17 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6e s7322-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 91 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a 9 0 / 0 0 / 9 0 9 / 0 0 0 / 9 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface terminal assignment the figure below shows the channel addressing (output byte x to output byte x+3). [ [ [ [ http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.17 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es 7322-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 92 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 sm 322; do 32 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 260 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 32 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 110 ma max. 160 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 6.6 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.18 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; ( 6es7322-1fl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 93 technical data output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition max. 100 s ? "1" to "0" transition max. 500 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 100 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-53 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 40-pin front connector 3.18 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6es7322-1fl00-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1fl00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a: 32 outputs, fused and electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 1.0 a rated load voltage 120/230 vac blown fuse indicator for each group suitable for ac solenoids, contac tors, starters, fhp motors and signal lamps group error display (sf) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.18 digital output module sm 322 ; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6 es7322-1fl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 94 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a 6) / 1 6) / 1 / 1 / 1 6) 6) 6) 6) ; channel numbers status display - green error led - red backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.18 digital output module sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; ( 6es7322-1fl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 95 terminal assignment the figure below shows the channel addressing (output byte x to output byte x+3). [ [ [ [ sm 322; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 80 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 500 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 32 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l1 120/230 vac ? maximum frequency range 47 hz to 63 hz cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c to 40 c max. 3 a max. 4 a ? vertical mounting position ? to 40 c max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and outputs 250 vac ? between outputs of different groups 250 vac http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.18 digital output module sm 322 ; do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6 es7322-1fl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 96 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data isolation test voltage 4000 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l1 (no-load) max. 190 ma max. 10 ma power loss of the module typ. 25 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts no diagnostics functions ? group error display yes red led (sf) actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l1 (-0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range maximum inrush current (per group) 1 a 10 ma to 1 a 10 a (for two ac cycles) ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 2 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition 1 ac cycle ? "1" to "0" transition 1 ac cycle blocking voltage zero transition max. 60 v size of the motor starte r max. size 4 to nema lamp load max. 50 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, ac 15 ? with lamp load max. 10 hz max. 0.5 hz 1 hz short circuit-proof output no wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin* front connector *requires two front co nnectors of this version http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.19 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6e s7322-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 97 3.19 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es7322-1bh01-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 322-1bh01-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 322-1bh01-2aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, its outputs will carry "1" signal for the d uration of approx. 50 s, due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.19 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6es 7322-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 98 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a 9 / 0 0 9 / 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 190 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.19 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0,5 a; (6e s7322-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 99 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 80 ma max. 80 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.9 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition max. 100 s ? "1" to "0" transition max. 500 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.20 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high s peed; (6es7322-1bh10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 100 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 100 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-53 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 3.20 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high speed; (6es7322-1bh10-0aa0) order number: 6es7 322-1bh10-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a high speed: 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps supports isochronous mode use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a high speed, i ts outputs will carry "1" signa l for the duration of approx. 50 s, due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.20 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high speed; (6es7322-1bh10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 101 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a high speed 9 / 0 0 9 / 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface technical data of sm 322; do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a high speed technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported yes number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.20 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high s peed; (6es7322-1bh10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 102 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 70 ma max. 110 ma power loss of the module typ. 5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition max. 100 s ? "1" to "0" transition max. 200 s internal module cycle time bet ween the backplane bus and the output driver input ? "0" to "1" transition 0.1 s to 20 s ? "1" to "0" transition 0.1 s to 20 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es732 2-5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 103 technical data wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 1000 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-53 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 3.21 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es7322-5gh00-0ab0) order number 6es7322-5gh00-0ab0 properties performance features of the sm 322; do 16 x uc24/48 v digital o utput module: 16 electrically isolated static relay outputs electrical isolation between channels of 120 v switching characteristics: r ds on is typically 0.25 ohm, and r ds off is typically greater than 100 gohm designed for load voltages up to 48 v ac or dc, no minimum load voltage designed for output loads up to 0 .5 a, no minimum load current outputs are fully independent and support any wiring configurat ion set substitution values or "hold last values" can be programmed at the outputs for cpu stop. the module supports diagnostics of programming errors and of ex ternal power failure suitable for ac solenoids, actuat ors, motor starters, fhp motor s and signal lamps http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es7322 -5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 104 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v 9 / 9 0 6) channel number status leds - green backplane bus interface technical data of sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 260 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es732 2-5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 105 dimensions and weight voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics suppl y voltage l + 24 vdc ? reverse polarity protection ? power failure buffering yes min. 5 ms cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position up to 60 c max. 0.5 a ? other mounting positions to 40 c max. 0.5 a cumulated current of outputs (per module) ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c max. 8 a ? other mounting positions to 40 c max. 8 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels and elec tronics power supply yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 maximum potential difference ? between channels and the backplane bus 170 vdc, 120 vac ? between channels and elec tronics power supply 170 vdc, 120 vac ? between outputs of different groups 170 vdc, 120 vac isolation test voltage ? between channels and the backplane bus 1500 vac ? between channels and elec tronics power supply 1500 vac ? between outputs of different groups 1500 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 200 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 2.8 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel diagnostics functions ? group error display red led (sf) interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt ? reading diagnostics information programmable supported actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-0.25 v) output current ? rated inrush current (per group) with "1" signal ? "0" signal (residual current) 0.5 a, max. 1.5 a (max. 50 ms) max. 10 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es7322 -5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 106 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 dimensions and weight output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 6 ms max. 3 ms external fuse for relay outputs fuse, i 2 t :1 a 2 s, fast-blow fuse* lamp load max. 2.5 w internal parallel wiring o f 2 outputs varistor, 85 v ? for redundant load control ? for performance increase supported not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 10 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1; dc 12 ac/12 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 0.5 hz wiring of the actuators usin g a 40pin front connector * outputs must be protected by a 250 v fast-blow fuse (recommen ded fuses: wickman 194- 1100 1.1 a and littlefuse 0217-800 v 800 ma.) when mounted in a hazardous area to national electric code (nec ), always remove the fuse when the module is outside of the potentially explosive at mosphere, and use a suitable tool. 3.21.1 parameters of digital output m odule sm 322 do 16 x uc24/48 v programming the tables below show data reco rd numbers for static and dynami c parameters. table 3-14 data record 0 (static parameters): parameters comment enable diagnostics enabling an interrupt as a reaction to modul e failure caused by faulty parameter, hardware erro r, or voltage error. table 3-15 data record 1 (dynamic parameters): parameters comment reaction to cpu stop hold last value substitute value output substitute value substitute value each bit represents an output this module supports fail state/ substitution value outputs when the cpu changes from run to stop. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es732 2-5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 107 status displays each output of this module is equi pped with a green led to indi cate the relay state. in addition, a red led (sf) indica tes the diagnost ics status of th e module. diagnostics, troubleshooting diagnostics data are assigned according to the technical data l isted below. the four system diagnostics da ta bytes can be read in the addit ional interrupt information as data record 0, or in the first 4 bytes of data record 1. structure of the data record and system diagnostics for sm 322 do 16x uc 24/48v structure of data record 1: table 3-16 structure of the data record for sm 322 do 16 x uc 2 4/48 v data record 1 byte address available information contents 0..3 system-specific dia gnostics data 4 bytes 4 channel type 72h 5 diagnostics data length per channel [in bytes] 0 6 number of channels 16 7 channel error vector 0 bit per channel 8..15 channel-specific d iagnostics data 0 byte per channel system diagnostics for sm 322;do 16 x uc24/48 v: table 3-17 system diagnostics for sm 322 do 16 x uc 24/48 v system diagnostics byte 1: technical data d0: module fault yes d1: internal fault yes d2: external fault yes d3: channel fault no d4: external auxiliary voltage missing yes d5: front connector missing no d6: module not programmed yes d7: incorrect parameters yes system diagnostics byte 2: d0..d3: module class 1111 d4: channel information available no d5: user information available no d6: diagnostics interr upt from substitute no d7: reserve http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.21 digital output module sm 322 ; do 16 x uc 24/48 v; (6es7322 -5gh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 108 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 system diagnostics byte 1: technical data system diagnostics byte 3: d0: wrong/missing memory module no d1: communication error no d2: run/stop operating state no d3: watchdog timeout yes d4: internal power failure no d5: battery 1 low no d6: backup system failure no system diagnostics byte 4: d7: reserve d0: rack failure no d1: processor failure yes d2: eprom fault yes d3: ram fault yes d4: dac error no d5: fuse blown no d6: process interrupt lost no d7: reserve channel-specific diagnostics byte d0: programming error no d1: grounding error no d2: short-circuit to p no d3: short-circuit to m no d4: wirebreak no d5: reserve d6: load voltage missing no d7: overtemperature no http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.22 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6es7322-1fh00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 109 3.22 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6es7322-1fh00-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1fh00-0aa0 properties properties of digital output m odule sm 322; do 16 x ac120/230 v /1 a: 16 outputs, fused and electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 1 a rated load voltage 120/230 vac suitable for ac solenoids, actuat ors, motor starters, fhp motor s and signal lamps wiring and block diagram of sm 322 do 16 x ac120/230 v/1 a / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 6) 9 6) 9 6) channel number status leds - green error led - red backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.22 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; ( 6es7322-1fh00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 110 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 sm 322; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 275 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials load voltage l1 all load voltages must be c onnected to the same phase 120/230 vac cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 2 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and outputs 230 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage 4000 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 200 ma max. 2 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 8.6 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led for each channel interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt no diagnostics functions ? group error display red led (sf) (fuse or no l1/n) actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal C at maximum current C at minimum current min. l 1 (- 1.5 v) min. l 1 (- 8,5 v) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.22 digital output module sm 322; do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a; (6es7322-1fh00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 111 technical data output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range at 0 c to 40 c permissible range at 0c to 60c maximum inrush current (per group) 1 a 10 ma to 1 a 10 ma to 0.5 a 20 a (two half-waves) ? with "0" signal (residual current) max. 2 ma blocking voltage max. 60 v zero transition size of the motor starte r max. size 4 to nema lamp load max. 50 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for increasing power no control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, ac 15 max. 10 hz max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 1 hz short-circuit protection of the output fuse 8 a, 250 v; per group ? fuse-tripping current min. 40 a ? response time max. 300 ms replacement fuses 8 a fuse, fast-blowing ? wickman ? schurter ? littlefuse 19 194-8 a sp001.1014 217.008 fuse holder ? wickman 19 653 wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.23 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a; (6es732 2-1bf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 112 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.23 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a; (6es7322-1bf01-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1bf01-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; d o 8 x dc 24 v/2 a: 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 4 output current 2 a rated load voltage 24 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a, the module out puts will carry a "1" signal for the duration of approx. 50 s due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.23 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a; (6es73 22-1bf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 113 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a 9 / 0 0 9 / 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 190 g module-specific data supports isochronous mode no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.23 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a; (6es732 2-1bf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 114 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c max. 4 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 4 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 40 ma max. 60 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 6.8 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-1.6 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 2 a 5 ma to 2.4 a ? with "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (with resistance load) ? "0" to "1" transition max. 100 s ? "1" to "0" transition max. 500 s load resistance range 12 to 4 k lamp load max. 10 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for increasing power not supported control of a digital input supported http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 115 technical data switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 100 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-48 v) short-circuit protection o f the output yes, electronic ? threshold typ. 3 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagn ostics interrupt; (6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 322-8bf00-2ab0 properties properties of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 output current 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps 2 terminals per output C output without series diode C output with series diode (for redundant load control) group error display (sf) channel-specific status and error leds programmable diagnostics programmable diagnostics interrupt programmable substitute value output http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 116 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) / 6) ; 0 channel number, channel error (f) status display - green error led - red wiring diagram http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 117 [ / 6) 0 >@ )>@ 2xwsxw gulyhu [ %dfn sodqh exv /rjlf /prqlwrulqj )xvh prqlwrulqj 2xwsxw 2xwsxw &rqwuro 'ldjqrvwlfv &kdqqhovwdwxvglvsod\[ juhhq &kdqqhohuuruphvvdjh[ uhg *urxshuuruglvsod\[ uhg figure 3-7 block diagram of s m 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a redundant load control the output with series diode can be used for redundant load con trol. redundant control without external circuitry is pos sible using two different sign al modules. both modules must be connected to the common reference potential m. note it is not possible to detect external short-circuits to l+ at o utput with series diode. sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 210 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 118 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc cumulative current (per group) of outputs without series diode ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a cumulative current of outputs ( per group) with series diode ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 3 a max. 2 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 3 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 70 ma max. 90 ma power loss of the module typ. 5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? channel error display (f) ? reading diagnostics data programmable red led (sf) red led (f) per channel supported actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal without series diode with series diode min. l + (- 0.8 v) min. l+ (-1.6 v) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 119 technical data output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 10 ma to 0.6 a 1) ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 180 s max. 245 s load resistance range 48 to 3 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control only outputs with series diode and common reference potential ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported 1 binary input to iec 61131, type 2; type 1, with disabled wire-break monitoring switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 ? with lamp load max. 100 hz max. 2 hz max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-45 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 0.75 a to 1.5 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 1) 5 ma to 0.6 a, with disa bled wire-break monitoring http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 120 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.24.1 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a - parameters programming the general procedure of programming digital modules is describ ed in the chapter programming digital modules. sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters the table below lists the progra mmable parameters of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, including defaults. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 . table 3-18 parameters of s m 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no no reaction to cpu stop se t substitute value (ssv) hold last value (hlv) ssv dynamic module diagnostics ? wirebreak ? load voltage l+ missing ? short-circuit to m ? short-circuit to l+ yes/no yes/no yes/no yes/no no no no no static channel set substitute value "1" yes/no no dynamic channel http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 121 3.24.2 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - diagnostics diagnostics messages of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a the table provides an overview of the diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a table 3-19 diagnostics messages of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable wire-break * sf channel yes load voltage missing sf channel yes short-circuit to m sf channel yes short-circuit to l+ sf channel yes external auxiliary voltage missing sf module no internal auxiliary voltage missing sf module no fuse blown sf module no watchdog time-out sf module no eprom fault sf module no ram fault sf module no * the module detects a wire-break at a current < 1 ma. if configured accordingly, the sf led and corresponding channel error led light up when a wir e-break is detected. note prerequisite for the detection o f errors indicated by programma ble diagnostic messages is an appropriate configuration of the digital module in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 122 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 causes of error and troubleshooting table 3-20 diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, causes of error and troubleshooting diagnostics message error detection condition ... possible cause of error to correct or avoid error wire-break between the module and actuator connect the cable wirebreak only when output = "1" channel not connected (open) disable the "wire-break diagnostics" parameter for the channel in step 7 load voltage missing only when output = "1" defective output replace the module overload at output eliminate overload short-circuit to m only when output = "1" short-circuit of output to m e liminate the short-circuit short-circuit to l+ generally s hort-circuit at output to l+ of the module power supply eliminate the short-circuit external auxiliary voltage missing generally power supply l+ to module missing feed supply l+ power supply l+ to module missing feed supply l+ internal auxiliary voltage missing generally fuse blown in module replace the module fuse blown generally fuse blown in module replace the module infrequent high electromagnetic interference eliminate the interference watchdog timeout generally defective module replace the module infrequent high electromagnetic interference eliminate interf erence and cycle the power supply of cpu off/on. eprom fault generally defective module replace the module infrequent high electromagnetic interference eliminate interf erence and cycle the power supply of cpu off/on. ram fault generally defective module replace the module http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.24 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostics interrupt; ( 6es7322-8bf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 123 3.24.3 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a - behavior influence of the operating state and supply voltage on output v alues the output values of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24v/0.5 a are determined by the cpu's operating state and the module's power supply. table 3-21 influence of the cpu oper ating state an d of the supp ly voltage l+ of sm 322; do 8 24 vdc/0.5 a on output values. cpu operating state power supply l+ at digit al module output value of the digital module l+ present cpu value run l+ missing 0 signal l+ present substitute value /last value (default = 0 signal) power on stop l+ missing 0 signal l+ present 0 signal power off - l+ missing 0 signal reaction to power failure failure of the power supply to sm 322; do 8 x dc 24v/0.5 a is a lways indicated at the module's sf led. this information is also available on the modu le (entry in diagnostics data.) triggering of diagnostics interrupts is determined by the param eter settings (see the next chapter 3.24.4 interrupts of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24/0.5 a ). see also sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters (page 120) 3.24.4 sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - interrupts introduction the sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a can trigger diagnostic interru pts. for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there is no default interrupt s etting, i.e. interrupts are disa bled if parameters are not set accordingly. program the in terrupt enable parameter in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.25 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; (6 es7322-1cf00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 124 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 diagnostics interrupt incoming error events (initial o ccurrence) and outgoing error e vents (error is cleared) are reported by means of diagnostic s interrupt, if this interrupt i s enabled. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to process d iagnostics interrupt ob82. you can call sfc51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to view de tailed diagnostics data output by the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob82 . the module acknowledges the diagnostics interrupt when the program exits ob82. see also sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters (page 120) 3.25 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; (6es7322-1cf00-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 322-1cf00-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 322-1cf00-2aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a: 8 outputs, with reverse polarity protection, and electrically i solated in groups of 4 output current 1.5 a rated load voltage 48 vdc to 125 vdc suitable for solenoid valves, dc contactors and signal lamps group error display (sf) use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the power supply, the outputs of sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a will carry a "1" signal for the duration of approx. 50 s due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.25 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; ( 6es7322-1cf00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 125 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a 9 9 / 0 9 6) 6) / 0 9 channel number status display - green error led - red backplane bus interface technical data of m 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.25 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; (6 es7322-1cf00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 126 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 48 vdc to 125 vdc ? reverse polarity protection yes, by fusing 1) cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 50 c to 60 c max. 6 a max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 4 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 146 vdc / 132 vac isolation test voltage 1500 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 100 ma max. 2 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 7.2 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions ? group error display red led (sf) 2) actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-1.2 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 1.5 a 10 ma to 1.5 a ? permitted surge current max. 3 a for a duration of 10 ms ? with "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 2 ms max. 15 ms lamp load max. 15 w at 48 v max. 40 w at 125 v http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.25 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1,5 a; ( 6es7322-1cf00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 127 technical data wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load ? with lamp load max. 25 hz max. 0.5 hz max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. m ( -1v) short circuit-proof output ? threshold yes, electronic 3) typ. 4.4 a replacement fuses fu se 6.3 a/250 v, fast -blow, 5 x 20 mm ? schurter ? wickman sp0001.1012 194-1630-0 fuse holder ? wickman 653 0000 040 wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 1) fuses on this module are onl y supplementary. external surge current protection (suitable for tap circuits conforming to l ocal regulations for electrical engineering) is required in the supply lines of the load circuit. 2) possible errors: - no load voltage - fuse defective - output overload 3) if an overload condition is det ected, the output is disabled for the duration o f approx. 2.4 s. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.26 digital output module sm 322;do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6e s7322-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 128 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.26 digital output module sm 322;do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6es7322-1ff01-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 322-1ff01-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 322-1ff01-2aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a: 8 outputs, fused and electrically isolated in groups of 4 output current 2 a rated load voltage 120/230 vac suitable for ac solenoid valves, c ontactors, motor starters, fh p motors and signal lamps. group error display (sf) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.26 digital output module sm 322;do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6 es7322-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 129 wiring and block diagram of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a / 1 9 6) 6) / 1 9 0 0 8 8 0 0 channel number status display - green error led - red backplane bus interface optotriac sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 275 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.26 digital output module sm 322;do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6e s7322-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 130 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l1 ? maximum frequency range 120/230 vac 47 hz to 63 hz cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 2 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels in groups of yes yes 4 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and outputs 230 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage 1500 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l1 (no-load) max. 100 ma max. 2 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 8.6 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions ? group error display yes red led (sf) 2) actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal C at maximum current C at minimum current min. l1 (-1.5 v) min. l1 (-8.5 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range at 0 c to 40 c permissible range at 40 c to 60 c maximum inrush current (per group) ac 2 a 1) 10 ma to 2 a 10 ma to 1 a max. 20 a (max. 1 ac cycle) ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 2 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition max. 1 ac cycle ? "1" to "0" transition max. 1 ac cycle http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.26 digital output module sm 322;do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a; (6 es7322-1ff01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 131 technical data minimum load current 10 ma zero transition max. 60 v size of the motor starte r max. size 5 to nema lamp load max. 50 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, ac 15 ? with lamp load max. 10 hz max. 0.5 hz max. 1 hz short circuit-proof output fuse, 8 a/250 v; per group ? fuse-tripping current min. 40 a ? response time max. 300 ms replacement fuses ? wickman ? schurter ? littlefuse 8 a fuse/fast-blow 194-1800-0 sp001.1013 217.008 fuse holder ? wickman 653 07 wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 1) the load current must not be half-wave 2) possible errors: - no load voltage - defective fuse http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.27 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a iso l (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 132 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.27 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) order number 6es7 322-5ff00-0ab0 properties properties of digital output modul e sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v /2 a isol: 8 outputs, electrically isolated group error display channelspecific status leds programmable diagnostics programmable diagnostics interrupt programmable substitute value output output current 2 a rated load voltage 120/230 vac suitable for ac solenoid valves, c ontactors, motor starters, fh p motors and signal lamps http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.27 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a is ol (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 133 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a is ol 0 / 6) / / / 0 / / / / group error display - red backplane bus interface channel number status display - green sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 275 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.27 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a iso l (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 134 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l1 120/230 vac cumulative current of outputs (module) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 8 a max. 4 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and outputs 230 vac ? between outputs 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and outputs 1500 vac ? between outputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l1 (no-load) max. 100 ma max. 2 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 8.6 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display red led (sf) actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal C at maximum current C at minimum current min. l1 (-1.5 v) min l1 (-8.5 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range at 0 c to 40 c permissible range at 40 c to 60 c maximum inrush current (per group) 2 a 10 ma to 2 a 10 ma to 1 a 20 a (with two half-waves) ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 2 ma zero transition max. 60 v size of the motor starte r max. size 5 to nema http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.27 digital output module sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a is ol (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 135 technical data lamp load max. 50 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load max. 10 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, ac 15 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 1 hz short circuit-proof output yes , 3.15 a / 250 v fuse, fast-blow wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector note the outputs must be protected by a high-speed, fast-blow 3.15 a 250 vac fuse. hazardous areas to national electric code must be determined safe before you remove/replace the fuse. removal and replacement may only be possible using a suit able tool. 3.27.1 parameters of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol parameters of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol the table below lists the confi gurable parameters of sm 322; do 8 x ac120/230 v/2 a isol, including defaults. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 . table 3-22 parameter s of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol parameters range of values defaults parameter type scope enable ? diagnostic interrupts yes/no no dynamic module reaction to cpu stop se t substitute value (ssv) hold last value (hlv) ssv dynamic channel set substitute value "1" yes/no no dynamic channel programming for detailed information on par ameters of the digital output mo dule, refer to the appendix. see also parameters of digital output modules (page 418) programming digital modules (page 50) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.27 digital output module sm 322 ; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a iso l (6es7322-5ff00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 136 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.27.2 sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/ 2 a isol - diagnostics diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol the table below provides an over view of the diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x 120/230 vac/2 a isol. table 3-23 diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable watchdog timeout sf module no eprom fault sf module no ram fault sf module no causes of error and troubleshooting table 3-24 shows the diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x ac 1 20/230v/2 a isol, causes of error and troubleshooting. table 3-24 diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230v/2 a isol, error causes and troubleshooting diagnostics message error detection possible cause of error to correct or avoid errors transient high electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on watchdog timeout always defective module replace the module transient high electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on eprom fault always defective module replace the module transient high electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on ram fault always defective module replace the module 3.27.3 sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/ 2 a isol - interrupts introduction the sm 322; do 8 x ac 120/230 v/ 2 a isol can trigger diagnostic interrupts. for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there is no default interrupt s etting, i.e. interrupts are disa bled if parameters are not set accordingly. program the in terrupt enable parameter in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.28 relay output module sm 322 ; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6 es7322-1hh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 137 diagnostics interrupt when diagnostic interrupts are enabled, incoming error events ( initial occurrence) and outgoing error events (error is cleared) are reported by means of interrupt. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to process d iagnostics interrupt ob82. you can call sfc51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to obtain detailed diagnostics data from the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob82 . the module acknowledges the diagnostic interrupt when the program exits ob82. load restrictions in horizontal mounting position in horizontal mounting position, t he module loads must be restr icted so that two adjacent inputs or outputs do not e xceed their rated load. load restrictions in vertical mounting position in vertical mounting position, the module loads must be restric ted so that four adjacent inputs or outputs do not exceed their rated load. see also sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters (page 120) 3.28 relay output module sm 322; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6es7322-1hh01-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1hh01-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v: 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated load voltage 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac suitable for ac/dc solenoid valv es, contactors, motor starters, fhp motors and signal lamps. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.28 relay output module sm 322 ; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6e s7322-1hh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 138 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 reaction to a shutdown of the power supply note the internal 200-ms buffer capacitance discharges sufficient po wer after power off to allow the user program to set a defined relay state. wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v 0 / 0 0 1 1 9 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.28 relay output module sm 322 ; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6 es7322-1hh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 139 technical data of sm 322; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated power supply l + to the relays 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) max. 8 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 8 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 75 vdc / 60 vac ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 230 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 500 vdc ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 1500 vac ? between outputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 250 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data thermal current, cont inuous max. 2 a minimum load v oltage / current 10 v / 10 ma short-circuit current to iec 947- 5-1 200 a, with b10/b16 circui t breaker switching capacity and se rvice life of contacts ? with resistive load http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.28 relay output module sm 322 ; do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v; (6e s7322-1hh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 140 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltage current number o f switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 60 vdc 120 vdc 24 vac 48 vac 60 vac 120 vac 230 vac 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.2 a 1.5 a 1.5 a 1.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.1 million 0.2 million 1.0 million 0.2 million 0.6 million 1.5 million 1.5 million 1.5 million 1.0 million 1.5 million 2.0 million 1.0 million 1.5 million 2.0 million ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1 dc13/ac15 voltage current number o f switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 60 vdc 120 vdc 24 vac 48 vac 60 vac 120 vac 230 vac 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.2 a 1.5 a 1.5 a 1.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.05 million 0.1 million 0.5 million 0.1 million 0.3 million 1 million 1 million 1 million 0.7 million 1.0 million 1.5 million 0.7 million 1.0 million 1.5 million an external protective circui t will increase the service life o f contacts. size of the motor starte r max. size 5 to nema lamp load 50 w / 230 vac 5 w / 24 vdc contact protection (internal) none wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? mechanical max. 10 hz ? with resistive load max. 1 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc13/ac15 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 1 hz wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.29 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es732 2-1hf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 141 3.29 relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es7322-1hf01-0aa0) order number 6es7 322-1hf01-0aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 2 rated load voltage 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac suitable for ac/dc solenoid valv es, contactors, motor starters, fhp motors and signal lamps. reaction to a shutdown of the power supply note rule for sm 322; do 8 x rel. vac release version 1: the interna l backup capacitor provides power for the duration of approx. 200 ms. this backup time is s ufficient to briefly control the relay in the user program. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.29 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es7322 -1hf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 142 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v 8 8 0 0 9 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 190 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.29 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es732 2-1hf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 143 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated power supply l + to the relays 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 2 maximum potential difference ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 75 vdc / 60 vac ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 230 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 500 vdc ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 2000 vac ? between outputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 40 ma max. 160 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.2 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none actuator selection data thermal current, cont inuous max. 3 a minimum load voltage / current 10 v / 5 ma short circuit-proof to iec 947-5-1 2) with circuit-breaker, c haracteristics b, for: cos 1.0: 600 a cos 0.5...0.7: 900 a with 8 a diazed fuse: 1000 a switching capacity and us eful life of contacts ? with resistive load http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.29 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v; (6es7322 -1hf01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 144 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltage current number of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 60 vdc 120 vdc 48 vac 60 vac 120 vac 230 vac 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.2 a 2.0 a 2.0 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.7 million 1.6 million 4 million 1.6 million 1.6 million 1.6 million 1.2 million 0.5 million 2) 0.7 million 2) 1.5 million 2) 0.5 million 2) 0.7 million 2) 1.5 million ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1 dc13/ac15 voltage current numbe r of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 60 vdc 120 vdc 48 vac 60 vac 120 vac 230 vac 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.5 a 0.2 a 1.5 a 1.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.7 a 0.5 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.3 million 0.5 million 1.0 million 0.5 million 0.3 million 2) 1 million 1 million 0.2 million 0.7 million 1 million 2.0 million 0.3 million 2) 0.7 million 2) 2 million 2) contact protection (internal) varistor siov-cu4032 k275 g an external protective circui t extends the useful life of conta cts. actuator selection data [continued] lamp load 1) max. 50 w power number of switching cycles (typ.) lamp load (230 vac) 2) 700 w 1500 w 25000 10000 energy-saving lamps/fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast 2) 10 x 58w 25000 fluorescent lamps, conventionally compensated 2) 1 x 58 w 25000 fluorescent lamps, non-compensated 2) 10 x 58 w 25000 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 145 technical data wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? mechanical max. 10 hz ? with resistive load max. 2 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc13/ac15 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 2 hz wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector 1) product version 1 2) product version 2 or higher 3.30 relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es7322-5hf00-0ab0) order number 6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0 properties properties of relay output modul e sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5 a: 8 outputs, electrically isolated load voltage 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 24 vac to 230 vac suitable for ac solenoid valves, c ontactors, motor starters, fh p motors and signal lamps you can protect the contacts wit h an rc quenching element by se tting a jumper (sj.) group error display channel-specific status displays programmable diagnostic interrupt programmable substitute value output overvoltage protection of contacts you can protect the contacts aga inst overvoltage by bridging (s j) the module terminals 3 and 4, 7 and 8, 12 and 13 etc. ( see the diagram below). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es73 22-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 146 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagrams of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a 6) / / 6- 0 / 6- 0 / 6- 0 / 6- 0 0 9 / / 6- 0 / 6- 0 / 6- 0 / 6- 0 0 9 6) error led - red channel number status display - green backplane bus interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 147 operation on safety extra-low voltage (selv) make allowances for the specia l feature outlined below when ope rating the 6es7 322- 5hf00-0ab0 relay output module on selv: the horizontally adjacent termi nal of a terminal operated on se lv may not be operated at a rated voltage higher than 120 v uc. when operated at voltages hi gher than 120 vuc, the creepage distances and air gaps i n the 40-pin front connector d o not meet simatic requirements of safe electrical separation. if one of two horizontally adj acent terminals is operated on selv, the adjacent terminal may not be operated at m ore than 120 vuc. technical data of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 320 g module-specific data supports isochronous mode no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics suppl y voltage l+ 24 vdc ? reverse polarity protection yes cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position up to 60 max. 5 a ? vertical mounting position up to 40 max. 5 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels and the power supply to relays yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es73 22-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 148 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data maximum potential difference ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 75 vdc / 60 vac ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 250 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 500 vdc ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 1500 vac ? between outputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 160 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led for each channel interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions programmable ? group error display red led (sf) ? reading diagnostics information supported actuator selection data thermal current, cont inuous max. 5 a minimum load voltage / current 10 v /10 ma 1) residual current 11.5 ma 2) short circuit-proof to iec 947-5-1 with circuit-breaker, chara cteristics b, for: cos 1.0: 600 a cos 0.5...0.7: 900 a with 8 a diazed fuse: 1000 a switching capacity and us eful life of contacts ? with resistive load voltage current numbe r of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 120 vdc 120 vdc 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 5.0 a 2.5 a 1.0 a 0.2 a 0.1 a 0.2 a 0.1 a 5.0 a 2.5 a 1.0 a 0.2 a 0.1 a 0.2 million 0.4 million 0.9 million 1.7 million 2 million 1,7 2 million 0.2 million 0.4 million 0.9 million 1.7 million 2 million ? with inductive load http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 149 technical data voltage current numbe r of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 24 vdc 120 vdc 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 230 vac 5.0 a 2.5 a 1.0 a 0.2 a 0.1 a 0.1 a 5.0 a 2.5 a 1.0 a 0.2 a 0.1 a 0.1 million 0.25 million 0.5 million 1 million 1.2 million 1.2 million 0.1 million 0.25 million 0.5 million 1 million 1.2 million an rc quenching element (jumper " sj" inserted) or an external p rotection circuit extend t he service life of contacts. size of the motor starte r max. size 5 to nema power number of switching cycles (typ.) lamp load (230 vac) 1000 w 1500 w 25000 10000 energy-saving lamps/fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast 1 0 x 58 w 25000 fluorescent lamps, conventiona lly compensated 1 x 58 w 25000 fluorescent lamps, non-co mpensated 10 x 58 w 25000 contact protection rc quenching element; 330 ?, 0.1 f wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only outputs with the sa me load voltage) ? for increasing power not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? mechanical max. 10 hz ? with resistive load max. 2 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc13/ac15 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 2 hz wiring of the actuators us ing a 40-pin front connector 1) without inserted jumper (sj). 2) with ac load voltage and in serted jumper (sj) no residual cu rrent if the jumper (sj) is not installed. note the residual current of an rc q uenching element connected to ie c type 1 inputs may cause unwanted signal states. rem ove the sj jumper to rectify t his fault. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es73 22-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 150 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.30.1 parameters of sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a parameters of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a the table below provides an over view of configurable parameters and defaults for sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 . table 3-25 parameters of s m 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a parameters range of values defaults parameter type scope enable ? diagnostic interrupts yes/no no dynamic module reaction to cpu stop set s ubstitution value (ssv) hold last value (hlv) ssv dynamic channel set substitution value "1" yes/no no dynamic channel see also programming digital modules (page 50) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.30 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a; (6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 151 3.30.2 sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 23 0v/5a - diagnostics diagnostics messages of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a the table below provides an over view of the diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a. table 3-26 diagnostics messages of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/ 5a diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable watchdog time-out sf module no eprom error sf module no ram error sf module no causes of error and troubleshooting table 3-27 diagnostic messages of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac230v/5a , cause of error and troubleshooting diagnostics message error detection possible cause of error to correct or avoid errors infrequent high level of electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on watchdog time-out generally defective module replace the module infrequent high level of electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on eprom error generally defective module replace the module transient high electromagnetic interference eliminate interfer ence and cycle the cpu power supply off and on ram error generally defective module replace the module 3.30.3 sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a - interrupts introduction the sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5 a can trigger diagnostic inter rupts. for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there is no default interrupt s etting, i.e. interrupts are disa bled if not set accordingly. program the interrupt enable parameter in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.31 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6es 7322-1hf10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 152 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 diagnostic interrupt incoming error events (initial o ccurrence) and outgoing error e vents (error is cleared) are reported by means of diagnostic s interrupt, if this interrupt i s enabled. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to process d iagnostics interrupt ob82. you can call sfc51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to obtain detailed diagnostics data from the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob82 . the module acknowledges the diagnostics interrupt when the program exits ob82. see also sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters (page 120) 3.31 relay output module sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6es7322-1hf10-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 322-1hf10-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 322-1hf10-2aa0 properties properties of sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a: 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 1 rated load voltage 24 vdc to 120 vdc, 48 vac to 230 vac suitable for ac/dc solenoid valv es, contactors, motor starters, fhp motors and signal lamps. measures to take for switching currents > 3 a note always use connecting cables wit h a cross-section of 1.5 mm 2 when operating with switching currents > 3 a in order to reduce any temperature rise in the co nnector area of the module to a minimum. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.31 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6e s7322-1hf10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 153 wiring and block diagrams of the sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a / / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 0 0 9 / channel number status displays - green backplane bus interface options of looping the po wer supply to contacts i accumulated current Q 8 a at t u Q 30 c i accumulated current Q 5 a at t u Q 60 c http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.31 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6es 7322-1hf10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 154 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 operation on safety extra-low voltage (selv) make allowances for the specia l feature outlined below when ope rating relay output module 322-1hf10 on selv: to operate a terminal on selv , the horizontally adjacent termin al may not be operated at a rated voltage higher than 120 v uc. the creepage distances and a ir gaps of the 40-pin front connector do not meet simatic requirements in terms of safe ele ctrical separation if operated with voltage s above 120 vuc. if one of two horizontally adj acent terminals is operated on selv, the adjacent terminal may not be operated at m ore than 120 vuc. sm 322; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 320 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated power supply l + to the relays 24 vdc cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 30 c to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 8 a max. 5 a max. 5 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels in groups of yes 1 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.31 relay output module sm 322 ; do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6e s7322-1hf10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 155 technical data maximum potential difference ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 75 vdc / 60 vac ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 250 vac ? between outputs of different groups 500 vac isolation test voltage ? between m internal and the power supply to relays 500 vdc ? between m internal and the power supply to relays and outputs 1500 vac ? between outputs of different groups 2000 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 40 ma max. 125 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.2 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display interrupt diagnostics functions green led per channel none none actuator selection data thermal current, cont inuous max. 8 a minimum load voltage / current 10 v / 5 ma short-circuit current to iec 947- 5-1 with circuit-breaker, char acteristics b, for: cos 1.0: 600 a cos 0.5...0.7: 900 a with 8 a diazed fuse: 1000 a switching capacity and us eful life of contacts ? with resistive load voltage current numbe r of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 8.0 a 4.0 a 2.0 a 0.5 a 0.1 million 0.3 million 0.7 million 4.0 million 60 vdc 0.5 a 4 million 120 vdc 0.2 a 1.6 million 48 vac 8.0 a 2.0 a 0.1 million 1.6 million 60 vac 8.0 a 2.0 a 0.1 million 1.2 million 120 vac 8.0 a 4.0 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.1 million 0.3 million 0.5 million 0.7 million 1.5 million 230 vac 8.0 a 4.0 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.1 million 0.3 million 0.5 million 0.7 million 1.5 million http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.31 relay output module sm 322; d o 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a; (6es 7322-1hf10-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 156 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data switching capacity and us eful life of contacts ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1 dc13/ac15 voltage current numbe r of switching cycles (typ.) 24 vdc 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.3 million 0.5 million 1 million 60 vdc 0.5 a 0.3 a 0.5 million 1 million 120 vdc 0.2 a 0.5 million 48 vac 3.0 a 1.5 a 0.5 million 1 million 60 vac 3.0 a 1.5a 0.3 million 1 million 120 vac 3.0 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.2 million 0.3 million 0.7 million 2 million 230 vac 3.0 a 2.0 a 1.0 a 0.5 a 0.1 million 0.3 million 0.7 million 2.0 million ? aux. contactors size 0 (3th28) 30 million an external protective circui t extends the useful life of conta cts. power number of switching cycles (typ.) lamp load (230 vac) 1000 w 1500 w 25000 10000 energy-saving lamps/fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast 1 0 x 58 w 25000 fluorescent lamps, conventiona lly compensated 1 x 58 w 25000 fluorescent lamps, non-co mpensated 10 x 58 w 25000 contact protection (internal) none wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported ? for increasing power not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? mechanical max. 10 hz ? with resistive load max. 2 hz ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc13/ac15 max. 0.5 hz ? with lamp load max. 2 hz wiring of the actuators us ing a 40-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.32 digital io module sm 323; d i 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6 es7323-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 157 3.32 digital io module sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es7323-1bl00-0aa0) order number 6es7 323-1bl00-0aa0 properties properties of sm 323; di 16/ do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 16 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 16 16 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated input voltage 24 vdc rated load voltage 24 vdc inputs suitable for switches and 2-/3-/4-wire proximity switche s (beros) outputs capable of driving solenoi d valves, dc contactors and i ndicator lights use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, its outputs will carry "1" signal for the d uration of approx. 50 s, due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.32 digital io module sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6e s7323-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 158 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a 9 0 0 0 9 / 0 0 0 9 / channel number status displays - green backplane bus interface terminal assignment the diagram below shows the io addressing of channels. ,qsxwe\wh[ ,qsxwe\wh[ 2xwsxwe\wh[ 2xwsxwe\wh[ http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.32 digital io module sm 323; d i 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6 es7323-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 159 sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 260 g module-specific data isochronous mode no number of inputs 16 number of outputs 16 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c 16 8 ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c max. 4 a max. 3 a ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels inputs in groups of outputs in groups of yes 16 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 80 ma max. 80 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 6.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.32 digital io module sm 323; di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6e s7323-1bl00-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 160 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring of the signal transducers using a 40-pin front connector actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l + (- 0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 100 s max. 500 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for increasing power not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 ? with lamp load max. 100 hz max. 0.5 hz max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (- 53 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 40-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es 7323-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 161 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es7323-1bh01-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 323-1bh01-2aa0 properties properties of sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 8 inputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 8 outputs, electrically isolated in groups of 8 rated input voltage 24 vdc rated load voltage 24 vdc inputs suitable for switches and 2-/3-/4-wire proximity switche s (beros) outputs capable of driving solenoi d valves, dc contactors and i ndicator lights use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, its outputs will carry "1" signal for the du ration of approx. 50 s, due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 162 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a 9 0 0 9 / 0 0 channel number status displays - green backplane bus interface sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 number of outputs 8 cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es 7323-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 163 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 8 8 cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a max. 4 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels inputs in groups of outputs in groups of yes 8 8 maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 40 ma max. 40 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.5 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 13 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 7 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.33 digital io module sm 323; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; (6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 164 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l + (- 0.8 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 100 s max. 500 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported (only output s of the same group) ? for performance increase not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 ? with lamp load max. 100 hz max. 0.5 hz max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (- 53 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators us ing a 20-pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 165 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) order number 6es7 327-1bh00-0ab0 properties properties of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a: 8 digital inputs, plus 8 separate ly programmable inputs/outputs , electrically isolated in groups of 16 rated input voltage 24 vdc inputs suitable for switches and 2-/3-/4-wire proximity switche s (beros) output current 0.5 a rated load voltage 24 vdc outputs capable of driving solenoi d valves, dc contactors and i ndicator lights dynamic change of parameters in r un (cir-compatible), separatel y at each channel. readback of outputs. use of the module with high-speed counters please note when using the module in combination with high-spee d counters: note when using a mechanical contact to switch on the 24-v power sup ply to sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, its outputs will carry "1" signal for the du ration of approx. 50 s, due to the circuit structure. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 166 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and block diagram of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable 0 / 0 / 0 0 channel number status display - green backplane bus interface technical data of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmab le technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 digital number of inputs/outputs 8, c an be programmed separately cable length ? unshielded ? shielded max. 600 m max. 1000 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 167 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ 24 vdc number of simultaneously controlled inputs ? horizontal mounting position to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c 16 16 cumulative current of outputs (per group) ? horizontal mounting position to 40 c to 60 c ? vertical mounting position to 40 c max. 4 a max. 3 a max. 2 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes ? between channels no maximum potential difference ? between different circuits 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 60 ma max. 20 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w status, interrupts, diagnostics status display green led per channel interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input voltage ? rated value ? "1" signal ? "0" signal 24 vdc 15 v to 30 v - 30 v to + 5 v input current ? "1" signal typ. 6 ma input delay ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms 1.2 ms to 4.8 ms input characteristics to iec 61131, type 1 connection of 2-wire beros ? permissible quiescent current supported max. 1.5 ma wiring of the signal transducers using a 40pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 168 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data actuator selection data output voltage ? "1" signal min. l+ (-1.5 v) output current ? "1" signal rated value permissible range 0.5 a 5 ma to 0.6 a ? "0" signal (residual current) max. 0.5 ma output delay (resistive load) ? "0" to "1" transition ? "1" to "0" transition max. 350 s max. 500 s load resistance range 48 to 4 k lamp load max. 5 w wiring two outputs in parallel ? for redundant load control supported ? for increasing power not supported control of a digital input supported switching frequency ? with resistive load ? with inductive load to iec 947-5-1, dc 13 ? with lamp load max. 100 hz max. 0.5 hz max. 10 hz internal limiting of the inducti ve shutdown voltage to typ. l + (-54 v) short circuit-proof out put yes, e lectronic ? threshold typ. 1 a wiring of the actuators usin g a 40pin front connector http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 169 3.34.1 sm 327; di 8/dx 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters programming the general procedure of programming digital modules is describ ed in the chapter programming digital modules. parameters of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable the table below lists the progra mmable parameters of sm 327; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, including defaults. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 . the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" using sfb53 "wrrec" (f or gsd, for example). parameters set in step 7 may also be transferred to the module using sfcs 56 and 57, an d sfb 53 (refer to the step 7 ) online help). table 3-28 parameters of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a programmabl e using ... parameters range of values default parameter type scope data record number sfc55, sfb53 pg digital output yes/no no dynamic channel 1 yes yes see also sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a - parameters (page 120) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 170 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 3.34.1.1 structure of data record 1 of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 of the dy namic parameters of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a. qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw 8vhfkdqqhodvrxwsxw 8vhfkdqqhodvlqsxw 8vhfkdqqhodvrxwsxw 8vhfkdqqhodvlqsxw %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure 3-8 structure of data re cord 1 of sm 327 ; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 171 readback of outputs the readback function is a simple form of diagnostics. you can use this to determine whether the information output to the process ("1" or "0") actu ally arrives there. the digital outputs can be read back to the user data area: whe n q11.3 is configured as an output, for example, it can be read back at i11.3. see the figu re below 7khiroorzlqj dssolhv ,qsxwv 2xwsxwv 5hdgedfnfdsdelolw\ &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq &kdqqhoq %\whq %\whq %\whq figure 3-9 readback of the output s of sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
digital modules 3.34 programmable digital io module sm 327; di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a (6es7327-1bh00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 172 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 173 principles of analog value processing 4 4.1 overview introduction this chapter describes the basic procedure in wiring and connec ting signal sensors to analog inputs and analog outputs an d corresponding items to obs erve. the diagrams below do not show the connecting lines required to connect the electrical potentials of the analog input module and sensors. always adhere to the general info rmation on sensor wiring and c onnecting. special wiring and connecting opt ions are described in the corr esponding module data. installation and wiring for information on installation and wiring, refer to the s7-300 , cpu 31xc, a nd cpu 31x operating instructions: inst allation on the internet at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/13008499. 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs transducers which can be wired and connected to analog inputs you can wire and connect the fo llowing transducers to the analo g input modules, depending on the type of measurement: voltage transducers current transducers C as 2-wire transducer C as 4-wire transducer resistors thermocouples http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs s7-300 automation system module data 174 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 cables for analog signals always use shielded twisted-pair cables to wire analog signals. this reduces interference. connect both ends of the analog cable shield to ground. any potential difference between t he cable ends may cause an eq uipotential current on the shield and disturbance on analog signals. avoid this effect by means of low-impedance equipotential bonding. ground only one end of the shielding. electrically isolated analog input modules electrically isolated analog input modules are not electrically interconnected at the reference point of the measuring circuit (m ana and/or m) and the m terminal of the cpu/im153. always use electrically isol ated analog input modules if there is any risk of potential difference v iso developing between the reference point of measuring circuit (m ana and/or m-) and the m terminal of the cpu/im153 . you can prevent the potential difference v iso from exceeding limits by means of equipotential interconnection of terminals m ana and m of the cpu/im153. non-isolated analog input modules non-isolated analog input modules require a low-impedance conne ction between the reference point of measuring circuit m ana and the m terminal of the cpu or interface module im 153. interconnect terminals m ana with m of the cpu or interface module im 153. any potential difference between m ana and m of the cpu or interface module im 153 may corrupt the analog signal. limited potential difference cmv the permissible potential difference u cm (cmv/common mode) may not be exceeded. a cmv fault may develop between the measurement inputs (m+ / m-) and the reference potential of measuring circuit m ana between the measuring inputs. the following diagrams show the measures to be taken when wirin g transducers. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 175 4.2.1 wiring and connecting electric ally isolated transducers electrically isolated transducers electrically isolated transducer s are not connected to local gr ound potential. they can be operated in electrically isolated mode. potential differences may develop between electrically isolated sensors. these potential differences may be caused by interference, or may develop as a result of the local distribution of transducers. in environments with a high lev el of emc interference, it is ad visable to interconnect m- with m ana in order to prevent the permissibl e cmv value from being excee ded. note at modules where v cm 2.5 v, interconnect m- and m ana (see the diagrams below). wiring and connecting electrically isolated transducesr to an e lectrically isolated ai the cpu / im 153 can be operated in grounded mode or ungrounded mode. 0 0 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ 8,62 / 0 &38,0 /rjlf 0 $'& hohfwulfdoo\ lvrodwhg wudqvgxfhuv uhfrpphqghg frqqhfwlrq *urxqgexv %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-1 wiring and connecting electrically isolated transduc ers to electrically isolated ai http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs s7-300 automation system module data 176 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and connecting electrically isolated transducers to a no n-isolated ai the cpu / im 153 can be operated in grounded mode or ungrounded mode. 0 0 | 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ / 0 &38,0 /rjlf $'& 0 hohfwulfdoo\ lvrodwhg wudqvgxfhuv uhfrpphqghg frqqhfwlrq *urxqgexv %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-2 wiring and connecting electrically isolated transduc ers to a non-isolated ai note do not interconnect m- with m ana when wiring and connecti ng 2-wire transducers and resistance transducer s. an equalization current develops at the interconnection of m- with m ana and corrupts the measured value. this also applies to unused i nputs which are programmed accordingly. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 177 4.2.2 wiring non-isolated transducers non-isolated transducer non-isolated transducers are int erconnected with local ground p otential. always interconnect m ana with local ground when using non-isolated transducers. local conditions or interference may cause potential difference s cmv (static or dynamic) between locally distributed meas uring points. if the maximum cm v value is exceeded, interconnect the measuring points by means of equipotential con ductors. wiring non-isolated transducer to electrically isolated ai when connecting non-isolated transducers to electrically isolat ed modules, the cpu / im 153 can be operated in grounded or ungrounded mode. 0 0 | 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ 8,62 8&0 / 0 &38,0 /rjlf 0 $'& *urxqgexv %dfnsodqh exv qrqlvrodwhg wudqvgxfhuv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj frqgxfwru figure 4-3 wiring non-isolated tr ansducer to electrically isola ted ai http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.2 wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs s7-300 automation system module data 178 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring non-isolated transducer to a non-isolated ai always operate the cpu / im 153 in grounded mode if you connect non-isolated transducers to non-isolated modules. 0 0 | 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ 8&0 / 0 &38,0 /rjlf $'& 0 *urxqgexv %dfnsodqh exv qrqlvrodwhg wudqvgxfhuv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj frqgxfwru figure 4-4 wiring non-isolated transducers to a non-isolated ai note you may not connect non-isolated 2-wire transducers/resistive t ransducers to non-isolated analog inputs! http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.3 wiring and connecting voltage transducers s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 179 4.3 wiring and connecting voltage transducers introduction this chapter describes how to wire and connect voltage transduc ers and and the corresponding items to be observed. wiring and connecting voltage transducers 0 / 0 0 0 0 0$1$ $'& /rjlf 9 9 %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-5 wiring and connecting voltage transducers to electri cally isolated ai http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.4 wiring and connectin g current transducers s7-300 automation system module data 180 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 4.4 wiring and connecting current transducers introduction this chapter describes the wiring and connecting of current tra nsducers and rules to be observed. supported current transducers as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer wiring and connecting 2-wire transducers with power supply from the module the 2-wire transducer is wired to the short circuit-proof suppl y voltage at the terminals of the analog input module. the 2-wire transducer converts t he process variable into a curr ent. 2-wire tran sducers must be electrically isolated. 0 0 | | | 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ 3 3 /rjlf $'& zluh wudqvgxfhu %dfnsodqh exv 6hqvruhj suhvvxuh jdxjh zluh wudqvgxfhu figure 4-6 wiring and connecting 2-wire transducers to electric ally isolated ai wiring and connecting 2-wire transducers with power supply from l+ configure the 2-wire as a 4-wire transducer in step 7 if it is connected to supply voltage l+. 0 | 0 | / 0 0$1$ 3 /rjlf $'& zluh wudqvgxfhu %dfnsodqh exv 6hqvru hjsuhvvxuh jdxjh figure 4-7 wiring and connecting a 2-wire transducer with suppl y from l + to an electrically isolated ai http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.5 wiring and connecting resistance thermometers and resistor s s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 181 wiring and connecting 4-wire transducers 4-wire transducers are connected to a separately power supply. 0 0 | | | 0 0 | / 0 / 0 / 0 0$1$ 3 3 /rjlf $'& '08 '08 %dfnsodqh exv 6hqvru hj suhvvxuh jdxjh figure 4-8 wiring and connecting 4-wire transducers to electric ally isolated ai 4.5 wiring and connecting resistance thermometers and resistors introduction this chapter describes the wiring and connecting of resistance thermometers and resistors and rules to be observed. supported resistance transducers with 4-wire connection with 3-wire connection with 2-wire connection wiring and connecting resistance thermometers and resistors the module provides a cons tant current at terminals i c+ and i c- for current measurements. the constant current is fed to t he resistance for measuring its voltage potential. the constant current cables must be wired dire ctly to the resistance thermom eter/resistor. measurements programmed for 4-or 3-wire connections compensate for line resistance and return considerably higher precision compared to 2-wire connect ions. measurements with programmed 2-wi re connections also record lin e impedance in addition to their internal resistance. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.5 wiring and connecting resist ance thermometers and resistors s7-300 automation system module data 182 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 4-wire connection of a resistance thermometer the voltage generated at the resistance ther mometer is measured across the m + and m - terminals. observe the correct polarity when wiring and connect ing the devices (i c+ and m + , and i c - and m- at the resistance thermometer). always wire and connect the i c +, m+ , i c - and m- lines directly to the resistance thermometer. 0 0 | / 0 ,& 0$1$ ,& | ,& /rjlf $'& %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-9 4-wire connection of r esistance thermometers to an e lectrically isolated analog input 3-wire connection of a resistance thermometer when connecting 3-wire devices to modules equipped with four te rminals, you should generally bridge m- and i c - . always wire and c onnect the co nnected c + and m+ lines directly to the resistance thermometer. 0 0 | / 0 ,& 0$1$ ,& | ,& /rjlf $'& %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-10 3-wire connection o f resistance thermometers to an electrically isolated analog input http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.5 wiring and connecting resistance thermometers and resistor s s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 183 2-wire connection of a resistance thermometer for 2-wire connections, insert a bridge between the m + and i c+ and between the m- and i c - terminals of the module. the line impedance is included in the measurement. 0 0 | / 0 0$1$ ,& | ,& /rjlf $'& %dfnsodqh exv figure 4-11 2-wire connection o f resistance thermometers to an electrically isolated analog input http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data 184 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples introduction this chapter describes the wiri ng and connecti ng of thermocoupl es and corresponding rules to be observed. supported thermocouples (depending on module) b; c; e; j; k; l; n; r; s; t; u; txk / xkl gost thermocouple selection the figure below shows several thermocouples and their temperat ure ranges. r& 1 7 8 6 5 . / - ( % & figure 4-12 thermocouples and their ranges http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 185 thermocouple structure thermocouples consist of a pair of thermal probes and all neces sary installation and connecting parts. the thermocoupl e pair consists of two wires m ade of different metals, or of metal alloys soldered or wel ded together at their ends. the different thermocouple types , for example, k, j or n, are d erived from different material compositions. the measuring principle of all thermocouples is t he same, irrespective of their type. c figure 4-13 fig. 4-22 stru cture of thermocouples measurement point thermocouple with positive a nd negative thermal elements terminal compensating line reference junction supply line thermal voltage acquisition point operating principle of thermocouples any temperature difference between the measuring point and the free ends of the thermocouple (point of connection) generates a thermoelectric v oltage. the thermoelectric voltage is a function of the temperature difference between the measuring point and the free ends, and is also determined by t he material composition of the thermal elements. as thermocouples always sense temperature differences, it is es sential to maintain the free ends at the known temperature of a reference junction in order to be able to determine the temperature at the measuring point. the thermocouples can be exten ded from their point of connectio n to the reference junction by means of compensating lines. these compensating lines are ma de of the same materials as the thermocouple wires. the supply lines from the reference junction to the module are made of copper. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data 186 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 note make sure of the correct polarit y in order to avoid serious mea suring errors. compensation for the reference junction temperature you can compensate for the influence of temperature fluctuation at the reference junction by means of a compensating circuit. you have several options of measur ing the reference junction te mperature in order to obtain an absolute temperature value as a function of the temperature difference between the reference junction and the measuring point. you can use either an internal o r an external compensating circ uit, depending on the required location of the reference junction. options of compensating for the reference junction temperature table 4-1 options of compensating for the reference junction te mperature option exp lanations no compensation to record only t he temperature difference betwe en the measuring point and reference junction. internal compensation (for wiring and connecting, see connecting thermocouples with intern al compensation box to electrically isolated analog inputs ) the internal compensation is bas ed on a comparison using the internal temperature (thermocoup le internal comparison) of the module. external compensation with compensation box in the feed lines of each the rmocouple (the wiring and connecting is shown in the diagram wiring and connecting of thermocouples with compensation box to electrically isolated analog inputs and wiring and connecting of thermoco uples with reference junction (order no. m72166-xxx00) to electrically isolated analog inputs ) you have already measured and compensated for the reference junction temperature (thermocoup le external comparison) using a n interconnected compensating box in the feed lines of each thermocouple. further signal processing is not required at the module. only for sm 331; ai 8 x tc: external compensation wit h resistance thermometer for recording the reference junction temperature you can measure the reference te mperature using a (platinum or nickel) resistance thermometer , and compute it in the module fo r any thermocouple. see also wiring and connecting thermocoupl es with internal compensation (page 187) wiring and connecting thermocoupl es with external compensation (page 187) wiring and connecting transducers to analog inputs (page 173) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 187 4.6.1 wiring and connecting thermocouple s with internal compensation function principle of internal compensation internal compensation allows you to form the reference point at the terminals of the analog input module. in this case, route the compensating lines direct ly to the analog module. the internal temperature sensor measu res the module's temperature a nd returns a compensation voltage. note that internal compensation is not as accurate as external compensation. wiring and connecting thermocouples with internal compensation wire the thermocouples either dir ectly to the inputs of the mod ule, or indirectly via compensating lines. each cha nnel group can us e any type of ther mocouple supported by the analog module, independently of other channel groups. 0 0 | 0 0 | / 0 &+ &+ /rjlf $'& %dfnsodqh exv (txdol]lqjfrqgxfwru vdphpdwhuldo dvwkhuprfrxsoh 7khuprfrxsoh figure 4-14 wiring and connecti ng thermocouples with internal c ompensation to elect rically isolated analog inputs 4.6.2 wiring and connecting thermocouple s with external compensation function principle of external compensation with compensating b ox with external compensation, the temperature at the reference ju nction of the thermocouples is evaluated using a compensating box. the compensating box contains a bridge circuit which is calibra ted to a defined reference junction temperature /calibrating temperature.) the reference j unction is formed by the connecting ends of the thermocouple's equalizing conductor. the resistance of the temperatur e-sensitive bridge changes as a function of the difference between the actual reference te mperature and calibrating temper ature. this difference induces a positive or negative co mpensating voltage, which is a dded to the thermoelectrical voltage. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data 188 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and connecting the compensating box terminate the compensating box at the comp terminals of the mod ule; the compensating box must be installed at the reference junction of the thermoco uples. the compensating box be supplied with an electrically isolated voltage. the power su pply module must provide adequate noise filtering, for exam ple, by means o f grounded cab le shielding. the thermocouple terminals on the compensation box are not requ ired, and should be short- circuited (as an example, see the figure wiring and connecting thermocouples with reference junction (order no. m72166-xxx00). restrictions: the channel group parameters al ways apply to the all its channe ls (for example, input voltage, integrating time etc.) for external compensation with wiring and connecting of the com pensating box to the module's comp terminals, all ther mocouples must b e of the same type, and all channels operating with external compensa tion must use the same type. wiring and connecting thermocouples via compensating box if all thermocouples connected to the module's inputs share a c ommon reference junction, compensate the circuit as follows: 0 0 | &203 &203 | 0$1$ 0 0 | / 0 / 0 /rjlf $'& 5hihuhqfhmxqfwlrq &rps er[ %dfnsodqh exv 6xsso\ ohdg &x (txdol]lqj frqgxfwruvdph pdwhuldodv wkhuprfrxsoh 7khupr frxsohv figure 4-15 wiring and connecti ng thermocouples to electrically isolated analog inputs via compensation box note to compensate the analog input modules, always use compensation boxes with a reference junction temperature of 0 c . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.6 wiring and connecting thermocouples s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 189 recommended compensating box we recommend the use of a siemens reference junction with integ rated power supply unit as a compensating box. the tabl e below shows the relevant order ing data. table 4-2 ordering data o f the reference junction recommended compensating box order number reference junction with integrated power supply uni t, for rail mounting auxiliary power 220 vac 24 vac 24 vdc 110 vac wiring and connecting to thermocouple fe-cuni fe/cu ni ni cr/ni pt 10% rh/pt pt 13% rh/pt cu/cu ni cu/cu ni type l type j type k type s type r type u type t reference temperature 0 c m72166-xxx00 b1 b2 b3 b4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.7 wiring and connecting load s/actuators to analog outputs s7-300 automation system module data 190 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring and connecting to the reference junction (order no. m721 66-xxx00) if all thermocouples connected to the module's inputs share a c ommon reference junction, compensate the circuit as follows: 0 0 | | | 0 0 | / 0 0 &203 &203 | 0$1$ /rjlf $'& %dfnsodqh exv 2xwsxw&xfrqgxfwruv (txdol]lqjfrqgxfwru vdphpdwhuldo dvwkhuprfrxsoh 7huplqdoviru htxdol]lqjfrqgxfwru pxvw ehvkruwflufxlwhg $ x[ srzhu 7khupr frxsohv 6xsso\ ohdg &x figure 4-16 wiring and connecti ng thermocouples with reference junction (order n o. m72166-xxx00) 4.7 wiring and connecting loads/actuators to analog outputs wiring and connecting loads/actuators to analog outputs the analog output modules can be us ed as current or voltage sou rce for loads and actuators. cables for analog signals always use shielded twisted-pair cables to wire analog signals. form two twisted pairs of the q v and s+, and m and s- signals in or der to reduce interference. connect both ends of the analog cable shield to ground. any potential difference between t he cable ends may cause an eq uipotential current on the shield and disturbance on analog signals. avoid this situation by grounding only one end of the shielding. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.7 wiring and connecting loads/actuators to analog outputs s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 191 electrically isolated analog output modules electrically isolated analog output modules do not have a galva nic interconnection between the reference point of measuring circuit m ana and the cpu's m terminal. always use electrically isol ated analog input modules if there is any risk of potential difference v iso developing between the reference point of measuring circuit m ana and the m terminal of the cpu. use an equi potential bonding conductor to interconnect the m ana terminal and the m terminal of t he cpu, in order to prevent v iso from exceeding the permitted value. non-isolated analog output modules when using on-isolated analog output modules, always interconne ct the reference point m ana of the of measuring circuit with terminal m of the cpu. wire t he m ana terminal to the m terminal of the cpu. any pot ential difference between m ana and the m terminal of the cpu could otherwise corrupt the analog signal. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.7 wiring and connecting load s/actuators to analog outputs s7-300 automation system module data 192 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 4.7.1 wiring and connecting loads/act uators to voltage outputs wiring and connecting loads to a voltage output the voltage outptus support the wiring and connecting of 2-wire and 4-wire lo ads. certain analog output modules, however, do not support both types of wi ring and connecting. wiring 4-wire loads to the voltage output of an electrically is olated module the 4-wire load circuit returns h igh precision. wiring and conn ecting the s- and s+ sense lines directly to the load. this allows direct measurement and correction of the load voltage. interference or voltage dips may lead to potential differences between the sense line s- and the reference loop of analog circuit m ana . this potential difference may not exceed set limits. any potential difference above limits has a negative impact on analog signal precision. 6 6 | / 0 0$1$ 8,62 49 5/ / 0 &38 /rjlf 0lqwhuq '$& %dfnsodqh exv *urxqgexv figure 4-17 4-wire connection o f loads to the voltage output of an electrically iso lated analog output module http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.7 wiring and connecting loads/actuators to analog outputs s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 193 wiring 2-wire loads to the voltage output of non-isolated modul e wire the loads to the q v terminals and to the reference point of measuring circuit m ana . interconnect terminal s+ to q v with terminal s to m ana in the front connector. a 2-wire circuit does not provide for compensation of line impe dance. / 0 0$1$ 49 6 6 5/ / 0 &38,0 /rjlf 0 '$& %dfnsodqh exv *urxqgexv figure 4-18 2-wire connection o f loads to the voltage output of a non-isolated analog module see also wiring and connecting loads/act uators to analog outputs (page 190) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
principles of analog value processing 4.7 wiring and connecting load s/actuators to analog outputs s7-300 automation system module data 194 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 4.7.2 wiring and connecting loads/act uators to current outputs wiring and connecting loads to a current output wire and connect the loads to q i and to the reference point of analog circuit m ana of a current output. wiring and connecting loads to a current output of an electrica lly isolated module / 0 0$1$ 8,62 4, 5/ / 0 &38,0 /rjlf 0 '$& %dfnsodqh exv *urxqgexv figure 4-19 wiring and connecting loads to a current output of an electrically isola ted analog output module wiring and connecting loads to a current output of a non-isolat ed analog output module / 0 0$1$ 4, 5/ / 0 &38,0 /rjlf 0 '$& %dfnsodqh exv *urxqgexv figure 4-20 wiring and connecting loads to a current output of a non-isolated analog output module see also wiring and connecting loads/act uators to analog outputs (page 190) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 195 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5 introduction this chapter describes the analog values for all measuring or o utput ranges supported by the analog modules. analog value conversion the cpu always processes the analog values in binary format. analog input modules convert the analog process signal to a dig ital format. analog output modules convert digital output values to analog s ignals. representation of analog values at a resolution of 16 bits the digitized analog value applies to input and output values o f the same rated range. analog values are output as fix ed point numbers with two's comp lement. the resultant assignment: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 bit values 2 15 2 14 2 13 2 12 2 11 2 10 2 9 2 8 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 sign the sign of the analog value is always set at bit 15: "0" + "1" - resolution < 16 bits on analog modules with a resolu tion of < 16 bits, the analog va lue is stored left-aligned. the unused least significant bit pos itions are padded with zeros (" 0".) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 196 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 example the example below demonstrates t he zero padding of unused bit p ositions for low resolution values. table 5-1 example: bit pattern of a 16-bit and 13-bit analog va lue resolution analog value bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 16-bit analog value 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 13-bit analog value 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels measured value resolution the resolution of the analog values may differ, based on the an alog module and module parameters. at resolutions < 15 bits, all bits identified by "x " are set to "0". note this resolution does not apply to temperature values. converted temperature values are the result of a conversion in the analog module. table 5-2 supported a nalog value resolutions resolution in bits (+ sign) units analog value dec hex high byte low byte 8 128 80 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x x x x x x 9 64 40 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x x x x x 10 32 20 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x x x x 11 16 10 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x x x 12 8 8 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x x 13 4 4 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x x 14 2 2 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 x 15 1 1 h sign 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 197 binary representation of input ranges table 5-3 bipolar input ranges units measured value in % data word range 2 15 2 14 2 13 2 12 2 11 2 10 2 9 2 8 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 32767 >118.515 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 overflow 32511 117.589 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 27649 >100.004 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 overshoot range 27648 100.000 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.003617 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.003617 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -27648 -100.000 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rated range -27649 -100.004 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -32512 -117.593 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 undershoot range -32768 -117.596 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 underflow table 5-4 unipolar input ranges units measured value in % data word range 2 15 2 14 2 13 2 12 2 11 2 10 2 9 2 8 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 32767 118.515 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 overflow 32511 117.589 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 27649 100.004 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 27648 100.000 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 overshoot range range 1 0.003617 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rated range -1 -0.003617 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -4864 -17.593 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 undershoot range range -32768 -17.596 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 198 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of analog values in voltage measuring ranges table 5-5 representation of anal og values in the 1 v to 10 v voltage measuring range system voltage measuring range dec hex 10 v 5 v 2.5 v 1 v 32767 7fff 11.851 v 5. 926 v 2.963 v 1.185 v 32512 7f00 overflow 32511 7eff 11.759 v 5. 879 v 2.940 v 1.176 v 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 10 v 5 v 2.5 v 1 v 20736 5100 7.5 v 3. 75 v 1.875 v 0.75 v 1 1 361.7 v 180.8 v 90.4 v 36.17 v 0 0 0 v 0 v 0 v 0 v -1 ffff -20736 af00 -7.5 v -3. 75 v -1.875 v -0.75 v -27648 9400 -10 v -5 v -2.5 v -1 v rated range -27649 93ff -32512 8100 -11.759 v -5 .879 v -2.940 v -1.176 v undershoot range -32513 80ff -32768 8000 -11.851 v -5 .926 v -2.963 v -1.185 v underflow table 5-6 representation of anal og values in the 80 mv to 500 mv voltage measuring ranges system voltage measuring range dec hex 500 mv 250 mv 80 mv 32767 7fff 592.6 mv 296.3 mv 94.8 mv 32512 7f00 overflow 32511 7eff 587.9 mv 294.0 mv 94.1 mv 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 500 mv 250 mv 80 mv 20736 5100 375 mv 187.5 mv 60 mv 1 1 18.08 v 9. 04 v 2.89 v 0 0 0 mv 0 mv 0 mv -1 ffff -20736 af00 -375 mv -187.5 mv -60 mv -27648 9400 -500 mv -250 mv -80 mv rated range -27649 93ff -32512 8100 -587.9 mv -294.0 mv -94.1 mv undershoot range -32513 80ff -32768 8000 -592.6 mv -296.3 mv -94.8 mv underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 199 table 5-7 representation of anal og values in the 1 v to 5 v and 0 v to 10 v voltage measuring ranges system voltage measuring range dec hex 1 to 5 v 0 to 10 v 32767 7fff 5.741 v 11.852 v 32512 7f00 overflow 32511 7eff 5.704 v 11.759 v 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 5 v 10 v 20736 5100 4 v 7.5 v 1 1 1 v + 144.7 v 0 v + 361.7 v 0 0 1 v 0 v rated range -1 ffff -4864 ed00 0.296 v undershoot range -4865 ecff -32768 8000 negative values are not supported underflow representation of analog values in the current measuring ranges table 5-8 representation of anal og values in the 3.2 ma to 20 ma current measuring ranges system current measuring range dec hex 20 ma 10 ma 3.2 ma 32767 7fff 23.70 ma 11.85 ma 3.79 ma overflow 32512 7f00 32511 7eff 23.52 ma 11.76 ma 3.76 ma 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 20 ma 10 ma 3.2 ma 20736 5100 15 ma 7.5 ma 2.4 ma 1 1 723.4 na 361. 7 na 115.7 na 0 0 0 ma 0 ma 0 ma -1 ffff -20736 af00 -15 ma - 7.5 ma -2.4 ma -27648 9400 -20 ma -10 ma -3.2 ma rated range -27649 93ff -32512 8100 -23.52 ma -11.76 ma -3.76 ma undershoot range -32513 80ff -32768 8000 -23.70 ma -11.85 ma -3.79 ma underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 200 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 table 5-9 representation of anal og values in the 0 ma to 20 ma and 4 ma to 20 ma current measuring ranges system current measuring range dec hex 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 32767 7fff 23.70 ma 22.96 ma 32512 7f00 overflow 32511 7eff 23.52 ma 22.81 ma 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 20 ma 20 ma 20736 5100 15 ma 16 ma 1 1 723.4 na 4 ma + 578.7 na 0 0 0 ma 4 ma rated range -1 ffff -4864 ed00 -3.52 ma 1.185 ma undershoot range -4865 ecff -32768 8000 underflow representation of the analog values of resistive transducers table 5-10 representation of t he analog values of 6 k?; 10 k? a nd from 150 ? to 600 ? resistive transducers system resistive transducer range dec hex 6k? 10 k? 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? 32767 7fff 7.111 k? 11.852 k? 177.77 ? 355.54 ? 711.09 ? 32512 7f00 150.01 ? 300.01 ? 600.02 ? overflow 32511 7eff 7.055 k? 11.759 k? 176.38 ? 352.77 ? 705.53 ? 27649 6c01 overshoot range 27648 6c00 6.0 k? 10 k? 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? 20736 5100 4.5 k? 7.5 k? 112.5 ? 225 ? 450 ? 1 1 217.0 m? 361.7 m? 5. 43 m? 10.85 m? 21.70 m? 0 0 0 ? 0 ? 0 ? 0 ? 0 ? rated range (negative values are physica lly impossible) undershoot range http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 201 representation of analog values for resistance thermometers pt x00 and pt x00 gost (0.003850) standard table 5-11 representation of anal og values for resistance therm ometers pt 100, 200, 500,10 00 and pt 10, 50,100, 500 gost (0.003850) standard units units units pt x00 standard / gost in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex pt x00 standard/ gost in f (1 digit = 0.1 f) dec hex pt x00 standard/ gost in k (1 digit = 0.1 k) dec hex range > 1000,0 32767 7fff h > 1832,0 32767 7fff h > 1273,2 32767 7fff h overflow 1000,0 : 850,1 10000 : 8501 2710 h : 2135 h 1832,0 : 1562,1 18320 : 15621 4790 h : 3d05 h 1273,2 : 1123,3 12732 : 11233 31bc h : 2be1 h overshoot range 850,0 : -200,0 8500 : -2000 2134 h : f830 h 1562,0 : -328,0 15620 : -3280 3d04 h : f330 h 1123,2 : 73,2 11232 : 732 2be0 h : 2dc h rated range -200,1 : -243,0 -2001 : -2430 f82f h : f682 h -328,1 : -405,4 -3281 : -4054 f32f h : f02a h 73,1 : 30,2 731 : 302 2db h : 12e h undershoot range < - 243,0 -32768 8000 h < - 405,4 -32768 8000 h < 30,2 32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of pt x00 gost (0.003910) s tandard resistance thermometers table 5-12 representation of t he analog values of pt 10, 50, 10 0, 500 gost (0.003910) s tandard resistance thermometers units units pt x00 gost standard in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex pt x00 gost standard in f (1 digit = 0.1 f) dec hex range > 1295,0 32767 7fff h > 2363,0 32767 7fff h overflow 1295,0 : 1100,1 12950 : 11001 3296 h : 2af9 h 2363,0 : 2012,1 23630 : 20121 5ce4 h : 4e99 h overshoot range 1100,0 : -260,0 11000 : -2600 2af8 h : f5d8 h 2012,0 : -436,0 20120 : -4360 4e98 h : eef8 h rated range -260,1 : -273,2 -2601 : -2732 f5d7 h : f554 h -436,1 : -459,7 -4361 : -4597 eef7 h : ee0b h undershoot range < - 273,2 -32768 8000 h < - 459,7 -32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 202 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of analog values for resistance thermometers pt x00 and pt x0 gost (0.003850) standard table 5-13 representation of anal og values for resistance therm ometers pt 100, 200, 500,10 00 and pt 10, 50, 100, 500 gost (0.003850) klima units units pt x00 klima/ gost in c (1 digit = 0.01c) dec hex pt x00 klima/ gost in f (1 digit = 0.01 f) dec hex range > 155,00 32767 7fff h > 311,00 32767 7fff h overflow 155,00 : 130,01 15500 : 13001 3c8c h : 32c9 h 311,00 : 266,01 31100 : 26601 797c h : 67e9 h overshoot range 130,00 : -120,00 13000 : -12000 32c8 h : d120 h 266,00 : -184,00 26600 : -18400 67e8 h : b820 h rated range -120,01 : -145,00 -12001 : -14500 d11f h : c75c h -184,01 : -229,00 -18401 : -22900 b81f h : a68c h undershoot range < - 145,00 -32768 8000 h < - 229,00 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of ni x00 standard resistan ce thermometers table 5-14 representation of t he analog values of ni100, 120, 2 00, 500, 1000 and lg-ni 1000 resistance thermometers units units units ni x00 standard in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex ni x00 standard in f (1 digit = 0.1 f) dec hex ni x00 standard in k (1 digit = 0.1 k) dec hex range > 295.0 32767 7fff h > 563.0 32767 7fff h > 568.2 32767 7fff h overflow 295.0 : 250.1 2950 : 2501 b86 h : 9c5 h 563.0 : 482.1 5630 : 4821 15fe h : 12d5 h 568.2 : 523.3 5682 : 5233 1632 h : 1471 h overshoot range 250.0 : -60.0 2500 : -600 9c4 h : fda8 h 482.0 : -76.0 4820 : -760 12d4 h : fd08 h 523.2 : 213.2 5232 : 2132 1470 h : 854 h rated range -60.1 : -105.0 -601 : -1050 fda7 h : fbe6 h -76.1 : -157.0 -761 : -1570 fd07 h : f9de h 213.1 : 168.2 2131 : 1682 853 h : 692 h undershoot range < -105.0 -32768 8000 h < -157.0 -32768 8000 h < 168.2 32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 203 representation of the analog values of ni x00 climate resistanc e thermometers table 5-15 representation of t he analog values of ni 100, 120, 200, 500, 1000 and lg-ni 1000 resistance thermometers units units ni x00 climate in c (1 digit = 0.01c) dec hex ni x00 climate in f (1 digit = 0.01 f) dec hex range > 295.00 32767 7fff h > 325.11 32767 7fff h overflow 295.00 : 250.01 29500 : 25001 733c h : 61a9 h 327.66 : 280.01 32766 : 28001 7ffe h : 6d61 h overshoot range 250.00 : -60.00 25000 : -6000 61a8 h : e890 h 280.00 : -76.00 28000 : -7600 6d60 h : e250 h rated range -60.01 : -105.00 -6001 : -10500 e88f h : d6fc h -76.01 : -157.00 -7601 : -15700 e24f h : c2ac h undershoot range < - 105.00 -32768 8000 h < - 157.00 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of ni 100 gost standard res istance thermometers table 5-16 representation of t he analog values o f ni 100 gost s tandard resistance thermometers units units ni 100 gost standard in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex ni 100 gost standard in f (1 digit = 0.1 f) dec hex range > 212.4 32767 7fff h > 414.3 32767 7fff h overflow 212.4 : 180.1 2124 : 1801 084c h : 0709 h 414.3 : 356.1 4143 : 3561 102f h : 0de9 h overshoot range 180.0 : -60.0 1800 : -600 0708 h : fda8 h 356.0 : -76.0 3560 : -760 0de8 h : fd08 h rated range -60.1 : -105.0 -601 : -1050 fda7 h : fbe6 h -76.1 : -157.0 -761 : -1570 fd07 h : f9de h undershoot range < - 105.0 -32768 8000 h < - 157.0 -32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 204 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of the analog values of ni 100 gost klima resist ance thermometers table 5-17 representation of t he analog values o f ni 100 gost k lima resistance thermometers units units ni 100 gost klima in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex ni 100 gost klima in f (1 digit = 0.1 f) dec hex range > 212.40 32767 7fff h > 414.30 32767 7fff h overflow 212.40 : 180.1 2124 : 1801 084c h : 0709 h 414.30 : 356.10 41430 : 35610 a1d6 h : 8b1a h overshoot range 180.0 : -60.0 1800 : -600 0708 h : fda8 h 356.00 : -76.00 35600 : -7600 8b10 h : e250 h rated range -60.1 : -105.0 -601 : -1050 fda7 h : fbe6 h -76.10 : -157.00 -7610 : -15700 e246 h : c2ac h undershoot range < - 105.0 -32768 8000 h < - 157.00 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of cu 10 standard resistanc e thermometers table 5-18 representation of t he analog values of cu 10 resista nce thermometers units units units cu 10 standard in c (1 digit = 0.01c) dec hex cu 10 standard in f (1 digit = 0.01 f) dec hex cu 10 standard in k (1 digit = 0.01 k) dec hex range > 312.0 32767 7fff h > 593.6 32767 7fff h > 585.2 32767 7fff h overflow 312.0 : 260.1 3120 : 2601 c30 h : a29 h 593.6 : 500.1 5936 : 5001 1730 h : 12d5 h 585.2 : 533.3 5852 : 5333 16dc h : 14d5 h overshoot range 260.0 : -200.0 2600 : -2000 a28 h : f830 h 500.0 : -328.0 5000 : -3280 1389 h : f330 h 533.2 : 73.2 5332 : 732 14d4 h : 2dc h rated range -200.1 : -240.0 -2001 : -2400 f82f h : f6a0 h -328.1 : -400.0 -3281 : -4000 f32f h : f060 h 73.1 : 33.2 731 : 332 2db h : 14c h undershoot range < - 240.0 -32768 8000 h < - 400.0 -32768 8000 h < 33.2 32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 205 representation of the analog values of cu 10 climate resistance thermometers table 5-19 representation of t he analog values of cu 10 resista nce thermometers units units cu 10 climate in c (1 digit = 0.01c) dec hex cu 10 climate in f (1 digit = 0.01 f) dec hex range > 180.00 32767 7fff h > 325.11 32767 7fff h overflow 180.00 : 150.01 18000 : 15001 4650 h : 3a99 h 327.66 : 280.01 32766 : 28001 7ffe h : 6d61a h overshoot range 150.00 : -50.00 15000 : -5000 3a98 h : ec78 h 280.00 : -5.,00 28000 : -5800 6d60 h : e958 h rated range -50.01 : -60.00 -5001 : -6000 ec77 h : e890 h -58.01 : -76.00 -5801 : -7600 e957 h : e250 h undershoot range < - 60.00 -32768 8000 h < - 76.00 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of cu 10, 50, 100, 500 gost (0.00426) gost standard resistance thermometers table 5-20 representation of t he analog values of cu 10, 50, 10 0, 500 gost standard resistance thermometers units units cu x0 standard in c (1 digit = 0.1c) dec hex cu x0 standard in f (1 digit = -0.01 f) dec hex range > 240.0 32767 7fff h > 325.11 32767 7fff h overflow 240.0 : 200.1 2400 : 15001 4650 h : 3a99 h 327.66 : 28.01 32766 : 28001 7ffe h : 6d61a h overshoot range 200.0 : -50.0 15000 : -5000 3a98 h : ec78 h 280.00 : -58.00 28000 : -5800 6d60 h : e958 h rated range -50.1 : -60.0 -5001 : -6000 ec77 h : e890 h -58.01 : -76.00 -5801 : -7600 e957 h : e250 h undershoot range < - 60.00 -32768 8000 h < - 76.00 -32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 206 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of the analog values of cu 10, 50, 100, 500 gost standard (0.00428) resistance thermometers table 5-21 representation of t he analog values of cu 10, 50, 10 0, 500 gost standard resistance thermometers units units cu 10 climate in c (1 digit = 0.01c) dec hex cu 10 climate in f (1 digit = 0.01 f) dec hex range > 180.00 32767 7fff h > 325.11 32767 7fff h overflow 180,00 : 150.01 18000 : 15001 4650 h : 3a99 h 327.66 : 280,01 32766 : 28001 7ffe h : 6d61a h overshoot range 150.00 : -50.00 15000 : -5000 3a98 h : ec78 h 280.00 : -58.00 28000 : -5800 6d60 h : e958 h rated range -50.01 : -60.00 -5001 : -6000 ec77 h : e890 h -58.01 : -76.00 -5801 : -7600 e957 h : e250 h undershoot range < - 60.00 -32768 8000 h < - 76.00 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of thermocouples type b table 5-22 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type b units units units type b in c dec hex type b in f dec hex type b in k dec hex range > 2070.0 32767 7fff h > 3276.6 32767 7fff h > 2343.2 32767 7fff h overflow 2070.0 : 1821.0 20700 : 18210 50dc h : 4722 h 3276.6 : 2786.6 32766 : 27866 7ffe h : 6cda h 2343.2 : 2094.2 23432 : 20942 5b88 h : 51ce h overshoot range 1820.0 : 0.0 18200 : 0 4718 h : 0000 h 2786.5 : 32.0 27865 : 320 6cd9 h : 0140 h 2093.2 : 273.2 20932 : 2732 51c4 h : 0aac h rated range : -120.0 : -1200 : fb50 h : -184.0 : -1840 : f8d0 h : 153.2 : 1532 : 05fc h undershoot range < -120.0 -32768 8000 h < -184.0 -32768 8000 h < 153.2 32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 207 representation of the analog values of thermocouples type c table 5-23 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type c units units type c in c dec hex type c in f dec hex range > 2500.0 32767 7fff h > 3276.6 32767 7fff h overflow 2500.0 : 2315.1 25000 : 23151 61a8 h : 5a6f h 3276.6 : 2786.6 32766 : 27866 7ffe h : 6cda h overshoot range 2315.0 : 0.0 23150 : 0 5a6e h : 0000 h 2786.5 : 32.0 27865 : 320 6cd9 h : 0140 h rated range 0.1 : -120.0 -1 : -1200 ffff h : fb50 h 31.9 : -184.0 319 : -1840 013f h : f8d0 h undershoot range < -120.0 -32768 8000 h < -184.0 -32768 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of thermocouples type e table 5-24 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type e units units units type e in c dec hex type e in f dec hex type e in k dec hex range > 1200.0 32767 7fff h > 2192.0 32767 7fff h > 1473.2 32767 7fff h overflow 1200.0 : 1000.1 12000 : 10001 2ee0 h : 2711 h 2192.0 : 1833.8 21920 : 18338 55a0 h : 47a2 h 1473.2 : 1274.2 14732 : 12742 398c h : 31c6 h overshoot range 1000.0 : -270.0 10000 : -2700 2710 h : f574 h 1832.0 : -454.0 18320 : -4540 4790 h : ee44 h 1273.2 : 0 12732 : 0 31bc h : 0000 h rated range < -270.0 < -2700 < f574 h < -454.0 < -4540 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 208 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of the analog values of thermocouples type j table 5-25 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type j units units units type j in c dec hex type j in f dec hex type j in k dec hex range > 1450.0 32767 7fff h > 2642.0 32767 7fff h > 1723.2 32767 7fff h overflow 1450.0 : 1201.0 14500 : 12010 38a4 h : 2eea h 2642.0 : 2193.8 26420 : 21938 6734 h : 55b2 h 1723.2 : 1474.2 17232 : 14742 4350 h : 3996 h overshoot range 1200.0 : -210.0 12000 : -2100 2ee0 h : f7cc h 2192.0 : -346.0 21920 : -3460 55a0 h : f27c h 1473.2 : 63.2 14732 : 632 398c h : 0278 h rated range < -210.0 < -2100 1622.0 32767 7fff h > 2951.6 32767 7fff h > 1895.2 32767 7fff h overflow 1622.0 : 1373.0 16220 : 13730 3f5c h : 35a2 h 2951.6 : 2503.4 29516 : 25034 734c h : 61ca h 1895.2 : 1646.2 18952 : 16462 4a08 h : 404e h overshoot range 1372.0 : -270.0 13720 : -2700 3598 h : f574 h 2501.6 : -454.0 25061 : -4540 61b8 h : ee44 h 1645.2 : 0 16452 : 0 4044 h : 0000 h rated range < -270.0 < -2700 < f574 h < -454.0 < -4540 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 209 representation of the analog values of thermocouples type l table 5-27 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type l units units units type l in c dec hex type l in f dec hex type l in k dec hex range > 1150.0 32767 7fff h > 2102.0 32767 7fff h > 1423.2 32767 7fff h overflow 1150.0 : 901.0 11500 : 9010 2cec h : 2332 h 2102.0 : 1653.8 21020 : 16538 521c h : 409a h 1423.2 : 1174.2 14232 : 11742 3798 h : 2dde h overshoot range 900.0 : -200.0 9000 : -2000 2328 h : f830 h 1652.0 : -328.0 16520 : -3280 4088 h : f330 h 1173.2 : 73.2 11732 : 732 2dd4 h : 02dc h rated range < -200.0 < -2000 < f830 h < -328.0 < -3280 < f330 h < 73.2 < 732 <02dc h underflow if the wiring is incorrect (polari ty reversal, or open inputs, for example), or if a f ault is generated at the transducer in the ne gative range (wrong type of thermocouple, f or example), the analog input module reports an underflo w when it detects a value below... ... f380 h and outputs the value 8000 h . ... eac0 h and outputs the value 8000 h . ... fe2c h and outputs the value 8000 h . representation of the analog values of thermocouples type n table 5-28 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type n units units units type n in c dec hex type n in f dec hex type n in k dec hex range > 1550.0 32767 7fff h > 2822.0 32767 7fff h > 1823.2 32767 7fff h overflow 1550.0 : 1300.1 15500 : 13001 3c8c h : 32c9 h 2822.0 : 2373.8 28220 : 23738 6e3c h : 5cba h 1823.2 : 1574.2 18232 : 15742 4738 h : 3d7e h overshoot range 1300.0 : -270.0 13000 : -2700 32c8 h : f574 h 2372.0 : -454.0 23720 : -4540 5ca8 h : ee44 h 1573.2 : 0 15732 : 0 3d74 h : 0000 h rated range < -270.0 < -2700 < f574 h < -454.0 < -4540 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data 210 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of the analog values of thermocouples type r, s table 5-29 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type r, s units units units type r, s in c dec hex type r, s in f dec hex types r, s in k dec hex range > 2019.0 32767 7fff h > 3276.6 32767 7fff h > 2292.2 32767 7fff h overflow 2019.0 : 1770.0 20190 : 17770 4ede h : 4524 h 3276.6 : 3218.0 32766 : 32180 7ffe h : 7db4 h 2292.2 : 2043.2 22922 : 20432 598a h : 4fd0 h overshoot range 1769.0 : -50.0 17690 : -500 451a h : fe0c h 3216.2 : -58.0 32162 : -580 7da2 h : fdbc h 2042.2 : 223.2 20422 : 2232 4fc6 h : 08b8 h rated range -51.0 : -170.0 -510 : -1700 fe02 h : f95c h -59.8 : -274.0 -598 : -2740 fdaa h : f54c h 222.2 : 103.2 2222 : 1032 08ae h : 0408 h undershoot range < -170.0 -32768 8000 h < -274.0 -32768 8000 h < 103-2 < 1032 8000 h underflow representation of the analog values of thermocouples type t table 5-30 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type t units units units type t in c dec hex type t in f dec hex type t in k dec hex range > 540.0 32767 7fff h > 1004.0 32767 7fff h > 813.2 32767 7fff h overflow 540.0 : 401.0 5400 : 4010 1518 h : 0faa h 1004.0 10040 2738 h 813.2 8132 1fc4 h overshoot range 400.0 : -270.0 4000 : -2700 0fa0 h : f574 h 752.0 : -454.0 7520 : -4540 1d60 h : ee44 h 673.2 : 3.2 6732 : 32 1aac h : 0020 h rated range < -270.0 < -2700 < f574 h < -454.0 < -4540 representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.1 representation of the values for analog input channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 211 representation of the analog values of thermocouples type u table 5-31 representation of t he analog values of thermocouples type u units units units type u in c dec hex type u in f dec hex type u in k dec hex range > 850.0 32767 7fff h > 1562.0 32767 7fff h > 1123.2 32767 7fff h overflow 850.0 : 601.0 8500 : 6010 2134 h : 177a h 1562.0 : 1113.8 15620 : 11138 2738.0 h : 2b82 h 1123.2 : 874.2 11232 : 8742 2be0 h : 2226 h overshoot range 600.0 : -200.0 6000 : -2000 1770 h : f830 h 1112.0 : -328.0 11120 : -3280 2b70 h : f330 h 873.2 : 73.2 8732 : 732 221c h : 02dc h rated range < -200.0 < -2000 < f830 h < -328.0 < -3280 < f330 h < 73.2 < 732 <02dc h underflow if the wiring is incorrect (polari ty reversal, or open inputs, for example), or if a f ault is generated at the transducer in the ne gative range (wrong type of thermocouple, f or example), the analog input module reports an underflo w when it detects a value below... ... f380 h and outputs the value 8000 h . ... eac0 h and outputs the value 8000 h . ... fe2c h and outputs the value 8000 h . representation of analog values for type txk/xkl gost thermocou ple table 5-32 representation of analog values for type txk/xkl gos t thermocouple units units type txk/xkl in c dec hex type txk/xkl in f dec hex range > 1050.0 32767 7fff h > 1922.0 32767 7fff h overflow 1050.0 : 800.1 8500 : 8001 2904 h : 1f41 h 1922.0 : 1472.1 19220 : 14721 4b14 h : 3981 h overshoot range 800.0 : 0.0 : -200.0 8000 : 0 : -2000 1f40 h : 0000 h : f830 h 1472.0 : 32.0 : -328.0 14720 : 320 : -3280 3980 h : 0140 h : f330 h rated range < -200.0 <-32768 < f8000 h < -328.0 <-32768 8000 h underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.2 representation of analog va lues for analog output channels s7-300 automation system module data 212 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.2 representation of analog val ues for analog output channels binary representation of output ranges table 5-33 bipolar output ranges 2 15 2 14 2 13 2 12 2 11 2 10 2 9 2 8 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 32512 0 % 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x overflow 32511 117.589 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 27649 100.004 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 overshoot range 27648 100.000 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.003617 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.003617 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -27648 -100.000 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rated range -27649 100.004 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -32512 -117.593 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 undershoot range 32513 0 % 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x x x x x x x underflow table 5-34 unipolar output ranges units output value in % data word range 2 15 2 14 2 13 2 12 2 11 2 10 2 9 2 8 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 32512 0 % 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x overflow 32511 117.589 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 27649 100.004 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 overshoot range 27648 100.000 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.003617 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rated range -1 0.000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -32512 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 limited to the low limit of the rated range, 0 v or 0 ma 32513 0 % 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x x x x x x x underflow http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.2 representation of analog values for analog output channels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 213 representation of analog values in the voltage output ranges table 5-35 representation of anal og values in the 10 v output range system voltage output range dec hex 10 v 118.5149 % 32767 7fff 0.00 v 32512 7f00 overflow, off power 117.589 % 32511 7eff 11.76 v 27649 6c01 overshoot range 100 % 27648 6c00 10 v 75 % 20736 5100 7.5 v 0.003617 % 1 1 361.7 v 0 % 0 0 0 v -1 ffff -361.7 v rated range -75 % -20736 af00 -7.5 v -100 % -27648 9400 -10 v -27649 93ff -117.593 % -325 12 8100 -11.76 v undershoot range -32513 80ff -118.519 % -32768 8000 0.00 v underflow, off power table 5-36 representation of anal og values in the 0 v to 10 v a nd 1 v to 5 v output ranges system voltage output range dec hex 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v 118.5149 % 32767 7fff 0.00 v 0.00 v 32512 7f00 overflow, off power 117.589 % 32511 7e ff 11.76 v 5.70 v 27649 6c01 overshoot range 100 % 27648 6c00 10 v 5 v 75 % 20736 5100 7.5 v 3.75 v 0.003617 % 1 1 361.7 v 1 v +144.7 v 0 % 0 0 0 v 1 v rated range -1 ffff -25 % -6912 e500 0 v undershoot range -6913 e4ff -117.593 % -32512 8100 not possible. output value limited to 0 v. -32513 80ff -118.519 % -32768 8000 0.00 v 0.00 v underflow, off power http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.2 representation of analog va lues for analog output channels s7-300 automation system module data 214 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 representation of analog values in the current output ranges table 5-37 representation of anal og values in the 20 ma output range system current output range dec hex 20 ma 118.5149 % 32767 7fff 0.00 ma 32512 7f00 overflow, off power 117.589 % 32511 7eff 23.52 ma 27649 6c01 overshoot range 100 % 27648 6c00 20 ma 75 % 20736 5100 15 ma 0.003617 % 1 1 723.4 na 0 % 0 0 0 ma -1 ffff -723.4 na rated range -75 % -20736 af00 -15 ma -100 % -27648 9400 -20 ma -27649 93ff -117.593 % -32512 8100 -23.52 ma undershoot range -32513 80ff -118.519 % -32768 8000 0.00 ma underflow, off power table 5-38 representation of anal og values in the 0 ma to 20 ma and 4 ma to 20 ma output ranges system current output range dec hex 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 118.5149 % 32767 7fff 0.00 ma 0.00 ma 32512 7f00 overflow, off power 117.589 % 32511 7eff 23.52 ma 22.81 ma 27649 6c01 overshoot range 100 % 27648 6c00 20 ma 20 ma 75 % 20736 5100 15 ma 15 ma 0.003617 % 1 1 723.4 na 4 ma + 578.7 na 0 % 0 0 0 ma 4 ma rated range -1 ffff -25 % -6912 e500 0 ma undershoot range -6913 e4ff -117.593 % -32512 8100 not supported. output value limited to 0 ma. -32513 80ff -118.519 % -32768 8000 0.00 ma 0.00 ma underflow, off power http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.3 setting the measuring met hod and ranges of analog input ch annels s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 215 5.3 setting the measuring method and ranges of analog input channel s two procedures there are two methods of setting the measuring method and range s of analog input channels at analog modules: using a measuring range module and step 7 hardwiring of the analog input channel and step 7 the method to use for the various analog modules is module-spec ific and is described in detail in the special module chapters. this section describes how to set up the type and range of meas urement using measuring range modules. setting the measurement type and ranges using measuring range m odules the analog modules are supplied with corresponding measuring ra nge modules as required. you may have to change the positi on of the measuring range modu le to suit the measurement type and range. note note that the measuring range modu les are installed on the side of the analog input module. always check whether the measur ing range modules needs to be se t up for a different measurement type and range before you install the analog input module. optional settings of the measuring range modules optional settings of the measuri ng range modules: "a", "b", "c" and "d". for detailed information on settings to be made for a specific measurement type and range, refer to the special module chapter. the settings for the differen t measurement types and ranges are also printed onto the analog module. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.3 setting the measuring met hod and ranges of analog input cha nnels s7-300 automation system module data 216 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 changing the positioning of measuring range modules to insert the measuring range module into a different slot: 1. remove the measuring range modu le from the slot of the analog i nput module by lifting it out with a screwdriver. figure 5-1 removing the measuring range module from a slot of t he analog input module 2. insert the measuring range module into the required slot (1) of the analog input module. the indicator of the selected m easuring range must be in line w ith the marker on the module (2). figure 5-2 inserting the measur ing range module into the analog input module http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.4 response of the analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 217 proceed likewise with any ot her measuring range modules. you can now install the module. caution incorrect settings of the measur ing range modules may lead to t he destruction of the module. always make sure that the measur ing range module is in the corr ect position before you connect a sensor to the module. 5.4 response of the analog modules this chapter this chapter describes: the dependency of analog input and output values on cpu operati ng states and on the supply voltage of the analog module the reaction of analog modules, based on the actual analog valu e within the relevant range of values the influence of the operational limits of analog modules on an alog io values, as illustrated by an example http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.4 response of the analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 218 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.4.1 influence of the power suppl y and operating state introduction this chapter describes: the dependency of analog io value s on cpu operating states, and on the supply voltage of the analog module the reaction of analog modules, based on the actual analog valu e within the relevant range of values the influence of the operational limits of analog modules on an alog io values, as illustrated by an example influence of the supply voltage and operating state on the modu les the io values of analog modules are determined by the cpu opera ting state and the module's supply voltage. table 5-39 dependencies of the ana log io values on the cpu's op erating state and on the l+ supply voltage cpu operating state supply voltage l+ at the analog module input value of the analog input module output value of the analog output module measured value cpu values l+ present 7fff h , until the first conversion after power on is comp leted, or when the module has been programmed. until the first conversion... after power on, the module outputs a 0 ma or 0 v signal. after programming is successfully completed, it outputs the previous value. power on run l+ missing overflow value 0 ma / 0 v measured value l+ present 7fff h , until the first conversion after power on is comp leted, or when the module has been programmed. substitution value / last value (default: 0 ma / 0 v) power on stop l+ missing overflow value 0 ma / 0 v l+ present - 0 ma / 0 v power off - l+ missing - 0 ma / 0 v reaction to power failure power failure at analog modules is always indicated by their re levant sf led. this information is also available on the module (in diagnostics buf fer data.) diagnostics interrupt triggering is based on parameter settings . see also programming analog modules (page 225) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.4 response of the analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 219 5.4.2 influence of the range of analog values influence of errors on analog modules with diagnostics function s errors may lead to an entry in the diagnostics buffer and trigg er a diagnostics interrupt at analog modules with diagnostics function and corresponding para meter settings. influence of the range of values on the analog input module the reaction of analog modules i s determined by the actual inpu t values within the range of values. table 5-40 reacti on of analog input modul es as a function of th e actual analog value wit hin the range of values measured value within input value sf led diagnostics interrupt rated range measured value - - - overshoot/undershoo t range measured value - - - overflow 7fff h lit 1 entry is made 1 diagnostics interrupt 1) underflow 8000 h lit 1 entry is made 1 diagnostics interrupt 1) beyond programmed limit measured value - - process interrupt 1) 1) , only supported by m odules with diagnosti cs function, and depe nding on parameter settings influence of the range of values on the analog output module the reaction of analog modules i s determined by the actual outp ut values within the value range. table 5-41 reaction of analog output modules as a function of t he actual analog value wit hin the range of values output value within ou tput value sf led di agnostics interrupt rated range cpu value - - - overshoot/undershoo t range cpu value - - - overflow 0 signal - - - underflow 0 signal - - - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.4 response of the analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 220 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.4.3 influence of the operationa l and basic error limits operational limit the operational limit represents the total measuring/output err or of an analog module within the permissible temperature range , based on the module's rating . basic error limit the basic error limit represents the total measuring/output err or at 25 c, based on the module's rating. note the percentile values of operatio nal and basic error limits in the module's technical data always refer to the highest possible input and output value within the nominal range of the module. example of the determination of the output error of a module an analog output module sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit is being used for voltage output. an output range of "0 to 10 v" is set. the module is operating at an ambi ent temperature of 30 c, i.e. the operational limit applies. t he technical data of the module state: operational limit for voltage output: 0,5 % hence, an output error of 0.05 v (0.5 % of 10 v) across the n ominal range of the module must be expected. at an actual voltage of 1 v, fo r example, the module will then output a value in the range from 0.95 v to 1.05 v. the relati ve error is 5 % in this case. for the example, the figure below shows how the relative error decreases as the output value approaches the end of the 10-v range. s b 9 , s s b 9 , s s b 9 , s 9 9 9 | 9 9 2xwsxwydoxh figure 5-3 example of the relati ve error of an analog output mo dule http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.5 conversion / cycle time of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 221 5.5 conversion / cycle time of analog modules conversion time of analog input channels the conversion time is the total of the basic conversion time p lus additional processing times of the module for: resistance measurement wirebreak monitoring the basic conversion time depends directly on the conversion me thod of the analog input channel (integrating method, actual value conversion.) the integration time of integrating conversions has a direct in fluence on conversion times. the integration time depends on the interference frequency supp ression you set in step 7 . for information on basic conver sion times and additional proces sing times of the various analog modules, refer to the techni cal data of the relevant mod ule. cycle time of analog input channels analog-to-digital conversion, and the transfer of digitized mea sured values to memory and/or to the backplane bus, are carri ed out sequentially, i.e. the an alog input channels are converted in successive order. t he cycle time, i.e. the time ex piring until an analog input value is converted again, represents the accumulated conversion time of all activated analog input channels of the analog input module. the figure below provides an over view of the cycle time element s for an n-channel analog module. &rqyhuvlrqwlph fkdqqho &rqyhuvlrqwlph fkdqqho 6fdqwlph &rqyhuvlrqwlph fkdqqhoq figure 5-4 cycle time of an analog input or output module conversion and cycle times for analog input channels in channel groups make allowances for the accumulated channel conversion time whe n the analog input channels are joined to form channel groups. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.5 conversion / cycle time of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 222 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 example two analog input channels of t he sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit analog i nput module form a channel group. you must therefore grade the cycle time in steps of 2. setting smoothing of analog values certain analog input modules allow you to set smoothing of anal og values in step 7 . using smoothing smoothed analog values provide a reliable analog signal for fur ther processing. it is useful to smooth the analog values with slow variations o f measured values, for example, when measuring temperature. smoothing principle the measured values are smoothed by digital filtering. smoothin g is accomplished by the module calculating mean values, derived from a defined number o f converted (digitized) analog values. the user configures up to four grades of smoothing (none, low, average, high). the grade determines the number of analog signals used for averaging. a higher smoothing provides a mor e reliable analog value, and p rolongs the time it takes to apply a smoothed analog signal followi ng a step response (see t he example below.) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.5 conversion / cycle time of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 223 example the figure below shows the number of cycles a module requires t o apply a close to 100% analog value after a step response, based on the smoothing func tion settings. the figure applies to all signal changes at the analog input. 6ljqdofkdqjh lqshufhqw 0rgxohf\fohv 6whsuhvsrqvhirudq\dqdorjlqsxwvljqdo figure 5-5 example of impact o f smoothing on the jump response with the ai 8 x 14 bit low smoothing grade medium smoothing grade high smoothing grade further information on smoothing for information showing whether a specific module supports smoo thing functions, and special features to observe, ref er to the chapter dealing with the analog input module. conversion time of the analog output channels the conversion time of the analog output channels includes the transfer of digitized output values from internal memory, and their digital-to-analog conver sion. cycle time of analog output channels analog output channels are conver ted sequentially, i.e. success ively. the cycle time, i.e. the time expiring until an analog output v alue is converted again, is equivalent to the accumulated conv ersion times of all activated analog output channels. refer to the figure cycle time of an analog io channel . tip you should disable all unused analog channels in step 7 in order to reduce cycle times. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.6 settling and response time s of analog output channels s7-300 automation system module data 224 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.6 settling and response times of analog output channels settling time the settling time (t 2 to t 3 ), i.e. the time expiring until a converted value has gained a specified level at an analog output, is l oad-dependent. we therefore dist inguish between resistive, capacitive and inductive load. for information on settling times as a function of load at the various analog output modules, refer to the technical data of the relevant module. response time the worst case response time (t 1 to t 3 ), i.e. the time expiring bet ween the input of digital output values to internal memory, and the signal settling time at the analog output, may be equivalent to the total of cyc le time plus settling time. the worst case scenario is gi ven, when the analog channel has b een converted immediately before a new output value is tran sferred, and is not converted again until all other channels have been converted (cycle time.) overview of the settling time and response time of analog outpu t modules w $ w = w ( w w w t a response time t c tc = cycle time, equi valent to n x conversion time (n = active channels) t s settling time t 1 new digital output value is set t 2 output value is applied and converted t 3 specified output value is reached http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.7 programming analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 225 5.7 programming analog modules introduction the properties of analog modules may differ. the module propert ies can be programmed. programming tools you program analog modules in step 7 . always program the modul e while the cpu is in stop mode. after you defined all parameters , download these from your pg t o the cpu. the cpu transfers the parameters to the relevant analog modules at the stop run transition. also, position the measuring r ange modules of the module as req uired. static and dynamic parameters parameters are organized by s tatic and dynamic properties. set the static parameters while t he cpu is in stop, as describe d earlier. you can also modify dynamic par ameters in the active user progr am using sfcs. however, the parameters set in step 7 will be applied again after a run stop, stop run transition of the cpu. parameters configurable using cpu operating state static pg (step 7 hw config) stop pg (step 7 hw config) stop dynamic sfc 55 in the user program run 5.7.1 parameters of analog input modules parameters of analog input modules for information on parameters s upported by specific analog modu les, refer to the chapter dealing with the relevant module. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.8 diagnostics of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 226 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.8 diagnostics of analog modules programmable and non-programmable diagnostics messages we distinguish between programm able and non-programmable diagno stics messages. you only obtain programmable di agnostics messages if you have e nabled diagnostics at the relevant parameters. program thes e functions in the "diagnostic s" parameter block in step 7 . the the analog module always pro vides non-programmable diagnost ics messages, irrespective of the enable stat e of diagnostics functions. reactions to a diagnostics message in step 7 actions initiated by diagnostics messages: the diagnostics message is wri tten to the diagnostics buffer of the analog module, and is then passed to the cpu. the error led on the analog module is lit. when "enable diagnostics interr upt" is set in step 7, the syste m triggers a diagnostics interrupt and calls ob82. reading diagnostics messages you can read detailed diagnostics messages in the user program using sfcs. viewing the cause of error you can view the cause of the er ror in the module diagnostics d ata in step 7 (refer to the step 7 online help.) diagnostics message included in the measured value of analog in put modules all analog input modules return the measured value 7fff h as a reaction to errors, irrespective of parameter setti ngs. this measured value indicat es either overflow, error, or a disabled channel. diagnostics message using the sf led all analog modules indi cate errors at their sf led (group error led.) the sf led lights up when the analog module has gener ated a diagnostics message. it goes dark after all error states are cleared. see also programming analog modules (page 225) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.8 diagnostics of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 227 5.8.1 diagnostics messages of analog input modules overview of the diagnostics messages of analog input modules the table below provides an over view of the diagnostics message s of analog input modules. table 5-42 diagnostics message s of analog input modules diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable external load voltage missing sf module no configuration / p rogramming error sf channel yes common-mode error sf channel yes wirebreak sf channel yes underflow sf channel yes overflow sf channel yes 5.8.2 diagnostics messages of analog output modules overview of the diagnostics messages of analog output modules the table below provides an over view of the diagnostics message s of analog output modules. table 5-43 diagnostics message s of analog output modules diagnostics message led scope of diagnostics programmable external load voltage missing sf module no configuration / p rogramming error sf channel yes short-circuit to m sf channel yes wirebreak sf channel yes note the detection of errors which are indicated in programmable dia gnostics messages requires appropriate configurati on of the analog module in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.8 diagnostics of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 228 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 5.8.3 causes of error and troubleshoot ing at analog input modules overview of the causes of error and troubleshooting at analog i nput modules table 5-44 diagnostics messages of analog input modules, causes of error and troubleshooting diagnostics message possible cause of error to correct or avoid errors external load voltage missing load voltage l+ of module mi ssing connect supply l+ check the measurin g range module configuration / programming error faulty parameters transferred to module program the module common-mode error potential difference c mv between inputs m- and the reference pot ential of measuring circuit (m ana out of limits) connect m- with m ana resistance of transducer circui t too high use a different type of sensor, or modify the wiring, for example, usi ng a larger conductor cross-section. open circuit between module and sensor con nect the cable disable the channel group ("measuring method" parameter) wirebreak channel not connected (open) wire the channel input value below undershoot range; possible cause of error: wrong measuring range setting program a different measuring range underflow polarity reversal of the sensor wiring in the measuring ranges 4 to 20 ma and 1 to 5 v check the connections overflow input value exceeds overshoot range program a differen t measuring range 5.8.4 causes of error and troubleshoot ing at analog output modules overview of the causes of error and troubleshooting routines at analog output modules table 5-45 diagnostics messages of analog output modules, cause s of error and troubleshooting diagnostics message possible cause of error to correct or avoid errors external load voltage missing load voltage l+ of module mi ssing connect supply l+ configuration / programming error faulty parameters transferred to module assign new module parameters overload at output eliminate overload short-circuit to m short-circuit at output q v to m ana eliminate the short-circuit actuator impedance too high use a different ty pe of actuator, o r modify the wiring using cables with a larger conductor cross-section wire-break between the module and actuator connect the cable wirebreak channel not used (op en) disable the channel group ("output type " parameter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.9 interrupts of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 229 5.9 interrupts of analog modules introduction this section describes the interrupt response of analog modules . always distinguish between the following interrupts: diagnostics interrupt process interrupt note that certain analog modules do not support interrupts, or are only partially capable of "handling" the interrupts descri bed below. for information on m odules which support interrupt functionality, refer to their technical data. description of the step 7 blocks for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there are no default interrupt s ettings, that is, interrupts ar e disabled if not set accordingly. program the interrupt enable parameter in step 7 . diagnostics interrupt incoming error events (initial o ccurrence) and outgoing error e vents (error is cleared) are reported by means of diagnostic s interrupt, if this interrupt i s enabled. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to process d iagnostics interrupt ob82. you can call sfc51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to view de tails of diagnostics data output by the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob82 . the program acknowledges the diagnostics in terrupt at the module when it ex its ob82. process interrupt with "high or low limit exceeded" trigger define a working range by se tting a high and low limit. if the process signal (for example, the temperature) overshoots this w orking range, the module triggers a process interrupt, provided the interrupt is enabled. the cpu interrupts user program execution in order to execute p rocess interrupt ob40. in the user program of ob 40, y ou can define the reaction of th e automation system to the violation of limits. the program acknowledges the di agnostics interrupt at the modul e when it exits ob40. note note: the system does not generate a process interrupt if your limit setting exceeds the overshoot or undershoot range. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
representation of the analog values of analog modules 5.9 interrupts of analog modules s7-300 automation system module data 230 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of the start information variable ob40_point_addr of ob 40 the channel at which a specific limit is exceeded is logged to the ob40_point_addr variable in the start information of ob40. the diagram below sh ows the bit assignment of dword 8 in local data. /' /% /% /% %lwqr 9lrodwlrqriwkhorzolplwdwfkdqqho 9lrodwlrqriwkhorzolplwdwfkdqqho 9lrodwlrqriwkhkljkolplwdwfkdqqho 9lrodwlrqriwkhkljkolplwdwfkdqqho figure 5-6 start information o f ob40: which limits event has tr iggered a process interrupt process interrupt triggered by "end of cycle reached" you can synchronize a process wi th the cycle of the analog inpu t module by programming a process interrupt trigger at the end of the cycle. one cycle comprises the conversi on of the measured values of al l active channels of the analog input module. the module processes the channels in succe ssive order. after all measured values were successful ly converted, the module outputs an interrupt to the cpu in order to report new measured values at its channels. you can always use this interr upt to download the actual conver ted analog values. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 231 analog modules 6 introduction this chapter describes: 1. analog module selection and commissioning sequence 2. overview of essential module properties 3. modules which are available (properties, connection and block d iagrams, technical data and additional information on the module): a) for analog input modules b) for analog output modules c) for analog io modules step 7 blocks for analog functions you can use fc105 "s cale" (scale values) and fc106 "unscale" (u nscale values) blocks to read and output analog values in step 7 . those fcs are available in the step 7 standard library, in the "ti-s7-c onverting blocks" subfolder. description of step 7 blocks for analog functions for information on fcs 105 and 106, refer to the step 7 online help. further information you should be familiar with the structure of the parameter sets (data records 0, 1 and 128) in system data before you edit module parameters in the step 7 user program. you should be familiar with the structure of diagnostics data ( data records 0, 1) in system data before you edit any diagnostics data o f the module in the step 7 user program. see also principles of programming signal modules in the user program (p age 415) evaluating diagnostic data of signal modules in the user progra m (page 459) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.1 analog module selectio n and commissioning sequence s7-300 automation system module data 232 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.1 analog module selection and commissioning sequence introduction the table below contains the step s required to successfully com plete commissioning of analog modules. you do not strictly have to adhe re to this suggested sequence, that is, you can complete other tasks such as installing or commissioning other modules, or program the module at an earlier or later time. analog module selection and commissioning sequence 1. selecting the module 2. for certain analog input modules : set the measuring type and ra nge using the measuring range module 3. installing the module in the simatic s7 system 4. assigning module parameters 5. connect the measuring transd ucers or loads to the module 6. commission the configuration 7. analyze the configurati on if commissioning failed more information on installation and commissioning see the "installation" and "commi ssioning" chapter in the insta llation manual for your automation system: s7-300 automation system, installation or s7-400 automation system, installation or distributed i/o device et 200m you will find the documentation online at: http://support.automation.si emens.com/ww/view/en/ http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.2 module overview s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 233 6.2 module overview introduction the tables below summarize the essential properties of the anal og modules. this overview supports you in selecting a module to suit your requirements. 6.2.1 analog input modules overview of properties the table below shows essential properties of the analog input modules table 6-1 analog in put modules: overvi ew of properties module properties sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit (-7nf00-) sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit (-7nf10-) sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed (-7hf0x-) sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit (-1kf01-) number of inputs 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 8 inputs in 8 channel groups resolution programmable for each channel group: ? 15 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 15 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 13 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 12 bits+sign measurement type progr ammable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current programmable per channel: ? voltage ? current ? resistance ? temperature measuring range selection any, per channel group any, per c hannel group any, per channel group any, per channel supports isochronous mode no no yes no programmable diagnostics yes yes yes no diagnostics interrupt programmable programmable programmable no limit value monitoring programmable for 2 channels programmable for 8 channels programmable for 2 channels no process interrupt when limit exceeded programmable programmable programmable no process interrupt at end of cycle no yes no no http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.2 module overview s7-300 automation system module data 234 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 module potential ratios elect rically iso lated to: ? the backplane bus interface electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface ? load voltage (not for 2dmu) electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface maximum potential difference between inputs (icm) 50 vdc 60 vdc 11 vdc 2.0 vdc special features - - - - sign 2dmu 2-wire measuring transducer table 6-2 analog input modules: overview o f properties (continu ed) module properties sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit (-7kf02-) sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit (-7kb02-) sm 331; ai 8 x tc (-7pf11-) sm 331; ai 8 x rtd (-7pf01-) sm 331; ai 8 x 0/4...20 ma hart (-7tf00-)* number of inputs 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 2 inputs in 1 channel group 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 8 inputs in 1 channel group resolution programmable for each channel group: ? 9 bits+sign ? 12 bits+sign ? 14 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 9 bits+sign ? 12 bits+sign ? 14 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 15 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: ? 15 bits+sign programmable for each channel group: 15 bits+sign measurement type programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current ? resistance ? temperature programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current ? resistance ? temperature programmable for each channel group: ? temperature programmable for each channel group: ? resistance ? temperature programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current ? resistance ? temperature measuring range selection any, per channel group any, per channel group any, per channel group any, per channel group any, per channel group programmabl e diagnostics yes yes yes yes yes supports isochronous mode no no no no no diagnostics interrupt programmable programmable programmable programmable programmabl e limit value monitoring programmable for 2 channels programmable for 1 channel programmable for 8 channels programmable for 8 channels programmable for 8 channels http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.2 module overview s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 235 module process interrupt when limit exceeded programmable programmable programmable programmable programmabl e process interrupt at end of cycle no no programmable programmable programmable potential ratios electrically isolated to: ? the cpu ? load voltage (not for 2dmu) electrically isolated to: ? the cpu ? load voltage (not for 2dmu) electrically isolated to: ? the cpu electrically isolated to: ? the cpu electrically isolated to: ? the cpu ? load voltage (not for 2dmu) maximum potential difference between inputs (icm) dc 2.3 v dc 2.3 v 60 vac / 75 vdc 60 vac / 75 vdc 60 vac / 75 vdc special features - - - - - sign 2dmu 2-wire measuring transducer * a description of this module can be found in the manual distr ibuted i/o device et 200m hart analog modules. you can download this manual from the inte rnet at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/22063748. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.2 module overview s7-300 automation system module data 236 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.2.2 analog output modules overview of properties the table below shows the analog output modules based on their essential properties table 6-3 analog ou tput modules: overview of properties modules properties sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit (-5hf00-) sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit (-7nd02-) sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit (-5hd01-) sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit (-5hb01-) sm 332; ao 8 x 0/4...20ma hart (-8tf00-) * number of outputs 8 output channels 4 outputs in 4 channel groups 4 output channels 2 output c hannels 8 output channels resolution 12 bits 16 bits 12 bits 12 bits 15 bits (0 ma to 20ma) 15 bits +sign (4 ma to 20ma) output type per channel: ? voltage ? current per channel: ? voltage ? current per channel: ? voltage ? current per channel: ? voltage ? current per channel: ? voltage ? current supports isochronous mode no yes no no no programmable diagnostics yes yes yes yes yes diagnostics interrupt programmable programmable programmable pr ogrammable programmable substitution value output no programmable programmable programmable programmable potential ratios electrical isolation between: ? the backplane bus interface ? load voltage electrical isolation between: ? backplane bus interface and channel ? channels ? output and l+, m ? cpu and l+, m electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface ? load voltage electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface ? load voltage electrically isolated to: ? the backplane bus interface ? load voltage special features - - - - - vz = sign * a description of this module ca n be found in manual distribut ed i/o device et 200m hart analog modules. you can download this manual from the internet at: http://support.automation.siem ens.com/ww/vi ew/en/22063748. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.2 module overview s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 237 6.2.3 analog i/o modules overview of properties the table below shows the analog io modules based on their esse ntial properties table 6-4 analog io modules : overview of properties modules properties sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit (-0ce01-) sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit (-0ke00-) number of inputs 4 inputs in 1 channel group 4 inputs in 2 chan nel groups number of outputs 2 outputs in 1 channel group 2 outputs in 1 c hannel group resolution 8 bits 12 bits + sign measurement type programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? current programmable for each channel group: ? voltage ? resistance ? temperature output type per channel: ? voltage ? current per channel: ? voltage supports isochronous mode no no programmable diagnostics no no diagnostics interrupt no no limit value monitoring no no process interrupt when limit is exceeded no no process interrupt at end of cycle no no substitute value output no no potential ratios ? connected to potential of the backplane bus interface ? electrically isolated to load voltage electrically isolated to: ? backplane bus interface ? load voltage special features not programmable, measurement and output type defined by hardwiring - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 238 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.3 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00-0ab0) order number 6es7331-7nf00-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C voltage C current programmable resolution per ch annel group (15 bits + sign) any measuring range per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 2 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded high-speed measured value update electrically isolated to the cpu resolution the resolution of measured values is independent of the selecte d integration time. diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . process interrupts process interrupts for channel g roups 0 and 1 can be programmed in step 7 . however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel gro up, that is, either at channel 0, or at channel 2 high-speed update of measured values a high-speed update of measured values at two channels of a cha nnel group is three times compared to the activation of several channel groups. example: when channels 0 and 1 ar e active with 2.5 ms filtering , both channels return new measured values to the plc at int ervals of 10 ms. (with other s ettings, the refresh rate is equivalent to the filter setting.) high-speed update of measured va lues is only possible if both c hannels of channel group 0 and 1 are active, that is, the "m easuring method" parameter is set. however, only one of the two channel groups 0 or 1 may be active (not concurrently activ e.) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 239 terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options wiring: voltage and current measurement wire the voltage input s of the channel volt age in parallel usin g the corresponding shunt resistor when measuring curr ent. bridge the channel input termi nals with the adjacent connector terminals. example: you configure channel 0 for current measurement by bri dging terminals 22 and 2, and terminals 23 to 3. at the channel configured for cu rrent measurements, connect the shunt resistor to the adjacent channel terminals in order to achieve the specified pr ecision. 5 &+ 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 6) | &+ | &+ | &+ | &+ | &+ | &+ | &+ 9 | figure 6-1 wiring and block diagrams voltage measurement backplane bus interface electrical isolation analog-to-digital converter (adc) equipotential bonding http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 240 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducer 5 &+ 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ / 0 / 0 figure 6-2 wiring and block diagrams backplane bus interface electrical isolation analog-to-digital converter (adc) channel 0 for 4-wire transducer channel 7 for 2-wire transd ucer (with external supply) equipotential bonding http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 241 technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 272 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus yes maximum potential difference ? between inputs (cmv) ? between the inputs and m internal (v iso ) ac 35 v / dc 50 v, 60 vac / 75 vdc isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 130 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 0.6 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable yes ? integration time in ms 10 16,7 20 100 ? basic conversion time per channel group with more than one active channel 35 55 65 305 ? channel conversion time per c hannel group, only with active channel group 0 or 1 10 16,7 20 100 channel integration time (1/f1) in ms 10 16,7 20 100 ? resolution (including overshoot range) 15 bits + sign ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 100 60 50 10 basic execution time of the modu le in ms (all channels enabled) 140 220 260 1220 noise suppression and error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1%) , (f1 = interference frequenc y); n= 1, 2, ... ? common-mode noise (cmv < 50 v) ? series mode interference (peak value of interference < rated input range) > 100 db > 90 db crosstalk between inputs > 100 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) c mv = 0 / cmv = 50 v ? voltage input ? current input 0,1% / 0,7% 0,3% / 0,9% http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 242 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c relative to input range) ? voltage input ? current input 0,05% 0,05% temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005%/k linearity error (relative to input range) 0,03% repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) 0,025% status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? limit interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable channels 0 and 2 programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input ranges (rated va lues) / input impedance ? voltage 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v / 2 m? / 2 m? / 2 m? ? current 0 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma / 250 ? / 250 ? / 250 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 50 v, continuous maximum current at current inpu t (destruction limit) max. 32 ma wiring of the signal transducers using a 40pin front connector ? for voltage measurement ? for current measurement as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer ? load of the 2-wire transducer supported possible, with separate transducer supply supported max. 820 ? http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 243 6.3.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the measurement type and range is configured at the "measuring range" parameter in step 7 . the default setting of the module is "voltage" measurement with " 10v" range. you can use these default settings without having to program the sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit in step 7 . measurement types and ranges table 6-5 measurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range voltage v: 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 244 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.3.2 programmable parameters introduction for information on programming analog modules, refer to the cha pter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-6 overview of the param eters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded yes/no yes/no no no dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit may be restricted by t he measuring range. from 32511 to - 32512 from - 32512 to 32511 - dynamic channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? with line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel group measurement ? measurement type disabled voltage v: 4dmu current (4-wire transducer) v ? measuring range see the table measurement types and ranges 10 v ? noise suppression 100 hz; 60 hz; 50 hz ; 10 hz 50 hz dynamic channel group channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit are arranged in four grou ps of two channels. you can assign parameters only to one channel group. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-7 assignment of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit channels to chann el groups channels ... ... form one ch annel group each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 245 6.3.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit unused channels set the "disabled" value at the "measuring method" parameter fo r unused channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. as certain programmed inputs may remain unused due to the chann el group configuration, make allowances for the specia l features of those inputs outlin ed below in order to be able to use the diagnostics functions at these used channels: measuring range 1 v to 5 v: wire the used and unused inputs of the same channel group in parallel. current measurement, 4 ma to 20 ma: wire the unused inputs of the same channel group in series. connect a shunt resisto r to each programmed and unus ed channel. other measuring ranges: short-circuit the plus and mi nus inputs of the channel. line continuity check the line continuity check is ava ilable for the 1 v to 5 v and 4 ma to 20 ma ranges. rule for both measuring ranges: when the line continuity check is enabled , the module logs the wire -break to diagnostics data when the current drops below 3.6 ma (0.9 v.) the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. when line continuity check is disabled and diagnostic interru pts are enabled, the module triggers a diagnostics interrupt when underflow is detected. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.3 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf00- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 246 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 special features in programming high and low limits the programmable limit s (process in terrupt triggers) of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit differ from the range of value shown in the overview of parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit. table. reason: the calculation method s deployed in the module software to evaluate the process variables do not allow the reporting of values up to 32511 in c ertain situations. the process value triggering a process interrupt at underflow or overflow l imits is based on the calibration factors of the relevant channel, and may vary between the low l imits shown in the table below and the value 32511 (7eff h ). you may not define any limits whi ch exceed the minimum limits s pecified in the table below. table 6-8 minimum high and low limits of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit measuring range minimum high limit minimum low limit 10 v 11.368 v 31430 7ac6 h -11.369 v -31433 8537 h 5 v 5.684 v 31430 7ac6 h -5.684 v -31430 853a h 1 v to 5 v 5.684 v 32376 7e78 h 0.296 v -4864 ed00 h 0 ma to 20 ma 22.737 ma 31432 7ac8 h -3.519 ma -4864 ed00 h 4 ma to 20 ma 22.737 ma 32378 7e7a h 1.185 ma -4864 ed00 h 20 ma 22.737 ma 31432 7ac8 h -22.737 ma -31432 8538 h measuring errors as a result of cmv sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit is capable of taking measurements, irresp ective of the presence of any cmv in the ac or dc range. with ac cmv values of a multiple of filter frequency settings, noise is su ppressed as a result of adc integration time and com mon mode suppression at the inpu t amplifiers. with ac cmv < 35 v rms , the noise suppression of > 100 db results in negligible measu rement errors. the influence of dc cmv can only be reduced to minimum using the noise suppression function of the input amplifier unit. a certain degradation of measuring accuracy in proportion to cmv must be expected. the wors t case error is generated at 5 0 vdc between one channel and the remaining seven channels. the calculated worst case error is 0.7% at 0 c to 60 c, while the measured erro r usually lies at 0.1% at 25 c. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 247 6.4 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0ab0) order number 6es7331-7nf10-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C voltage C current programmable resolution per ch annel group (15 bits + sign) any measuring range selection per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 8 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded programmable process interrupt at end of cycle high-speed update of measured values at up to 4 channels electrical isolation to the cpu diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 248 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: voltage and current measurement connection possible at both sides at channels 0 to 7 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 /0 9 9 9 9 0 / 6) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ $'8 $'8 $'8 $'8 '& '& figure 6-3 wiring and block diagrams connection for voltage measurement equipotential bonding http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 249 wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducer connection possible at both sides at channels 0 to 7 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 0 | 0 /0 0 / 6) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ / 0 / 0 $'& $'& $'& $'& '& '& figure 6-4 wiring and block diagrams 2-wire transducer 4-wire transducer equipotential bonding technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 272 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 250 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics suppl y voltage l + 24 vdc ? reverse polarity protection yes electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels in groups of yes yes yes 2 maximum potential difference ? between inputs (cmv) 60 vac / 75 vdc ? between the inputs and m internal (v iso ) 60 vac / 75 vdc isolation test voltage 500 vac current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 200 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.0 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms (8-channel mode) ? basic conversion time in ms (4-channel mode) ? resolution, including sign ? noise suppression a t frequency f1 in hz yes 95/83/72/23 10 1) 4) 16 bits all 2) /50/60/400 measured value sm oothing none / low/ average/ high basic execution time of the modu le, in ms (8-channel-mode) 190/ 166/144//46 basic execution time of the module, in ms (4-channel-mode) 10 1) noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n x (f1 1%)(f1 = interference frequenc y, n = 1, 2, ...) ? common-mode interference (vcm < ac 60 v) ? series mode interference (peak value of disturbance < rated input range) > 100 db > 90 db 3) crosstalk between inputs > 100 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? input voltage ? input current 0,1% 0,1% basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input ? current input 0,05% 0,05% temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005%/k linearity error (relative to input range) 0,01% repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) 0,01% http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 251 technical data status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? process interrupt when limit value is exceeded ? process interrupt at end of cycle ? diagnostics interrupt programmable channels 0 to 7 programmable programmable diagnostics functions programmable ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information red led (sf) supported transducer selection data input range (rated valu es) / input impedance ? voltage 5 v / 2 m? 1 v to 5 v / 2 m? 10 v / 2 m? ? current 0 ma to 20 ma / 250 ? 4 ma to 20 ma / 250 ? 20 ma / 250 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) 35 v conti nuous; 75 v for max. duration of 1 s (duty factor 1:20) maximum current at current i nput (destruction limit) 40 ma wiring of the signal transducers using a 40pin front connector ? for voltage measurement ? for current measurement as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer supported possible, with separate transducer supply supported 1) interference frequency for 4-channel mode is "all" 2) interference frequencies 50/60/400 hz are designated as "all" 3) series-mode rejection for 8-channel mode is reduced as follows: 50 hz > 70 db 60 hz > 70 db 400 hz > 80 db 50/60/400 hz > 90 db 4) in 4-channel mode, the convert ed value settles to 100% within 80 ms. the value determined in this process is ret urned at intervals of max. 10 ms. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 252 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.4.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the measurement type and range is configured at the "measuring range" parameter in step 7 . table 6-9 measurement types and ranges selected type o f measurement output range voltage v: 5 v, from 1 v to 5 v, 10 v current (4-wire transducer) 4dmu 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bits are arranged in four gro ups of two channels. you always assign parameters to a g roup. the interrupt limits form the exception. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-10 assignment of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit channels to chan nel groups channels ... ...form one channel gr oup each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 253 6.4.2 programmable parameters introduction for information on programming analog modules, refer to the cha pter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-11 overview of param eters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit parameters range of values defaults parameter type scope enable ? process interrupt when limit value is exceeded ? process interrupt at end of cycle ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no yes/no yes/no no no no dynamic dynamic dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit 32511 to -32512 -32512 to 32511 - - dynamic dynamic channel channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel channel measurement ? module operating mode ? noise suppression ? 8 channels ? 4 channels 50 hz 60 hz 400 hz 50/60/400 hz yes no 50/60/400 hz dynamic module channel group ? smoothing ? none ? weak ? medium ? strong none dynamic channel group ? measurement type ? measuring range: dynamic channel group disabled voltage ? 5 v ? 1 v to 5 v ? 10 v 10 v current (4-wire transducer) ? 0 ma to 20 ma ? 4 ma to 20 ma ? 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 254 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.4.3 additional information fo r sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit modes of operation operating modes of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit: 8-channel mode 4-channel mode 8-channel operating mode in this mode, the module changes b etween the two channels of ea ch group. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. th e adcs first convert the channels with even numbers, and then the channels with the odd numbers 1, 3, 5 and 7 (see the figure below.) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-5 8-channel mode cycle time http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 255 cycle time of module in 8-channel mode the channel conversion time is based on the programmed noise su ppression. the channel conversion time is 76 ms, inclu ding communication time, at a se t interference frequency of 50 hz. the channel conversion time is 65 ms when you set an int erference frequency of 60 hz. you can reduce channel conver sion times to 16 ms by setting an interference frequency of 400 hz. when you set 50, 60 and 400 hz , the channel convers ion time amounts to 88 ms. the module then has to switch to a differen t channel of the group by means of the opto- mos relay. opto-mos relays requi re 7 ms for switching and settl ing. the table below shows this correlation. table 6-12 cycle times in 8-channel mode interference frequency (hz) channel cycle time (ms) module cycl e time (all channels) 50 83 166 60 72 144 400 23 46 50/60/400 95 190 4-channel operating mode in this mode, the module does no t change between the channels o f the groups. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert the channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-6 4-channel mode cycle time module cycle time the converted value settles to 100% within 80 ms and is updated every 10 ms when 4- channel mode is set. the channel a nd module cycle times are alw ays identical, because the module does not change between t he channels of a group: 10 ms. channel conversion time = channel cycle time = module cycle tim e = 10 ms http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 256 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 unused channels set the "disabled" value at the "measuring method" parameter fo r unused channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. as certain programmed inputs may remain unused due to the chann el group configuration, make allowances for the specia l features of these inputs outlin ed below in order to be able to use the diagnostics functions at these used channels: measuring range 1 v to 5 v: wire the used and unused inputs of the same channel group in parallel. current measurement, 4 ma to 20 ma: wire the unused inputs of the same channel group in series. a shunt resistor mus t be connected for each programm ed and unused channel. other measuring ranges: short-circuit the plus and mi nus inputs of the channel. line continuity check the line continuity check is ava ilable for the voltage measurin g ranges, and for the 4 ma to 20 ma current measuring range. if you configured a measuring ran ge of 5v, 1 v to 5 v, 10 v , 4 ma to 20 ma, and enabled the line continuity check, the analog input module logs a wire -break event in diagnostics data when the underflow (32768) is reached. the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, disabled the line continuity check, and enabled diagnostic interrupts, the module triggers a diagno stic interrupt when the underflow value is reached. short-circuit to m or l the module does not suffer any damage if you short-circuit an i nput channel to m or l.. the channel continues to output va lid data and does not report a di agnostics event. overflow, underflow and process interrupt limits the limits in diagnostics response to overflow and underflow in certain measuring ranges differ compared to the listed ranges starting at the chapter analog value representation for analog input channels of the manual. in certain situat ions the numerical methods of the module software used to evaluate the process variables do not r eturn values up to 32511. do not set any process interr upt limits higher than the lowest possible overflow or underflow response limits. end of cycle in terrupt starting at the chapter analog value representation for analog input channels . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.4 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 16 bit; (6es7331-7nf10- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 257 end of cycle interrupt you can synchronize a process with the conversion cycle of the module by enabling the end of cycle interrupt. the interr upt is set when enabled channels have been converted. the table below shows the content s of the 4 bytes of additional ob40 information during process or end of cycle interrupts. content of the 4 bytes of additional information 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 byte 2 bits per channel to identify the range high limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 low limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 end of cycle event x 2 special analog flags free bit 3 operation of the module on the et 200m distributed io devices operation of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bi ts on et 200m requires one of the following im 153 x: im 153-1; as of 6es7 153-1aa03-0xb0, e 01 im 153-2; as of 6es7 153-2aa02-0xb0; e 05 im 153-2; as of 6es7 153-2ab01-0xb0; e 04 programming restrictions when operating sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit o n profibus masters which only support dpv0 certain parameters are not supported when operating an electric ally isolated sm 331; ai 8 16 bit analog input module on an et2 00m profibus slave system i n combination with a profibus master which is not an s7 master. non-s7 masters do no t support process interrupts. all parameters associ ated with these functions are disabled for this reason. this includes process interrupt enabl e, hardware restrictions and en d the enabling of cycle interrupts. all other par ameters are allowed. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 258 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isochrone ; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) order number 6es7331-7hf00-0ab0 or 6es7331-7hf01-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups measuring method adjustable per channel group: C voltage C current programmable resolution at each c hannel group (13 bits + sign) any measuring range per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 2 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded high-speed update of measured values isochronous mode supported electrical isolation to the cpu electrically isolated to load v oltage (not for 2-wire transduce rs) diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . process interrupts process interrupts for channel g roups 0 and 1 can be programmed in step 7. however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel gro up, that is, either at channel 0, or at channel 2 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; iso chrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 259 terminal assignment the diagrams below show the various wiring options . wiring: voltage measurement 6) 9 9 9 9 9 9 / 9 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ '& 9 9 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 | 0 0 $'& %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj 0xowlsoh[hu figure 6-7 block diagram and wiring diagram measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 1v a 5v b 10v b (default) 1 v to 5v b http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 260 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducers for current measurement / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 6) / 9 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ '& 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 | 0 0 '08 '08 $'& %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj 0xowlsoh[hu figure 6-8 block diagram and wiring diagram measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 2-wire transducer 4 ma to 20ma d 4-wire transducer 20ma 0 ma to 20ma 4 ma to 20ma c technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 230 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported yes number of inputs 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; iso chrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 261 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics supply voltage l + ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes transducer power supply ? supply current ? short circuit-proof max. 30 ma (per channel) yes electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels ? between channels and elec tronics power supply yes no yes maximum potential difference ? between inputs and m ana (cmv) C at signal = 0 v C not for 2-wire transducers ? between inputs (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 11 vdc / 8 vac 11 vdc / 8 vac 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage ? channels to backplane bus and load voltage l + 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l + ( without 2-wire transducer) max. 100 ma max. 50 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 1.5 w generation of analog values measuring principle ac tual value conversion integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable yes ? basic conversion time per channel 52 s ? resolution (including overshoot range) 14 bits ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz none 400 60 50 ? basic execution time of the module (independent of the number of enabled channels) 0.42 ms 2.5 ms 16.7 ms 20 ms noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %), (f1 = interference frequ ency) n=1.2... ? common-mode interference (cmv < 11 vpp) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 80 db > 40 db crosstalk between inputs > 65 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? voltage input 1 v 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0,3 % 0,4 % 0,3 % 0,4 % ? current input 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 0,3 % 0,3 % 0,3 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 262 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input 1 v 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0,2 % 0,25 % 0,2 % 0,25 % ? current input 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 0,2 % 0,2 % 0,2 % temperature error (relative to input range) 0.004 %/k linearity error (relativ e to input range) 0,03 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to input range) 0,1 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? process interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input ranges (rated val ues) / input impedance ? voltage 1 v 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 10 m? 100 k? 100 k? 100 k? ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 50 ? 50 ? 50 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 20 v continuous; 75 v for the duration of max. 1 s (duty factor 1:20) maximum current at current i nput (destruction limit) 40 ma wiring of the signal sensors ? for voltage measurement ? for current measurement as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer ? load of the 2-wire trans ducer at l+ = dc 24 v with 20pin front connector supported supported supported max. 820 ? characteristics linearization none http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; iso chrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 263 6.5.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the analog input module has measuring range modules. the measur ement type and range is configured at the "measur ing range" parameter in step 7 . the default setting of the module step 7 is "voltage" measuremen t with " 10v" range. you can use those default settings w ithout having to program the sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed in step 7 . measuring range modules you may have to change the positi on of the measuring range modu le to suit the measurement type and range. see table setting measuring met hods and ranges of analog input channels . the settings are also printed on the module. mark the positio n of the measuring range module on the front door (see figure). 5dqjh $ % & ' measurement types and ranges table 6-13 m easurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range (type of sensor) measuring range module settings 1 v a v: voltage 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v b 4dmu: current (4-wire transducer) 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma c 2dmu: current (2-wire transducer) 4 ma to 20 ma d http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 264 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed are arranged i n four groups of two channels. you can assign paramet ers only to one channel group. sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bits high speed is equipped with one measurin g range module per channel group. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-14 assignment of sm 331; a i 8 x 14 bits high speed chan nels to channel groups channels ... ... form one ch annel group each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 6.5.2 programmable parameters introduction for information on programming analog modules, refer to the cha pter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-15 overview of paramet ers for sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit hig h speed parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded yes/no yes/no no no dynamic module fast mode (can only be set if the 331-7hf01 is included for isochronous operation in the dp slave properties) yes/no no static module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit may be restricted by t he measuring range. from 32511 to - 32512 from - 32512 to 32511 - dynamic channel http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; iso chrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 265 parameters range of values default parameter type scope diagnostics ? group diagnostics yes/no no static channel group measurement ? measurement type disabled voltage v 4dmu current (4-wire transducer) 2dmu current (2-wire transducer) v ? measuring range see the table measurement types and ranges 10 v ? noise suppression none; 400 hz; 60 hz ; 50 hz 50 hz dynamic channel or channel group see also programming analog modules (page 225) 6.5.3 isochronous mode properties reproducible reaction times (i.e. of the same length) are achie ved in a simatic system by means of a constant dp bus cycle , and synchronization of the si ngle cyclic processes outlined below: independent user program cycle. the length of the cycle time ma y vary due to non-cyclic program branching. independent and variable dp c ycle on the profibus subnet cyclic operation of the backp lane bus of the dp slave. cyclic signal preparation and co nversion at the electronic modu les of the dp slave. the constant dp cycle runs in synchronism and at the same lengt h. the cpu run levels (ob61 to ob64) and isochronous io are synchronized with this cy cle. i/o data are therefore transferred at defined and const ant intervals (isochronous mode .) requirements the dp master and slave must s upport isochronous mode. you requ ire step 7 v5.2 or higher. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 266 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mode of operation: isochronous mode table 6-16 conditions of isochronous mode: standard mode filtering and processing time t we between reading actual value s and writing these to the transfer buffer (the value defined for twe applies, irrespective of the ena ble status of diagnostics) max. 625 s including an input delay time of 10 s t dpmin 3.5 ms diagnostics interrupt max. 4 x t dp fast mode (only possible with 6es7 331-7hf01-0ab0) filter and processing time t we between reading actual value and writing the results to the transfer buffer (diagnosis not selectable) max. 625 s including an input delay time of 10 s t dpmin 1 ms note you can accelerate the cycle of your dp system by setting "fast mode." however, this is at the expense of diagnostics: di agnostics functions will be disab led in this operating mode. the minimum t i value you can set in hw config is derived from the defined t we value plus calculation and transfer times required by the im 153. the specified t dpmin value is determined by the size of the dp slave/im 153 configu ration: of the diverse installed modules, t he slowest always determines th e time t dpmin . note when operated in "isochronous" mode, the modules automatically sets "integration time: none/interference frequency", irrespective of parameter setting s in step 7 . none / interference frequency". "proces s interrupt" functionality is n ot available in "isochronous" mode. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; iso chrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 267 calculation of filter and processing times the same time conditions always apply, regardle ss of the number of configured channels. the time relative to the clock signal for reading a specific ch annel is calculated according to the formula: t we _ch = (channel numbe r +1) x 52 s + tv; tv = 119 to 209 s wv wv wv wv wv wv wv wv &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ wv 7:( $'frqyhuvlrq lqwhuqdosurfhvvlqjwy figure 6-9 calculation of filter and processing times definition of isochronous mode the module starts with the analog -to-digital conversion of chan nel 7, and saves the result internally. next, it c onverts channels 6...0 sequentially at in tervals of 52 ms and in the same way. after an additional internal processing time, it outputs t he result of all converted channels to the backplane bus int erface where it can be fetched by the cpu. further information for further information on isochronous mode, refer to the step 7, online help, and in the et 200m distributed io system and synchronicity manuals. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.5 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed; isoc hrone; (6es7331-7hf0x-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 268 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.5.4 additional information on sm 331 ; ai 8 x 14 bit high speed, iso chrone unused channels you should wire unused channels as shown in the following table . this optimizes interference immunity o f the analog input module. measuring range m+/ m- m_ana voltage short-circuit connect with m- current / 4-wire transducer l eave open conn ect with m- current / 2-wire transducer l eave open conn ect with m as certain programmed inputs may remain unused due to the chann el group configuration, make allowances for the specia l features of these inputs outlin ed below in order to be able to use the diagnostics functions at these used channels: measuring range 1 v to 5 v: wire the used and unused inputs of the same channel group in parallel. current measurement, 2-wire transducer: there are two options of wiring the channel circuit. a) open unused input s; channel group di agnostics disabled. if y ou were to enable diagnostics, the analog module would trigger a single diagnosti c interrupt, and light up its sf led. b) loading the unused input using a 1.5 k? to 3.3 k? resistor. this allows you to enable diagnostics for this channel group. current measurement 4 ma to 20 ma, 4-wire transducer: wire the unused inputs of the same channel group in series. line continuity check for the 4 ma to 20 ma measuring range if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, and enabled the line continuity check , the analog input module logs a w ire-break event to diagnostic s data when the current drops below 1.185 ma. the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, disabled the line continuity check, and enabled diagnostic interrupts, the module triggers a diagno stic interrupt when the underflow value is reached. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 269 6.6 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01-0ab0 ) order number 6es7331-1kf01-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 8 channel groups programmable resolution at each c hannel group (12 bits + sign) programmable measuremen t type per channel group: C voltage C current C resistance C temperature any measuring range per channel terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. these examples apply to all channels (channel 0 to 7). note when connecting voltage and cu rrent transducers, make sure that the maximum permitted common-mode voltage c mv of 2 v is not exceeded between the inputs. prevent measuring errors by interconnecting t he corresponding m- terminals. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 270 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: voltage measurement 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ 9 9 figure 6-10 block diagram and wiring diagram voltage measurement ( 5 v, 10 v, 1 v to 5 v, 0 v to 10 v) voltage measurement ( 50 mv, 500 mv, 1 v) equipotential bonding internal supply + 5v from backplane bus logic and backplane bus interface electrical isolation multiplexer analog to digital converter (adc) current source http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 271 wiring: voltage measurement (0 v to 10 v, 1 v to 5 v, 5 v, 10 v) 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ 8 / 0 0 5hi figure 6-11 block diagram and wiring diagram transducer with voltage output ( 0 v to 10 v, 1 v to 5 v, 5 v, 10 v) voltage measurement (note the input impedance defined in tech nical data) equipotential bonding internal supply + 5 v from backplane bus logic and backplane bus interface electrical isolation multiplexer analog to digital converter (adc) current source http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 272 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducers for current measurement / 0 / 0 '08 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ '08 figure 6-12 block diagram and wiring diagram 4-wire transducer (0/4 ma to 20 ma or 20 ma) 2-wire transducer (4 ma to 20 ma) equipotential bonding internal supply + 5 v from backplane bus logic and backplane bus interface electrical isolation multiplexer analog to digital converter (adc) current source http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 273 resistance measurement with 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | 8 , 6 | 0 0 | &+ &+ &+ &+ figure 6-13 block diagram and wiring diagram 2-wire connection. insert a b ridge between m and s (no line r esistance compensation). 3-wire connection 4-wire connection. the fourth line may not be wired (remains unused) 4-wire connection. the fourth line is routed to the terminal strip in the cabinet but is not wired. internal supply + 5 v from backplane bus logic and backplane bus interface electrical isolation multiplexer analog to digital converter (adc) ? current source note it is not necessary to interconn ect the m- terminals when measu ring resistances and resistance thermometers. however, interconnection of the m- ter minals may enhance interference immunity. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 274 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs ? with resistive transducers 8 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m max. 50 m at 50 mv voltages, currents, electrical potentials constant current for re sistive transducers ? resistance thermome ter and resistance measurements 0 ? to 600 ? ? resistance measure ment 0 k? to 6 k? 0.83 ma (pulsed) 0.25 ma (pulsed) electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels yes no maximum potential difference ? between inputs (cmv) ? between the inputs and m internal (v iso ) 2.0 vdc 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus max. 90 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 0.4 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable yes ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 50 60 ? integration time in ms 60 50 ? basic conversion time, including the integration time in ms 66 55 additional conversion time for resistance measurements in ms 66 55 ? resolution in bits (including overshoot range) 13 bits 13 bits noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %), (f1 = interference frequ ency) n=1.2 ? series-mode interference (cmv < 2 v) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 86 db > 40 db crosstalk between inputs > 50 db http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 275 technical data operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) 0.6 % ? voltage input 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 50 mv 500 mv 1 v 0.5 % ? current input 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 0.5 % ? resistance 0 k? to 6 k? 0 ? to 600 ? 0.5 % 0.5 % pt 100 ni 100 standard 1.2 k pt 100 ni 100 klima 1 k ni 1000, lg-ni 1000 standard 1 k ? resistance thermometers ni 1000 lg-ni 1000 klima 1 k basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) 0.4 % ? voltage input 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 50 mv 500 mv 1 v 0.3 % ? current input 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 0.3 % ? resistance 0 k? to 6 k? 0 ? to 600 ? 0.3 % 0.3 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 276 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data pt 100 ni 100 standard 1 k pt 100 ni 100 klima 0.8 k ni 1000 lg-ni 1000 standard 0.8 k ? resistance thermometers ni 1000 lg-ni 1000 klima 0.8 k temperature error (relative to i nput range) 0 .006 %/k / 0.00 6 k/k linearity error (relative to input range) 0.1 % / 0.1 k repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) 0.1 % / 0.1 k status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input ranges (rated val ues) / input impedance ? voltage 50 mv 500 mv 1 v 5 v 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 100 k? ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 50 ? ? resistance 0 k? to 6 k? 0 ? to 600 ? 100 m? ? resistance thermometers pt 100 ni 100 ni 1000 lg-ni 1000 standard / klima 100 m? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t u+ (destruction limit) max. 30 v, continuous maximum voltage at voltage input s m+, m-, s- (destruction limit ) max. 12 v continuous; 30 v for a duration of max. 1 s maximum current at c urrent input i+ (destruction limit) 40 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 277 technical data wiring of the signal sensors using a 40pin front connector ? for voltage measurement ? for current measurement C as 2-wire transducer C as 4-wire transducer supported supported, with external supply supported ? for resistance measurement with 2-wire connection with 3-wire connection with 4-wire connection supported supported supported characteristics linearization programmable ? for resistance thermometers pt 100 standard / klima ni 100 stand ard / klima ni 1000 standard / klima lg-ni 1000 standard / klima ? technical unit of tem perature m easurement degrees centigrade, degrees fahrenheit, kelvin 6.6.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the measurement type and range is configured at the "measuring range" parameter in step 7 . selected type of measurement measuring range voltage v: 50 mv 500 mv 1 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v current i 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma resistance (4-wire connection) r-4l 6 600 thermal resistance rtd-4l (linear, 4-wire connection) (temperature measurement) pt 100 klima / standard ni 100 klima / standard ni 1000 klima / standard lg-ni 1000 klima / standard http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.6 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 13 bit; (6es7 331-1kf01- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 278 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.6.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-17 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope measurement ? measurement type disabled voltage v current i resistance r rtd thermoelectric resistance v voltage 50 mv; 500 mv; 1 v; 1 v to 5 v 5 v; 0 v to 10 v; 10 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma; 4 ma to 20 ma; 20 ma 20 ma resistance 0 ? to 600 ?; 0 k? to 6 k? 600 ? ? measuring range thermoelectric resistance (linear) pt 100 klima / standard ni 100 klima / standard ni 1000 klima / standard lg-ni 1000 klima / standard pt 100 standard ? temperature coefficient pt 100 0.003850 ?/?/ c (ist-90) ni 100 / ni 1000 0.006180 ?/?/ c lg-ni 1000 0.005000 ?/?/ c 0,003850 channel ? noise suppression 50 hz; 60 hz 50 hz ? temperature unit degrees centigrade, degrees fahrenheit, kelvin* degrees centigrade dynamic module * only pt 100 standard , ni 100 standard, ni 1000 standard, lg-ni 1000 standard see also programming analog modules (page 225) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 279 6.6.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit unused channels set the "disabled" value at the "measurement type" parameter fo r unused channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. interconnect the m- terminals of unused channels. 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02-0ab0 ) order number 6es7331-7kf02-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C voltage C current C resistance C temperature programmable resolution at each channel group (9/12/14 bits + s ign) any measuring range selection per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 2 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded electrically isolated to cpu and load voltage (n ot for 2-wire t ransducers) resolution the measured value resolution is directly proportional to the s elected integration time, that is, the measured value resolution increases in proportion to le ngth of the integration time at the analog input channel. diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages consolidated in the "gr oup diagnostics" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 280 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 process interrupts process interrupts for channel g roups 0 and 1 can be programmed in step 7 . however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel gro up, that is, either at channel 0, or at channel 2 terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options the input impeda nce depends on the setting of the measuring range module, see table measurement ty pes and ranges . wiring: voltage measurement 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &rps '& 9 9 / 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 $1$ 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 )xqfwlrqdo hduwk %dfnsodqhexv ,qwhuidfh (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo 3rzhuvxsso\ &xuuhqw vrxufh lqw frps qrqh 0xowlsoh [hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv $'& ([wfrpshqvdwlrq (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj figure 6-14 block diagram and wiring diagram measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv a 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v b http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 281 wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducers for current measurement 9 7 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ '& / / 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | &203 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 / / / )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ &xuuhqw vrxufh lqw frps 1rqh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv $'& h[wfrpshqvdwlrq (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj '08 '08 figure 6-15 block diagram and wiring diagram note the interconnection between m ana and m- (terminals 11, 13, 15, 1 7, 19) is not required when using grounded 4-wire transducers with non-isolated supply. measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 2-wire transducer 4 ma to 20 ma d 4-wire transducer 3.2 ma 10 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma c caution any voltage measurement will des troy the measuring range module if "current" measuring mode is set. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 282 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection of resistance transducers or thermoresistors 9 7 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ '& / 0 ,& | 0 | 0 ,& ,& | &rps0$1$ 0 | 0 ,& ,& | 0 0 ,& ,& | &rps 0 | 0 ,& )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ &xuuhqw vrxufh lqw frps 1rqh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv $'& h[wfrpshqvdwlrq (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj figure 6-16 block diagram and wiring diagram 4-wire connection 3-wire connection 2-wire connection measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? a thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire conn ection) (temperature measurement) rtd-4l pt 100 klima ni 100 klima pt 100 standard ni 100 standard a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 283 note ? "resistance measurement" is onl y available at one channel per g roup. the "2nd" channel of the group is used accordingl y for current measuring mode (i c ). the "1st" channel of the group returns the m easured value. the "2nd" channel of the grou p is assigned the default overflow value "7fff h ." ? there is no compensation for pow er resistors for "2- and 3-wire connections". wiring: thermocouples with external compensation insert a bridge between comp+ and m ana when using the internal compensation. 9 7 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &rps &203 '& / 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0$1$ 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ &xuuhqw vrxufh lqw frps 1rqh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv $'& h[wfrpshqvdwlrq (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj figure 6-17 block diagram and wiring diagram http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 284 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting thermocouple tc-i (internal comparison) (thermal voltage measurement) linearization is ignored thermocouple tc-e (external comparison) (thermovoltage measurement) linearization is ignored type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a thermocouple (linear, internal comparison) (temperature measurement) tc- il thermocouple (linear, external comparison) (temperature measurement) tc- el type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a note ? an interconnection of m- and m ana is not required when using grounded thermocouples. ? interconnect m- and m ana when using non-grounded thermocouples technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs ? with resistive transducers 8 4 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m max. 50 m at 80 mv and with thermocouples voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics supply voltage l + ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes transducer power supply ? supply current ? short circuit-proof max. 60 ma (per channel) yes constant current for resistive transducers typ. 1.67 ma (pulsed ) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 285 technical data electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply C not for 2-wire transducers yes yes maximum potential difference ? between inputs and m ana (cmv) C at signal = 0 v ? between inputs (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) typ. dc 2.5 v (> dc 2.3v) typ. dc 2.5 v (> dc 2.3v) 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ max. 50 ma max. 30 ma (without 2-wire transducer) power loss of the module typ. 1 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable yes ? integration time in ms 2.5 16 2 / 3 20 100 ? basic conversion time, including the integration time in ms 3 17 22 102 additional conversion time for resistance measurement, in ms or 1 1 1 1 additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms or 10 10 10 10 additional conversion time for resistance measurements and wire-break monitoring in ms 16 16 16 16 ? resolution in bits (including overshoot range) 9 bits 12 bits 12 bits 14 bits ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 400 60 50 10 ? basic execution time of the module in ms (all channels enabled) 24 136 176 816 measured value smoothing none noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %), (f1 = interference frequ ency) ? series-mode interference (cmv < 2.5 v) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 70 db > 40 db crosstalk between inputs > 50 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? voltage input 80 mv 250 mv to 1000 mv 2.5 v to 10 v 1 % 0.6 % 0.8 % ? current input 3.2 ma to 20 ma 0.7 % ? resistance 150 ?; 300 ?; 600 ? 0. 7 % ? thermocouple types e, n, j, k, l 1. 1 % ? resistance thermometer pt 100/ni 100 0. 7 % pt 100 klima 0. 8 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 286 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input 80 mv 250 mv to 1000 mv 2.5 v to 10 v 0.7 % 0.4 % 0.6 % ? current input 3.2 ma to 20 ma 0.5 % ? resistance 150 ?; 300 ?; 600 ? 0.5 % ? thermocouple types e, n, j, k, l 0.7 % ? resistance thermometer pt 100/ni 100 0.5 % pt 100 klima 0.6 % temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005 %/k linearity error (relativ e to input range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to input range) 0.05 % temperature error of internal compensation 1 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? limit interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable channels 0 and 2 programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input ranges (rated val ues) / input impedance ? voltage 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v 10 m? 10 m? 10 m? 10 m? /100 k? 100 k? 100 k? 100 k? ? current 3.2 ma 10 ma 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? ? resistance 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? 10 m? 10 m? 10 m? ? thermocouples types e, n, j, k, l 10 m? ? resistance thermometers pt 100, ni 100 10 m? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 20 v, continuous 75 v for the duration of max . 1 s (duty factor 1:20) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 287 technical data maximum current at current i nput (destruction limit) 40 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 20-pin front connector ? for voltage measurement supported ? for current measurement as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer supported supported ? for resistance measurement with 2-wire connection possible, no compensation for line resistor with 3-wire connection supported with 4-wire connection supported ? load of the 2-wire transducer max. 820 ? characteristics linearization ? for thermocouples programmable types e, n, j, k, l ? for resistance thermometers pt 100 (standard and klima range) ni 100 (standard and klima range) temperature compensation ? internal temperature compensation programmable supported ? external temperature compensation with compensating box supported ? compensation for 0 c refer ence junction temperature supported ? technical unit of tem perature m easurement degrees centigrade 6.7.1 measurement types and ranges introduction module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit has measuring range modules the measurement type and range is configured at the "measuring range" parameter in step 7 . the default setting of the module is "voltage" measurement with " 10v" range. you can use these default settings without having to program the sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit in step 7 . measuring range modules you may have to change the positi on of the measuring range modu les to suit the measurement type and ran ge (see the chapter setting the measuring types and ranges of analog input channels ). the necessary settings are also available on the module's im print. mark the position of the measuring range module on the front do or (see figure). 5dqjh $ % & ' http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 288 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 measurement types and ranges table 6-18 m easurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range (type of sensor) measuring range module settings 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv a voltage v 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v b thermocouple tc-i (internal comparison ) (thermal voltage measurement) linearization is ignored thermocouple tc-e (external comparison) (thermovoltage measurement) linearization is ignored type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a thermocouple (linear, internal comparison) (temperature meas urement) tc-il thermocouple (linear, external comparison) (temperature meas urement) tc-el type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a current (2-wire transducer) 2dmu 4 ma to 20 ma d current (4-wire transducer) 4dmu 3.2 ma 10 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma c resistance (4-wire connection) r-4l 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? a thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire conn ection) (temperature measurement) rtd-4l pt 100 klima ni 100 klima pt 100 standard ni 100 standard a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 289 channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit are arranged in four grou ps of two channels. you can assign parameters only to one channel group. sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit is equipped with one measuring range modu le per channel group. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-19 assignment of sm 331; ai 8x12 bit channels to channe l groups channels ... ...form one channel gr oup each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 290 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.7.2 programmable parameters introduction for information on programming analog modules, refer to the cha pter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-20 overview of the parameters for sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded yes/no yes/no no no dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit may be restricted by t he measuring range from 32511 to - 32512 from - 32512 to 32511 - dynamic channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? with line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel group measurement ? measurement type disabled voltage v 4dmu current (4-wire transducer) 2dmu current (2-wire transducer) r-4l resistance (4-wire connection) rtd-4l thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire connection) tc-i thermocouple (internal comparison) tc-e thermocouple (external comparison) tc-il thermocouple (internal comparison) tc-el thermocouple (linear, external comparison) v ? measuring range see the table measurement types and ranges 10 v ? noise suppression 400 hz; 60 hz; 50 hz ; 10 hz 50 hz dynamic channel or channel group http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.7 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit; (6es7 331-7kf02 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 291 6.7.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit unused channels as certain programmed inputs may remain unused due to the chann el group configuration, make allowances for the specia l features of these inputs outlin ed below in order to be able to use the diagnostics functions at these used channels: voltage measurement (except 1 v to 5v) and for thermocouples: short-circuit unused channels and connect these with m ana . this optimizes interference immunity of the analog input module. set the "disabled" value at the "measureme nt type" parameter for unused channels. this setting r educes module cycle times. also short-circuit the comp input if this is not used. measuring range 1 v to 5 v: wire the used and unused inputs of the same channel group in parallel. current measurement, 2-wire transducer: there are two options of wiring the channel circuit. a) open unused input; channel g roup diagnostics disabled. if yo u were to enable diagnostics, the analog module would trigger a single diagnosti c interrupt, and light up its sf led. b) loading the unused input using a 1.5 k? to 3.3 k? resistor. this allows you to enable diagnostics for this channel group. current measurement 4 ma to 20 ma, 4-wire transducer: wire the unused inputs of the same channel group in series. all channels deactivated if you disable all input channels of the module a nd enable diagnost ics at the par ameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 12 bit, the module does not report "external auxilia ry voltage missing." line continuity check for the 4 ma to 20 ma measuring range if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, and enabled the line continuity check , the analog input module logs a w ire-break event to diagnostic s data when the current drops below 3,6 ma. the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, disabled the line continuity check, and enabled diagnostic interrupts, the module triggers a diagno stic interrupt when the underflow value is reached. line continuity check the line continuity check is des igned only for temperature meas urements (thermocouples and thermoresistors.) see also representation of the values fo r analog input channels (page 196) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 292 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.8 analog input module sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0ab0) order number: : "standard module" 6es7331-7kb02-0ab0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1331-7kb02-2ab0 properties two inputs in one channel group programmable measurement ty pe for each channel group C voltage C current C resistance C temperature programmable resolution at each channel group (9/12/14 bits + s ign) any measuring range per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for one channel programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded electrically isolated to cpu and load voltage (not for 2dmu) resolution the measured value resolution is directly proportional to the s elected integration time, that is, the measured value resolution increases in proportion to le ngth of the integration time at the analog input channel. diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages consolidated in the "gr oup diagnostics" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . process interrupts process interrupts for channel groups can be programmed in step 7 . however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel group , that is channel 0. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 293 terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options the input impeda nce depends on programmed measuring range. wiring: voltage measurement 9 '& / 0 7 6) 0 | 0 | 0 0 &rps &+ &+ &rps | 0$1$ 9 9 %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ ,qwhuqdo frpshqvdwlrq ([whuqdofrpshqvdwlrq 1rqh $'& &xuuhqw vrxufh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg figure 6-18 wiring and block diagrams measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv a 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v b http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 294 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: thermocouple with external compensation insert a bridge between comp+ and m ana when using the internal compensation. 9 '& / 0 7 6) 0 | 0 | 0 0 &rps &+ &+ &rps | 0$1$ &rps %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ ,qwhuqdo frpshqvdwlrq ([whuqdofrpshqvdwlrq 1rqh $'& &xuuhqw vrxufh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj )xqfwlrqdojurxqg figure 6-19 wiring and block diagrams measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting tc-i: thermocouple (internal comparison ) (thermal voltage measurement) tc-e: thermocouples (external comparison) (thermal voltage measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a tc-il: thermocouples (linear, internal comparison) (temperature measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a tc-el: thermocouples (linear, external comparison) (temperature measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 295 wiring: 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection of resistance transducers or thermoresistors 9 '& / 0 7 6) 0 | 0 &rps ,& | ,& &+ &rps | 0$1$ &+ (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ ,qwhuqdo frpshqvdwlrq ([whuqdofrpshqvdwlrq 1rqh $'& &xuuhqw vrxufh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv figure 6-20 wiring and block diagrams 4-wire connection, no comp ensation for line impedance 3-wire connection, no comp ensation for line impedance 2-wire connection measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? a rtd-4l: thermal resistance (linear, 4-wire conn ection) (temperature measurement) pt 100 klima ni 100 klima pt 100 standard ni 100 standard a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 296 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 note "resistance measurement" is onl y available at one channel per g roup. the "2nd" channel of the group is used accordingly for current measuring mode (i c ). the "1st" returns the measured value. the "2nd" channel of the g roup is assigned the default overflow value "7fff h ." wiring: 2-wire and 4-wire transducers for current measurement 9 '& / 0 / 0 / 0 7 6) 0 | 0 | 0 0 &rps &+ &+ &rps | 0$1$ '08 '08 %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq (ohfwulfdo lvrodwlrq ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ ,qwhuqdo frpshqvdwlrq ([whuqdofrpshqvdwlrq 1rqh $'& &xuuhqw vrxufh 0xowl soh[hu 0hdvxulqj udqjhprgxohv (txlsrwhqwldo erqglqj )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg figure 6-21 wiring and block diagrams measuring range module settings measuring range measuring range module setting 2-wire transducer 4 ma to 20 ma d 4-wire transducer 3.2 ma 10 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma c http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 297 caution any voltage measurement will des troy the measuring range module if "current" measuring mode is set at this module! technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs ? with resistive transducers 2 1 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m max. 50 m at 80 mv and with thermocouples voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics supply voltage l + ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes transducer power supply ? supply current ? short circuit-proof max. 60 ma (per channel) yes constant current for resistive transducers typ. 1.67 ma (pulsed ) electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply C not for 2-wire transducers yes yes maximum potential difference ? between inputs and m ana (cmv) C at signal = 0 v ? between inputs (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) typ. dc 2.5 v (> dc 2.3v) typ. dc 2.5v (> dc 2.3v) 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ max. 50 ma max. 30 ma (without 2-wire transducer) power loss of the mo dule typ. 1.3 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable yes ? integration time in ms 2.5 16 2 / 3 20 100 ? basic conversion time, including the integration time in ms 6 34 44 204 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 298 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data additional conversion time for resistance measurement, in ms or 1 1 1 1 additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms or 10 10 10 10 additional conversion time for resistance measurements and wire-break monitoring in ms 16 16 16 16 ? resolution in bits (including overshoot range) 9 bits 12 bits 12 bits 14 bits ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 400 60 50 10 ? basic execution time of the module in ms (all channels enabled) 12 68 88 408 measured value smoothing none noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %), (f1 = interference freque ncy) n=1.2... ? series-mode interference (cmv < 2.5 v) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 70 db > 40 db crosstalk between inputs > 50 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? voltage input 80 mv 250 mv to 1000 mv 2.5 v to 10 v 1 % 0.6 % 0.8 % ? current input 3.2 ma to 20 ma 0.7 % ? resistance 150 ?; 300 ?; 600 ? 0. 7 % ? thermocouple types e, n, j, k, l 1. 1 % ? resistance thermometer pt 100/ni 100 0. 7 % pt 100 klima 0. 8 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input 80 mv 250 mv to 1000 mv 2.5 v to 10 v 0.6 % 0.4 % 0.6 % ? current input 3.2 ma to 20 ma 0.5 % ? resistance 150 ?; 300 ?; 600 ? 0.5 % ? thermocouple types e, n, j, k, l 0.7 % ? resistance thermometer pt 100/ni 100 0.5 % pt 100 klima 0.6 % temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005 %/k linearity error (relativ e to input range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to input range) 0.05 % temperature error of internal compensation 1 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? limit interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable channels 0 programmable http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 299 technical data diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input ranges (rated val ues) / input impedance ? voltage 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v 10 m? 10 m? 10 m? 10 m? 100 k? 100 k? 100 k? 100 k? ? current 3.2 ma 10 ma 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? 25 ? ? resistance 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? 10 m? 10 ? 10 ? ? thermocouples types e, n, j, k, l 10 ? ? resistance thermometer pt 100, ni 100 10 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 20 v continuous; 75 v for the duration of max. 1 s (duty factor 1:20) maximum current at current i nput (destruction limit) 40 ma wiring of the signal sensors using a 20-pin front connector ? for voltage measurement supported ? for current measurement as 2-ire transducer as 4-wire transducer supported supported ? for resistance measurement with 2-wire connection with 3-wire connection with 4-wire connection supported supported supported ? load of the 2-wire transducer max. 820 ? characteristics linearization ? for thermocouples ? for resistance thermometers programmable types e, n, j, k, l pt 100 (standard and klima range) ni 100 (standard and klima range) temperature compensation ? internal temperature compensation ? external temperature compensation with compensating box ? compensation for 0 c refer ence junction temperature ? technical unit of tem perature m easurement programmable supported supported supported degrees centigrade http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 300 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.8.1 measurement types and ranges introduction sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit is equipped with a measuring range module . the measurement type and range is configured at the "meas uring range" parameter in step 7 . you can use the default "voltage" measurement type and " 10 v range without ha ving to program the sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit in step 7 . measuring range module change the position of the meas uring range module to set the me asurement type and range (see the chapter setting the measurement types a nd ranges of anal og input channe ls ). the necessary settings are also available on the module's imprint. mark the position of the measuring range module on the front door (see figure). 5dqjh $ % & ' table 6-21 meas urement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range (type of sensor) measuring range module settings 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1000 mv a v: voltage 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v b tc-i: thermocouple (internal comparison ) (thermal voltage measurement) tc-e: thermocouples (external comparison) (thermal voltage measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a 2dmu: current (2-wire transducer) 4 ma to 20 ma d 4dmu: current (4-wire transducer) 3.2 ma 10 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma c r-4l: resistance (4-wire connection) 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 301 selected type of measurement measuring range (type of sensor) measuring range module settings tc-il: thermocouples (linear, internal comparison) (temperature measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a tc-el: thermocouples (linear, external comparison) (temperature measurement) type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type j [fe-cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type l [fe-cuni] a rtd-4l: thermal resistance (linear, 4-wire conn ection) (temperature measurement) pt 100 klima ni 100 klima pt 100 standard ni 100 standard a channel groups the two channels of sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit form a channel group. you can assign parameters only to one channel group. sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit is equipped with a measuring range module for channel group 0. line continuity check the line continuity check is des igned only for temperature meas urements (thermocouples and thermoresistors.) special features of the line continuity check for the 4 ma to 2 0 ma measuring range if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, and enabled the line continuity check , the analog input module logs a w ire-break event to diagnostic s data when the current drops below 3.6 ma. the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, disabled the line continuity check, and enabled diagnostic interrupts, the module triggers a diagno stic interrupt when the underflow value is reached. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331; a i 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02-0 ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 302 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.8.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-22 overview of the parameters of s m 331; ai 2 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded yes/no yes/no no no dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit 32511 to -32512 from - 32512 to 32511 - dynamic channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? with line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel group measurement ? measurement type disabled voltage v 4dmu current (4-wire transducer) 2dmu current (2-wire transducer) r-4l resistance (4-wire connection) rtd-4l thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire connection) tc-i thermocouple (internal comparison) tc-e thermocouple (external comparison) tc-il thermocouple (internal comparison) tc-el thermocouple (linear, external comparison) v ? measuring range refer to the chapter measuring methods and ranges for the adjustable measuring ranges of the input channels 10 v ? noise suppression 400 hz; 60 hz; 50 hz ; 10 hz 50 hz dynamic channel or channel group see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.8 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 2 x 12 bit; (6es7331-7kb02- 0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 303 6.8.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 2 x 12 bit unused channels short-circuit unused channel s and connect these with m ana . this optimizes interference immunity of the analog input module. set the "disabled" value a t the "measurement type" parameter for unused channels. thi s setting reduces module cycl e times. also short-circuit the comp input if this is not used. as certain programmed inputs may remain unused due to the chann el group configuration, make allowances for the specia l features of these inputs outlin ed below in order to be able to use the diagnostics functions at these used channels: measuring range 1 v to 5 v: wire the used and unused inputs of the same channel group in parallel. current measurement, 2-wire transducer: there are two options of setting up the channel circuit: a) open unused input; channel gr oup diagnostics disabled. the a nalog module would trigger a single diagnostics in terrupt and set its sf led if di agnostics is enabled. b) terminating the unused input u sing a 1.5 k? to 3.3 k? resist or. this allows you to enable diagnostics for this channel group. current measurement 4 ma to 20 ma, 4-wire transducer: wire the unused inputs of the same channel group in series. line continuity check the line continuity check is des igned only for temperature meas urements (thermocouples and thermoresistors.) special features of the line continuity check for the 4 ma to 2 0 ma measuring range if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, and enabled the line continuity check , the analog input module logs a w ire-break event to diagnostic s data when the current drops below 3.6 ma. the module also triggers a di agnostics interrupt if this functi on is enabled in the program. a wire break can only be signal ed by means of the lit sf led an d the diagnostic bytes must be evaluated in the user program if diagnostics interrupts are disabled. if you configured a measuring range of 4 ma to 20 ma, disabled the line continuity check and enabled diagnostic interrupts, the module triggers a diagno stic interrupt when the underflow value is reached. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 304 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.9 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab0) order number 6es7331-7pf01-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C resistance C temperature programmable resolution at each c hannel group (15 bits + sign) any measuring range per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 8 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded high-speed update of measured values at up to 4 channels programmable process interrupt at end of cycle electrical isolation to the cpu resolution the resolution of measured values is independent of the selecte d integration time. diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages consolidated in the "gr oup diagnostics" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . process interrupts process interrupts for channel g roups 0 and 1 can be programmed in step 7. however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel gro up, that is, either at channel 0, or at channel 2 terminal assignment the diagrams below show the vari ous wiring options. these examp les apply to all channels (channel 0 to 7). caution any faulty wiring of the 3-wire connections may cause unexpecte d module states and hazardous plant states. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 305 wiring: 2, 3 and 4-wire connection for resistance and thermores istor measurement connection possible at both sides at channels 0 to 7 note up to product version 02 of the module, an unused channel of an active channel group has to be interconnected in order to a void incorrect measurements. 0 0 | , f , f 0 0 | , f , f 0 0 | , f , f 0 0 | , f , f / 0 | 0 / 0 &+ 0 | , f , f | 0 &+ 0 | , f , f | 0 &+ 0 | , f , f | 0 &+ 0 | , f , f | &+ &+ &+ &+ '& '& figure 6-22 wiring and block diagrams 4-wire connection 3-wire connection 2-wire connection digital-to-analog converter backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) caution any faulty wiring of the 3-wire connections may cause unexpecte d module states and hazardous plant states. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 306 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 3-wire connection for 3-wire connections to sm 331; ai 8 x rtd, bridge m + and i c+ . always wire the i c- and m - cables directly to the resistance thermometer. wiring: 2-wire connection for 2-wire connections to sm 331; ai 8 x rtd, bridge m + and i c+ as well as m - and i c- . on the 2-conductor connection, t here is no compensation for lin e impedance. the line impedance is included in the measurement! technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 272 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics supply voltage l + ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes constant measuring cu rrent for resistive transducers typ. 5 ma (pulsed) electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels in groups of yes yes yes 2 maximum potential difference ? between channels (u cm ) ? between the channels and m internal (v iso ) 60 vac / 75 vdc 60 vac / 75 vdc isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 240 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 4.6 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating mode of operation 8-channel mode (hardware filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 307 technical data integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms ? additional conversion time for resistance measurement in ms ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz yes 80 100* 0 16 bits (including sign) 400 / 60 / 50 measured value sm oothing none / low/ average/ high conversion time (per channel) 100 ms basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 200 m s mode of operation 8-channel mode (software filter) integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms ? additional conversion time for resistance measurement in ms ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz yes 8 / 25 / 30 25/ 43/ 48* 0 16 bits (including sign) 400 / 60 / 50 measured value sm oothing none / low/ average/ high conversion time (per chann el) 25 ms/ 43 ms/ 48 ms basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 50 ms / 86 ms/ 96 ms mode of operation 4-channel mode (hardware filter) integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms ? additional conversion time for resistance measurement in ms ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz yes 3.3**** 100* 100** 16 bits (including sign) 400 / 60 / 50 measured value sm oothing none / low/ average/ high basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 10 ms noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %), (f1 = interference freque ncy) n=1.2, ... ? common-mode interference (cmv < 60 v) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 100 db > 90 db crosstalk between inputs > 100 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range 0 to 60c) ? resistance thermometers C pt 50, pt 100, pt 200, pt 500, p t 1000, ni 100, ni 120, ni 200, ni 500, ni 1000, lg-ni 1000, cu 50, cu 100, C pt 10, cu 10 ? resistance 1.0 c 2.0 c 0.1 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? resistance thermometers C pt 50, pt 100, pt 200, pt 500, p t 1000, ni 100, ni 120, ni 200, ni 500, ni 1000, lg-ni 1000, cu 50, cu 100, C pt 10, cu 10 ? resistance 0.5 c 1.0 c 0.05 % temperature error (relative to input range) ? resistance thermometers ? resistance 0.015 c/k 0.005 %/k http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 308 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data linearity error (relative to input range) ? resistance thermometers ? resistance 0.2 c 0.02 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) ? resistance thermometer ? resistance 0.2 c 0.01 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? process interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable (channels 0-7) programmable diagnostics function ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input range (rated valu es) input resistance ? resistance thermometer ? resistance pt 10, pt 50, pt 100, pt 200, pt 500, pt 1000, ni 100, ni 120, ni 200, ni 500, ni 1000, lg-ni 1000, cu 10, cu 50, cu 1 00 (standard and klima range) 150 ?, 300 ?, 600 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) 35 v dc co ntinuous; 75 v dc for ma x. duration of 1 s (duty factor 1:20) 20) wiring of the signal sensors ? for resistance measurement with 2-wire connection with 3-wire connection with 4-wire connection using a 40-pin front connector supported supported*** supported characteristics linearization ? resistance thermometer ? technical unit of tem perature m easurement pt 10, pt 50, pt 100, pt 200, pt 500, pt 1000, ni 100, ni 120, ni 200, ni 500, ni 1000, lg-ni 1000, cu 10, cu 50, cu 1 00 (standard and klima range) degrees centigrade; degrees fahrenheit * with 3-wire connections, resis tance measurements to compensat e for line impedance at intervals of five minutes. ** wire-break monitoring in 4-ch annel mode (hardware filter) at intervals of three seconds. *** maximum line impedance for 3-wire transducer measurements f or the rtd elements pt 10 and cu 10: 10 ?. maximum line impedance for all other rtd el ements during 3-wire transducer measurements: 20 ?. **** in 4-channel mode, the conver ted value settles to 100 % wi thin 80 ms. the value determined in this process is set at intervals of 3.3 ms (max. 10 ms). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 309 6.9.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the measurement type and range is configured at the "measuremen t type" parameter in step 7 . table 6-23 m easurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range resistance: (3-/4-wire connection) 150 ? 300 ? 600 ? rtd resistance and linearization: (3-/4-wire connection) pt 100 klima pt 200 klima pt 500 klima pt 1000 klima ni 100 klima ni 120 klima ni 200 klima ni 500 klima ni 1000 klima* lg-ni 1000 klima cu 10 klima pt 100 standard pt 200 standard pt 500 standard pt 1000 standard ni 100 standard ni 120 standard ni 200 standard ni 500 standard ni 1000 standard* lg-ni 1000 standard cu 10 standard pt 10 gost klima pt 10 gost standard pt 50 gost klima pt 50 gost standard pt 100 gost klima pt 100 gost standard pt 500 gost klima pt 500 gost standard cu 10 gost klima cu 10 gost standard cu 50 gost klima cu 50 gost standard cu 100 gost klima cu 100 gost standard ni 100 gost klima ni 100 gost standard * ? lg-ni 1000 with temperatur e coefficient 0.00618 or 0.00672 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 310 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x r td are arranged in four groups of two channels. you can assign parameters only to one channel group. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-24 assignment of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd channels to channel groups channels ... ... form one ch annel group each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 6.9.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides an over view of programmable parameters and of their defaults: parameters table 6-25 overview of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd parameters parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded ? process interrupt at end of cycle yes/no yes/no yes/no no no no dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit 32511 to -32512 from - 32512 to 32511 32767 -32768 dynamic channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? with line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel group http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 311 parameters range of values default parameter type scope measurement ? measurement type disabled r-4l resistance (4-wire connection) r-3l resistance (3-wire connection) rtd-4l thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire connection) rtd-3l thermoresistor (linear, 3-wire connection) rtd-4l ? measuring range see the table measurement types and ranges pt 100 klima 0.003850 (ipts-68) dynamic channel group ? temperature unit degrees centigrade; degrees fahrenheit degrees centigrade dynamic module ? mode of operation 8-channel mode (hardware filter) 8-channel mode (software filter) 4-channel mode (hardware filter) 8-channel mode, hardware filter dynamic module ? temperature coefficient for temperature measurement with thermoresistor (rtd) platinum (pt) 0.003850 ?/?/ c (ipts-68) 0.003916 ?/?/ c 0.003902 ?/?/ c 0.003920 ?/?/ c 0.003850 ?/?/ c (its-90) 0,003910 ?/?/ c nickel (ni) 0,006170 ?/?/ c 0.006180 ?/?/ c 0.006720 ?/?/ c 0.005000 ?/?/ c (lg ni 1000) copper (cu) 0,004260 ?/?/ c 0,004270 ?/?/ c 0,004280 ?/?/ c 0,003850 dynamic channel group ? noise suppression* 50/60/400 hz; 400 hz; 60 hz; 50 hz 50/60/400 hz dynamic channel group ? smoothing none weak medium strong none dynamic channel group * 50/60/400 hz only programmable for 8-channel mode (hardware fil ter) and 4-channel mode (hardware filter); 50 hz, 60 hz or 400 hz only programmable for 8-channel mode (s oftware filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 312 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) 6.9.3 additional information on sm 331; ai 8 x rtd modes of operation operating modes of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd: 8-channel mode (hardware filter) 8-channel mode (software filter) 4-channel mode (hardware filter) the operating mode influences the module cycle time. 8-channel mode (hardware filter) in this mode, the module changes b etween the two channels of ea ch group. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. th e adcs first convert the channels with even numbers, and then the channels with the odd numbers 1, 3, 5 and 7 (see the figure below.) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-23 8-channel mode cycle time (hard ware filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 313 cycle time of module in 8-channel mode the channel conversion time, including module communication tim e, is 84 ms. the module must change to the sec ond channel of the grou p using optomos re lays when conversion is completed. opto-mos relays require 12 ms for switching and sett ling. each channel requires a time of 97 ms, i.e. the total cycle time equals 194 ms. cycle time = (t k + t u ) x 2 cycle time = (84 ms + 16 ms) x 2 cycle time = 200 ms t c : conversion time for one channel t c : channel changeover time within the channel group 8-channel mode (software filter) analog-to-digital conversion in this mode is identical to the c onversion in 8-channel mode (hardware filter). the four adc s of the module simultaneously c onvert channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. the adcs first convert the ch annels with even numbers, and t hen the channels with the odd numbers 1, 3, 5 and 7 (see the figure below.) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-24 8-channel mode cycle time (software filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data 314 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 cycle time of module in 8-channel mode (software filter) the channel conversion time is based on the programmed interfer ence frequency. the channel conversion time is 32 ms, including communication time, when you set an interference frequency of 50 hz. the channel conversion time is 27 ms when you set an interference frequency of 60 hz. you can reduce channel convers ion times to 9 ms by setting an interference frequency of 400 hz. as in "hardware fi lter, 8channel" mode, the module has to toggle to the seco nd channel of the group within a changeover time of 16 ms using the opto-mos relays. the t able below shows this correlati on. table 6-26 cycle times in "8-channel mode (software filter)" interference frequency channel cycle time* module cycle time (a ll channels) 50 hz 48 ms 96 ms 60 hz 43 ms 86 ms 400 hz 25 ms 50 ms * channel cycle time = channel conversion time + 12 ms channel c hangeover time within the group 4-channel mode (hardware filter) in this mode, the module does no t change between the channels o f the groups. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert the channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-25 4-channel mode cycle time (hard ware filter) cycle time of the module in 4-channel mode (hardware filter) the converted value settles to 100% within 80 ms and is updated at intervals of 10 ms when 4-channel mode is se t. the channel and module cycle times are a lways identical, as the module does not change between t he channels of a group: 10 ms. channel conversion time = channel cycle time = module cycle tim e = 10 ms http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.9 analog input module sm 331 ; ai 8 x rtd; (6es7331-7pf01-0a b0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 315 cycle time extension due to wire-break monitoring the wire-break monitoring software function of the module is av ailable in all operating modes. the cycle time of the module is doubled in 8-channel mode (hardwar e or software filter) , irrespective of the number of channels at which wire-break moni toring is enabled. in 4-channel mode (hardware filter) , the module interrupts proces sing of input data for the duration of 100 ms and performs a line continuity check. that i s, each line continuity check extends the module cycle time by 100 ms. unused channels in order to avoid incorrect meas urements, the module's product up to version 02 must be configured with an unused channel of an active group of channel s. connect a resistor of the nominal range to the unused channel in order to suppress diagno stics errors. set the "disabled" value at the "measurement type" parameter fo r unused channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. short-circuit to m or l the module does not suffer any damage if you short-circuit an i nput channel to m or l.. the channel continues to output va lid data and does not report a di agnostics event. end of cycle interrupt you can synchronize a process with the conversion cycle of the module by enabling the end of cycle interrupt. the interrup t is set when all active channe ls have been converted. the table below shows the content s of the 4 bytes of additional ob40 information during process or end of cycle interrupts. content of the 4 bytes with additional information 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 byte 2 bits per channel to identify the range high limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 low limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 end of cycle event x 2 special analog flags free bit 3 programming restrictions when operating sm 331; ai 8 x rtd with profibus masters which only support dpv0. certain parameters are not allowed when operating the sm 331; a i 8 x rtd analog input module on an et 200m profibus sl ave system and the profibus mas ter is not an s7 master.. non-s7 masters do not s upport process interrupts. all parameters associated with these functions are disabled for this reason. this includes pro cess interrupt enable, hardware restrictions and end the enabling of cycle interrupts. all other parameters are allowed. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 316 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 operating the submodule on the et 200m distributed io device operation of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd on et 200m requires one of the following im 153 x: im 153-1; as of 6es7153-1aa03-0xb0, v 01 im 153-2; as of 6es7153-2aa02-0xb0, v 05 im 153-2; as of 6es7153-2ba00-0xa0; v 01 im 153-2; as of 6es7153-2aa01-0xb0, v 04 6.10 analog input module sm 331; a i 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0) order number 6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 properties 8 inputs in 4 channel groups programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C temperature programmable resolution at each c hannel group (15 bits + sign) any measuring range per channel group programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable limit value monitoring for 8 channels programmable process interr upt when limit is exceeded high-speed update of measured values at up to 4 channels programmable process interrupt at end of cycle electrical isolation to the cpu resolution the resolution of measured values is independent of the selecte d integration time. diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog input modules . process interrupts process interrupts for channel g roups 0 and 1 can be programmed in step 7 . however, set a process interrupt only for the first channel of a channel gro up, that is, either at channel 0, or at channel 2 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 317 terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. these examples apply to all channels (channel 0 to 7). wiring: thermocouple via reference junction all 8 inputs are available as m easurement channels if thermocou ples are wired via reference junctions which are regulated to 0 c or 50 c. 9 + / | '& '& 0 / &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 &+ &+ &+ figure 6-26 wiring and block diagrams thermocouple via reference junction reference junction regulated to 0 c or 50 c for example, compensation box (per channel) or thermostat analog-to-digital converter (adc) backplane bus interface external cold spot comparison http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 318 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: thermocouple with external compensation with this type of compensation, t he temperature of the terminal s at the reference junction is established using a resistance thermometer pt100 with a tempera ture range of -25 c to 85 c (see terminals 35 to 38). / | '& '& 0 0 / &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ 37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 , , figure 6-27 wiring and block diagrams thermocouple with external temperature compensation backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) external cold spot comparison http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 319 wiring: thermocouple with internal compensation with this kind of compensation, the module registers the temper ature at the reference junction in the connector. / | 0 0 / &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ '& '& 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 figure 6-28 wiring and block diagrams thermocouple with equalizing conductor up to front connector backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) external cold spot comparison technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x117 weight approx. 272 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no cable length ? shielded max. 100 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 320 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated electronics supply voltage l + ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes constant measuring cu rrent for resistive transducers typ. 0.7 m a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels in groups of yes yes yes 2 maximum potential difference ? between channels (u cm ) ? between the channels and m internal (v iso ) 60 vac / 75 vdc 60 vac / 75 vdc isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from power supply l+ max. 100 ma max. 240 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 3.0 w generation of analog values measuring principle integrating mode of operation 8-channel mode (hardware filter) integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interference frequency f1 in hz yes 95 4 16 bits (including sign) 400/60/50 measured value smoothing non e/weak/medium/strong basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 196 m s mode of operation 8-channel mode (software filter) integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interference frequency f1 in hz yes 23/72/83 4 16 bits (including sign) 400/60/50 measured value smoothing non e/weak/medium/strong basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 46 ms / 144 ms/ 166 ms measuring principle integrating mode of operation 4-channel mode (hardware filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 321 technical data integration/conversion time /resolution (per channel) ? programmable ? basic conversion time in ms yes 3.3 ms ***** ? additional conversion time for wire-break monitoring in ms 93 * ? resolution (including overshoot range) ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 16 bits (including sign) 400/60/50 measured value smoothing non e/weak/medium/strong basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 10 ms noise suppression, error limits noise suppression at f = n (f1 1%) , (f1 = interference frequenc y) n = 1.2, etc. ? common-mode interference (u cm < 60 v ac) ? series mode interference (p eak value of disturbance < rated input range) > 100 db > 90 db ** crosstalk between inputs > 100 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) this limit does not cover the cold junction error 3) . ? thermocouple -200 c to +400 c 0.7 c type t -230 c to -200 c 1.5 c -150 c to +600 c 0.9 c type u -200 c to -150 c 1.2 c -200 c to +1000 c 1.2 c type e -230 c to -200 c 1.5 c -150 c to +1200 c 1.4 c type j -210 c to -150 c 1.7 c -150 c to +900 c 1.5 c type l -200 c to -150 c 1.8 c -150 c to +1372 c 2.1 c type k -220 c to -150 c 2.9 c -150 c to +1300 c 2.2 c type n -220 c to -150 c 3.0 c +100 c to +1769 c 1.5 c type r -50 c to +100 c 1.8 c +100 c to +1769 c 1.7 c type s -50 c to +100 c 2.0 c +800 c to +1820 c 2.3 c type b **** +200 c +800 c 2.5 c +100 c to +2315 c 2.3 c type c 0 c +100 c 2.5 c txk/xk(l) -200 c - 150 c 1.5 c http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 322 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? thermocouple -200 c to +400 c 0.5 c type t -230 c to -200 c 1.0 c -150 c to +600 c 0.5 c type u -200 c to -150 c 1.0 c -200 c to +1000 c 0.5 c type e -230 c to -200 c 1.0 c -150 c to +1200 c 0.5 c type j -210 c to -150 c 1.0 c -150 c to +900 c 0.5 c type l -200 c to -150 c 1.0 c -150 c to +1372 c 0.5 c type k -220 c to -150 c 1.0 c -150 c to +1300 c 0.5 c type n -200 c to -150 c 1.0 c +100 c to +1769 c 0.5 c type r -50 c to +100 c 0.5 c +100 c to +1769 c 0.5 c type s -50 c to +100 c 1.0 c +800 c to +1820 c 1.0 c type b **** +200 c to +800 c 2.0 c +100 c to +2315 c 0.5 c type c 0 c +100 c 1.0 c txk/xk(l) -200 c - 150 c 1.0 c temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005%/k linearity error (relative to input range) 0.02% repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range)*** 0.01% status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? process interrupt ? diagnostics interrupt programmable (channels 0 to 7) programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported sensor selection data input ranges (rated va lues) / input impedance ? thermocouples type b, c, n, e, r, s, j, l , t, k, u, txk/ xk (l) maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) 20 vdc con tinuous; 75 vdc for the duration of max. 1 s (duty factor 1:20) characteristics linearization programmable http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 323 technical data temperature compensation ? internal temperature compensation ? external temperature compensation with pt 100 (0.003850) ? compensation for 0 c refer ence junction temperature ? compensation for 50 c refer ence junction temperature ? technical unit of tem perature m easurement programmable supported supported supported supported degrees centigrade / degrees fahrenheit wiring of the signal sensors using a 40-pin front connector ** wire-break monitoring in 4-ch annel mode (hardware filter) at intervals of three seconds. ** in 8-channel software mode (s oftware filter), series-mode re jection is reduced as follows: 50 hz > 70 db 60 hz > 70 db 400 hz > 80 db *** the operational error limit comprises only the basic error of the analog input at ta = 25 c and the total temperature erro r. the total error must includ e the compensation error of the cold reference junction. internal compensation of the reference junction = max. 1.5 c external compensation of the reference junction = precision of external rtd employed 0.1 c. external compensation of the refe rence junction which maintain s the reference junction at 0 c or 50 c = precision of tem perature control for the refere nce junction. **** because of the slight rise wi thin the range of approx. 0 c to 85 c, the lack of compensation for the reference junction temperature only has a negligible effect on a type b thermocouple. if there is no compensation, and the measurement type "compensation to 0 c" is set, the deviation at the ty pe b thermocouple during tem perature measurement is: 200 c to 1802 c < 0.5 c ***** in 4-channel mode, the conver ted value settles to 100 % w ithin 80 ms. the value determined in this process is set at intervals of 3.3 ms (max. 10 ms). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 324 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.10.1 measurement types and ranges introduction the measurement type and range ar e configured at the "measureme nt type" parameter in step 7 . table 6-27 m easurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range tc-l00c: (thermocouple, linear, 0 c reference temperature) tc-l50c: (thermocouple, linear, 50 c reference temperature) tc-il: (thermocouple, linear, internal comparator) tc-el: (thermocouple, linear, external comparison) type b type c type e type j type k type l type n type r type s type t type u type txk / xk (l) channel groups the channels of sm 331; ai 8 x tc are arranged in four groups o f two channels. you can assign parameters only to one channel group. the table below shows the relevant configuration of channel gro ups. the channel group number is required to program sfc parameters in the user progra m. table 6-28 assignment of sm 331; ai 8 x tc channels to channel groups channels ... ... form one ch annel group each channel 0 channel 1 channel group 0 channel 2 channel 3 channel group 1 channel 4 channel 5 channel group 2 channel 6 channel 7 channel group 3 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 325 6.10.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . parameters table 6-29 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x tc parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt ? process interrupt when limit exceeded ? process interrupt at end of cycle yes/no yes/no yes/no no no no dynamic module process interrupt trigger ? high limit ? low limit 32511 to -32512 from - 32512 to 32511 32767 -32768 dynamic channel diagnostics ? group diagnostics ? with line continuity check yes/no yes/no no no static channel group measurement ? measurement type disabled tc-il thermocouple (linear, internal comparison) tc-el thermocouple (linear, external comparison) tc-l00c thermocouple (linear, ref. temp. 0 c) tc-l50c thermocouple (linear, ref. temp. 50 c) tc-il ? measuring range see the table measurement types and ranges type k ? reaction to open thermocouple overflow; underflow overflow dynamic channel group ? temperature unit degrees centigrade; degrees fahrenheit degrees centigrade dynamic module ? mode of operation 8-channel mode (hardware filter) 8-channel mode (software filter) 4-channel mode (hardware filter) 8 channels, hardware filter dynamic module ? noise suppression* 50/60/400 hz; 400 hz; 60 hz; 50 hz; 50/60/4 00 hz dynamic channe l group http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 326 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 parameters range of values default parameter type scope ? smoothing none weak medium strong none dynamic channel group * 50/60/400 hz only programmable for 8-channel mode (hardware fil ter) and 4-channel mode (hardware filter); 50 hz, 60 hz or 400 hz only programmable for 8-channel mode (s oftware filter) see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog input modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 327 6.10.3 additional informati on on sm 331; ai 8 x tc modes of operation operating modes of sm 331; ai 8 x tc: 8-channel mode (hardware filter) 8-channel mode (software filter) 4-channel mode (hardware filter) the operating mode influences the module cycle time. 8-channel mode (hardware filter) in this mode, the module changes b etween the two channels of ea ch group. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. th e adcs first convert the channels with even numbers, and then the channels with the odd numbers 1, 3, 5 and 7 (see the figure below.) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-29 8-channel mode cycle time (hard ware filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 328 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 cycle time of the module in 8-channel mode (hardware filter) the channel conversion time, including module communication tim e, is 91 ms. the module must change to the sec ond channel of the grou p using optomos re lays when conversion is completed. opto-mos relays require 7 ms for switching and settl ing. each channel requires a time of 98 ms, i.e. the total cycle time equals 196 ms. cycle time = (t k + t u ) x 2 cycle time = (91 ms + 7 ms) x 2 cycle time = 196 ms t c : conversion time for one channel t c : time for changing over to the other channel in a channel grou p 8-channel mode (software filter) analog-to-digital conversion in this mode is similar to convers ion in 8-channel mode (hardware filter). the four adc s of the module simultaneously c onvert channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. the adcs first convert the ch annels with even numbers, and t hen the channels with the odd numbers 1, 3, 5 and 7 (see the figure below.) &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-30 8-channel mode cycle time (software filter) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab 0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 329 cycle time of module in 8-channel mode (software filter) however, the channel conversion time is oriented on the program med noise suppression. the channel conversion time is 76 ms, including communication t ime, when you set an interference frequency of 50 hz. the channel conversion time is 65 ms when you set an interference frequency of 60 hz. you can reduce channel convers ion times to 16 ms by setting an interference frequency of 400 hz. as in "hardware fi lter, 8channel" mode, the module has to change to the se cond channel of the group within a changeover time of 7 ms using the opto-mos relays. the t able below shows this correlati on. table 6-30 cycle times in 8-channel mode (software filter) programmed noise suppression channel cycle time* module cycle t ime (all channels) 50 hz 83 ms 166 ms 60 hz 72 ms 144 ms 400 hz 23 ms 46 ms * channel cycle time = channel conv ersion time +7 ms channel cha ngeover time within the group 4-channel mode (hardware filter) in this mode, the module does no t change between the channels o f the groups. the four adcs of the module simultaneously convert the channels 0, 2, 4 and 6. &+ &+ &+ &+ &\fohwlph 6wduwdqdorjfrqyhuvlrq vlpxowdqhrxv figure 6-31 4-channel mode cycle time (hard ware filter) cycle time of the module in 4-channel mode (hardware filter) the converted value settles to 100 % within 80 ms and is update d every 10 ms when 4- channel mode is set. the channel a nd module cycle times are alw ays identical, as the module does not change between t he channels of a group: 10 ms. channel conversion time = channel cycle time = module cycle tim e = 10 ms http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.10 analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x tc; (6es7331-7pf11-0ab0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 330 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 cycle time extension due to wire-break monitoring the wire-break monitoring software function of the module is av ailable in all operating modes. the 8-channel mode (hardware or software filter modes) extends module cycle times by 4 ms, irrespective of the number of c hannels at which wire-break monitoring is enabled. in 4-channel mode (hardware filter) , the module interrupts proces sing of input data for the duration of 170 ms and performs a line continuity check. that i s, each line continuity check extends the module cycle time by 93 ms. unused channels set the "disabled" value at the "measurement type" parameter fo r unused channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. terminate all unused channels o f an active group, that is, you short-circuit the positive and negative inputs of these channels. effect of this measure: measurement errors at the channels used of a group are avoided diagnostics messages from the unus ed channel in a group are sup pressed short-circuit to m or l the module does not suffer any damage if you short-circuit an i nput channel to m or l.. the channel continues to output va lid data and does not report a di agnostics event. special features of channel groups with respect to hardware int errupts upon limit violation you can set the high and low limit s triggering hardware interru pts separately for each channel in step 7 . end of cycle interrupt you can synchronize a process with the conversion cycle of the module by enabling the end of cycle interrupt. the interrup t is set when all active channe ls have been converted. table 6-31 the table below show s the contents o f the 4 bytes of additional ob40 information during process or end of cycle interrupts. content of the 4 bytes with additional information 2 7 2 6 2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 0 byte 2 bits per channel to identify the range high limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 low limit exceeded at channel 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 end of cycle event x 2 special analog flags free byte 3 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 331 programming restrictions when operating sm 331; ai 8 x tc with profibus masters which only support dpv0. when operating the sm 331; ai 8 xtc analog input module on an e t 200m profibus slave system and the profibus mas ter is not an s7 master, certa in parameters are not permitted. non-s7 masters do not s upport process interrupts. al l parameters associated with these functions are disabled for this reason. this includes pro cess interrupt enable, hardware restrictions and end of cycle interrupt enable. all ot her parameters are allowed. operating the submodule on the et 200m distributed io device operation of sm 331; ai 8 x tc on et 200m requires one of the f ollowing im 153 x: im 153-1; as of 6es7153-1aa03-0xb0, e 01 im 153-2; as of 6es7153-2aa02-0xb0, e 05 im 153-2; as of 6es7153-2ab01-0xb0, e 04 6.11 analog output module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf00-0ab0 ) order number 6es7332-5hf00-0ab0 properties 8 outputs in one group the output can be selected by individual channel C voltage output C current output resolution 12 bits programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics interrupt electrically isolated from the backplane bus interface and load voltage diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages consolidated in the "gr oup diagnostics" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog output modules . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 332 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. these examples apply to all channels (channel 0 to 7). note when you switch the rated l oad voltage (l+) off and on, the out put may carry incorrect interim values for the dura tion of for approx. 10 ms. wiring: 2 and 4-wire connection for voltage output the following image depicts: 2-wire connection, no compensation for line impedance and 4-wire connection with com pensation for line impedance / 0 9 0 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 9 '& / figure 6-32 wiring and block diagrams numeral description dac internal supply equipotential bonding functional earth backplane bus interface electrical isolation http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 333 wiring: current output / 0 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ 6) &+ &+ &+ &+ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 9 0 9 '& figure 6-33 wiring and block diagrams numeral description dac internal supply equipotential bonding functional earth backplane bus interface electrical isolation technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 272 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 8 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 334 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes ? electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels ? between channels an d load voltage l+ yes yes no yes maximum potential difference ? between s- and m ana (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 3 vdc 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from supply voltage l+ (no load) max. 100 ma max. 340 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 6.0 w generation of analog values ? resolution, including sign ? 10 v; 20 ma; 4 ma to 20 ma; 1 v to 5 v ? 0 v to 10 v; 0 ma to 20 ma; ? conversion time (per channel) 11 bits + sign 12 bits max. 0.8 ms settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load ? with inductive load 0.2 ms 3.3 ms 0.5 ms (1 mh) 3.3 ms (10 mh) noise suppression, error limits ? crosstalk between outputs > 40 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.5 % 0.6 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o output range) ? output voltage ? output current ? temperature error (relative to output range) ? linearity error (rel ative to output range) ? repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to output range) ? output ripple; bandw idth 0 khz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.4 % 0.5 % 0.002 %/k + 0.05 % 0.05 % 0.05 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 335 technical data diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported actuator selection data output ranges (rated values) ? voltage 10 v 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma load impedance (in t he rated output range) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load min. 1 k? max. 1 f ? for current outputs C at cmv < 1 v C with inductive load max. 500 ? max. 600 ? max. 10 mh voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 25 ma current output ? noload voltage max. 18 v ? destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to m ana ? current max. 18 v continuous; 75 v for a duration of max. 1 s (duty factor 1:20) max. 50 ma d.c. wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output 4Cwire connection ? for current output 2Cwire connection using a 40-pin front connector supported supported http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf00 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 336 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.11.1 sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit - output ranges introduction you can configure the outputs fo r operation as voltage or curre nt outputs, or disable them. you program the outputs at t he "output type" parameter in step 7 . output type "voltage" and output r ange " 10 v" are set by defa ult at the module. you can always use this combination o f output type and range without ha ving to program the sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit in step 7 . table 6-32 output ranges selected type of out put output range voltage 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma see also representation of analog value s for analog output channels (pag e 212) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.11 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 8 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hf0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 337 6.11.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides an over view of configurable parameters , including defaults: table 6-33 overview of the parameters of s m 332; ao 8 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no no dynamic module diagnostics ? group diagnostics yes/no no static channel output ? output type ? output range disabled voltage current see table of output ranges v 10 v dynamic channel reaction to cpu stop ass hlv ssv outputs zero current/voltage hold last value set substitute value ass dynamic channel assigning parameters to channels the parameters can be set separ ately at each output channel of sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit. you can assign separate parameters to each output channel. assign the parameters you set at t he sfcs in the user program t o the channel groups. each output channel of sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit is thus assigned to a c hannel group, i.e. output channel 0 > channel gro up 0, for example. note the output may carry incorrect i nterim values if you modify out put ranges while sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit is in run. see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog output modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 338 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.11.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit unused channels to take unused output channels of s m 332; ao 8 x 12 bit off pow er, set the "disabled" argument at the "output type" par ameter. disabl ed channels do n ot have to be wired. line continuity check sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit only perform s a line continuity check at the current outputs. in output ranges 0 ma to 20ma and 20ma, a "reliable" line cont inuity check is not possible for output values of -20s...+200a. short-circuit test sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit only performs a short-circuit test at the voltage outputs. 6.12 analog output module sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6es7332-7nd02-0ab0) order number 6es7332-7nd02-0ab0 properties 4 outputs in 4 channel groups the output channels can be programmed as C voltage output C current output resolution 16 bits isochronous mode supported supports the "cir" function programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt electrical isolation between: C backplane bus interface and analog output channel C analog output channels C analog output and l+, m C backplane bus circuit and l+, m http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6 es7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 339 diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog output modules . terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. note when you switch the rated l oad voltage (l+) off and on, the out put may carry incorrect interim values for the dura tion of for approx. 10 ms. wiring: 4-wire connection &+ &+ &+ &+ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 6 49 6 | 0 $1$ 9 / 0 9 '& figure 6-34 wiring and block diagrams backplane bus interface electrical isolation equipotential bonding functional earth http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 340 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2-wire connection &+ &+ &+ &+ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 4, 0 $1$ 9 / 0 9 '& figure 6-35 wiring and block diagrams backplane bus interface electrical isolation equipotential bonding functional earth http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6 es7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 341 technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 220 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported yes support of cir ? reaction of non-programmed outputs yes return the output value wh ich was valid before the parameterization number of outputs 4 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents and potentials rated load voltage l+ ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels yes yes yes maximum potential difference ? between outputs (ecm) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 200 vdc / 120 vac 200 vdc / 120 vac isolation test voltage 1500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 120 ma max. 290 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w generation of analog values resolution (including sign) ? 10 v ? 0 v to 10 v ? 1 v to 5 v ? 20 ma ? 0 ma to 20 ma ? 4 ma to 20 ma 16 bits 15 bits 14 bits 16 bits 15 bits 15 bits conversion time (per channel) ? in standard mode ? in isochronous mode <200 s 640 s basic execution time of the m odule (independent of the number o f enabled channels) ? in standard mode ? in isochronous mode <800 s 750 s http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 342 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load ? with inductive load 0.2 ms 3.3 ms 0.5 ms (1 mh) / 3.3 ms (10 mh) noise suppression and error limits crosstalk between ou tputs > 100 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.12% 0.18% basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25, relative to output range) ? voltage output 10 v 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v 0.02% 0.02% 0.04% ? current output 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 0.02% 0.02% 0.04% temperature error (relative to output range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.0025%/k 0.004%/k linearity error (relativ e to output range) 0.004% repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25, relative to out put range) 0.002 % output ripple; range 0 hz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.05 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported set substitute values yes, programmable actuator selection data output ranges (rated values) ? voltage 10 v 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6 es7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 343 technical data load impedance (in the ra ted range of the output) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load min. 1 k? max. 1 f ? for current outputs C inductive load max. 500 ? max. 1 mh voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 40 ma current output ? noload voltage max. 18 v destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to m ana ? current max. 15 v, continuous 75 v for the duration of max. 1 s (duty factor 1:20) 20) max. 50 ma d.c. wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output C 4-wire connection (measuring lead) ? for current output C 2-wire connection using a 20-pin front connector supported supported 6.12.1 sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit - output ranges introduction you can configure the outputs fo r operation as voltage or curre nt outputs, or disable these. you program the outputs at t he "output type" parameter in step 7 . the output type "voltage" and outpu t range " 10 v" are set by default at the module. you can always use this combinati on of output type and range withou t having to program the sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit in step 7 . output ranges you program the output ranges fo r voltage and current outputs i n step 7 . table 6-34 output ranges sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit selected type of out put output range voltage 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 344 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.12.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides overvi ew of programmable parameters an d of their defaults. table 6-35 overview of the parameters of s m 332; ao 8 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no no dynamic module diagnostics ? group diagnostics yes/no no static channel output ? output type ? output range disabled voltage current see table of output ranges for sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit v 10 v dynamic channel reaction to cpu stop ass hlv outputs zero current/voltage hold last value ass dynamic channel assigning parameters to channels the parameters can be set separ ately at each output channel of sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit. you can assign separate parameters to each output channel. assign the parameters you set at t he sfcs in the user program t o the channel groups. each output channel of sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit is thus assigned to a c hannel group, i.e. output channel 0 > channel gro up 0, for example. note the output may carry incorrect i nterim values if you modify out put ranges while sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit is in run. see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog output modules (page 227) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6 es7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 345 6.12.3 isochronous mode properties reproducible reaction times (i.e. of the same length) are achie ved in a simatic system by means of a constant dp bus cycle , and synchronization of the si ngle cyclic processes outlined below: independent user program cycle. the length of the cycle time ma y vary due to non-cyclic program branching. independent and variable dp c ycle on the profibus subnet cyclic operation of the backp lane bus of the dp slave. cyclic signal preparation and co nversion at the electronic modu les of the dp slave. the constant dp cycle runs in synchronism and at the same lengt h. the cpu run levels (ob61 to ob64) and isochronous io are synchronized with this cy cle. i/o data are therefore transferred at defined and const ant intervals (isochronous mode .) maximum flutter: 50 s. requirements the dp master and slave must s upport isochronous mode. you requ ire step 7 v5.2 or higher. mode of operation: isochronous mode conditions of isochronous mode: processing and activation time t wa between reading the output value to the transfer buffer and loading it int o the d/a converter for outpu t 750 s t dpmin 1100 s diagnostics interrupt max. 4 x t dp http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.12 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 16 bit; isochrone; (6e s7332-7nd02-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 346 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 calculation of filter and processing times the same time conditions always apply, regardle ss of the number of configured channels. &+ &+ &+ &+ wv wv 7:$ 72 '$frqyhuvlrqdqglqwhuqdosurfhvvlqj 8sgdwhriwkh rxwsxw figure 6-36 calculation of the processing time and refresh time of the output definition of isochronous mode within the time t o - t wa , the module reads the output dat a and saves these internally. after the internal processing time o f each channel, the results are w ritten to the various dacs. further information for further information on isochronous mode, refer to the step 7, online help, and to the et 200m distributed io system and synchronicity manuals. 6.12.4 additional information on sm 332; ao 4 x 16 bit unused channels to take unused output channels of s m 332; ao 4 x 16 bit off pow er, set the "disabled" argument at the "output type" par ameter, and leave the terminal open. substitute values you can configure the sm 332; a o 4 x 16 bit for cpu stop mode a s follows: outputs off power, hold last value or set sub stitute values. the set substi tute values must lie within the output range. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 347 6.13 analog output module sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd01-0ab0) order number 6es7332-5hd01-0ab0 properties 4 outputs in one group the output can be selected by individual channel C voltage output C current output resolution 12 bits programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt electrically isolated to backplane bus interface and load volta ge diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog output modules . terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. note when you switch the rated l oad voltage (l+) off and on, the out put may carry incorrect interim values for the duration of approx. 10 ms. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 348 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 2 and 4-wire connection for voltage output the following fig. represents the 2-wire connection with no com pensation for line resistors and the 4-wire connection with c ompensation for line resistors. &+ &+ &+ &+ 6) 6 49 6 | 0$1$ 6 49 6 | 0$1$ 6 49 6 | 0$1$ 6 49 6 | 0$1$ / 0 9 '& figure 6-37 wiring and block diagrams 2-wire connection, no comp ensation for line resistors 4-wire connection, with com pensation for line resistors equipotential bonding functional earth internal supply electrical isolation backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 349 wiring: current output 6) / 0 5 /rdg 5 /rdg 5 /rdg 5 5 5 &+ 4, 0$1$ 4, 0$1$ 4, 0$1$ 4, 0$1$ &+ &+ &+ 9 '& 5 /rdg 5 figure 6-38 wiring and block diagrams equipotential bonding functional earth internal supply electrical isolation backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 220 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of outputs 4 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 350 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels ? between channels an d load voltage l+ yes yes no yes maximum potential difference ? between s- and m ana (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 3 vdc 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 60 ma max. 240 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w generation of analog values resolution (including overshoot range) ? 10 v; 20 ma; ? 4 ma to 20 ma; 1 v to 5 v ? 0 v to 10 v; 0 ma to 20 ma 11 bits + sign 12 bits conversion time (per channel) max. 0.8 ms settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load ? with inductive load 0.2 ms 3.3 ms 0.5 ms (1 mh) 3.3 ms (10 mh) noise suppression, error limits crosstalk between outputs > 40 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.5 % 0.6 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25, relative to output range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.4 % 0.5 % temperature error (relative to output range) 0.002 %/k linearity error (relativ e to output range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to o utput range) 0.05 % output ripple; range 0 hz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.05 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 351 technical data status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported set substitute values yes, programmable actuator selection data output ranges (rated values) ? voltage 10 v 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma load impedance (in the ra ted range of the output) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load min. 1 k? max. 1 f ? for current outputs C at cmv < 1 v C inductive load max. 500 ? max. 600 ? max. 10 mh voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 25 ma current output ? noload voltage max. 18 v destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to m ana ? current max. 18 v continuous; 75 v for the duration of max . 1 s (duty factor 1:20) max. 50 ma d.c. wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output C 4-wire connection (measuring lead) ? for current output C 2-wire connection using a 20-pin front connector supported supported http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 352 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.13.1 output ranges of sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit introduction you can configure the outputs fo r operation as voltage or curre nt outputs, or disable them. you program the outputs at t he "output type" parameter in step 7 . the output type "voltage" and outpu t range " 10 v" are set by default at the module. you can always use this combinati on of output type and range withou t having to program the sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit in step 7 . output ranges program the voltage and cu rrent output ranges in step 7 . table 6-36 output ranges of sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit selected type of out put output range voltage 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 6.13.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides overvi ew of programmable parameters an d of their defaults. table 6-37 overview of the parameters of s m 332; ao 4 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no no dynamic module diagnostics ? group diagnostics yes/no no static channel output ? output type ? output range disabled voltage current see table of output ranges for sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit v 10 v dynamic channel reaction to cpu stop ass hlv ssv outputs zero current/voltage hold last value set substitute value ass dynamic channel http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.13 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 4 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hd0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 353 assigning parameters to channels the parameters can be set separ ately at each output channel of sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit. you can assign separate parameters to each output channel. assign the parameters you set at t he sfcs in the user program t o the channel groups. each output channel of sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit is thus assigned to a c hannel group, i.e. output channel 0 > channel gro up 0, for example. note the output may carry incorrect i nterim values if you modify out put ranges while sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit is in run. see also programming analog modules (page 225) diagnostics messages of analog output modules (page 227) 6.13.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit unused channels to take unused output channels of s m 332; ao 4 x 12 bit off pow er, set the "disabled" argument at the "output type" par ameter. disabl ed channels do n ot have to be wired. line continuity check sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit only perform s a line continuity check at the current outputs. a "reliable" line continuity check is not possible for output v alues of -20s...+200a within the output ranges 0 ma to 20ma and 20ma. short-circuit test sm 332; ao 4 x 12 bit only performs a short-circuit test at the voltage outputs. substitute values you can configure the sm 332; a o 4 x 12 bit for cpu stop mode a s follows: outputs off power, hold last value or set sub stitute values. the set substi tute values must lie within the output range. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 354 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 6.14 analog output module sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01-0ab0) order number: "standard module" 6es7332-5hb01-0ab0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1332-5hb01-2ab0 properties 2 outputs in one group the outputs can be set separately as C voltage output C current output resolution 12 bits programmable diagnostics and diagnostics interrupt electrically isolated to backplane bus interface and load volta ge diagnostics for information on diagnostics messages at the "group diagnosti cs" parameter, refer to the table diagnostics messages of analog output modules . terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. note when you switch the rated l oad voltage (l+) off and on, the out put may carry incorrect interim values for the dura tion of for approx. 10 ms. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 355 wiring: 2 and 4-wire connection for voltage output &+ &+ 6) 6 49 6 | 0$1$ 6 49 6 | 0$1$ / 0 9 '& figure 6-39 wiring and block diagrams 2-wire connection: no comp ensation for line impedance 4-wire connection: with co mpensation for line impedance equipotential bonding functional earth internal supply electrical isolation backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 356 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring for current output &+ &+ 6) 4, 0$1$ 4, 0$1$ / 0 9 '& figure 6-40 wiring and block diagrams equipotential bonding functional earth internal supply electrical isolation backplane bus interface analog-to-digital converter (adc) technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 220 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 357 technical data number of outputs 2 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply ? between channels ? between channels an d load voltage l+ yes yes no yes maximum potential difference ? between s- and m ana (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 3 vdc 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from load voltage l+ (no-load) max. 60 ma max. 135 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w generation of analog values resolution (including overshoot range) ? 10 v; 20 ma; ? 4 ma to 20 ma; 1 v to 5 v ? 0 v to 10 v; 0 ma to 20 ma 11 bits + sign 12 bits conversion time (per channel) max. 0.8 ms settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load ? with inductive load 0.2 ms 3.3 ms 0.5 ms (1 mh) 3.3 ms (10 mh) noise suppression, error limits crosstalk between outputs > 40 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.5 % 0.6 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25, relative to output range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.4 % 0.5 % temperature error (relative to output range) 0.002 %/k linearity error (relativ e to output range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to o utput range) 0.05 % output ripple; range 0 hz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.05 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 358 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable diagnostics functions ? group error display ? reading diagnostics information programmable red led (sf) supported set substitute values yes, programmable actuator selection data output ranges (rated values) ? voltage 10 v 0 v to 10 v 1 v to 5 v ? current 20 ma 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma load impedance (in the ra ted range of the output) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load min. 1 k? max. 1 f ? for current outputs C at cmv < 1 v C inductive load max. 500 ? max. 600 ? max. 10 mh voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 25 ma current output ? noload voltage max. 18 v destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to m ana ? current max. 18 v continuous; 75 v for the duration of max . 1 s (duty factor 1:20) max. 50 ma d.c. ? wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output C 2-wire connection C 4-wire connection (measuring line) ? for current output C 2-wire connection using a 20-pin front connector supported supported supported http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb0 1-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 359 6.14.1 output ranges of sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit introduction you can configure the outputs fo r operation as voltage or curre nt outputs, or disable them. you program the outputs at t he "output type" parameter in step 7 . output type "voltage" and output r ange " 10 v" are set by defa ult at the module. you can always use this combination o f output type and range without ha ving to program the sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit in step 7 . output ranges program the voltage and cu rrent output ranges in step 7 . table 6-38 output ranges of sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit selected type of out put output range voltage 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v current 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 6.14.2 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides an over view of configurable parameters , including defaults: table 6-39 overview of the parameters of s m 332; ao 2 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope enable ? diagnostics interrupt yes/no no dynamic module diagnostics ? group diagnostics yes/no no static channel output ? output type ? output range disabled voltage current see table of output ranges for sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit v 10 v dynamic channel reaction to cpu stop ass hlv ssv outputs zero current/voltage hold last value set substitute value ass dynamic channel http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.14 analog output module sm 332 ; ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7332-5hb01 -0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 360 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 assigning parameters to channels the parameters can be set separ ately at each output channel of sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit. you can assign separate parameters to each output channel. assign the parameters you set at t he sfcs in the user program t o the channel groups. each output channel of sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit is thus assigned to a c hannel group, i.e. output channel 0 > channel gro up 0, for example. note the output may carry incorrect i nterim values if you modify out put ranges while sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit is in run. see also diagnostics messages of analog output modules (page 227) programming analog modules (page 225) 6.14.3 additional information on sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit unused channels to take unused output channels of s m 332; ao 2 x 12 bit off pow er, set the "disabled" argument at the "output type" par ameter. disabl ed channels do n ot have to be wired. line continuity check sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit only perform s a line continuity check at the current outputs. a "reliable" line continuity check is not possible for output v alues of -20s...+200a within the output ranges 0 ma to 20ma and 20ma. short-circuit test sm 332; ao 2 x 12 bit only performs a short-circuit test at the voltage outputs. substitute values you can configure the sm 332; a o 2 x 12 bit for cpu stop mode a s follows: outputs off power, hold last value or set sub stitute values. the set substi tute values must lie within the output range. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0c e01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 361 6.15 analog io module sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce01-0aa0) order number 6es7334-0ce01-0aa0 properties 4 inputs in one group and 2 outputs in one group resolution 8 bits programmable measurement ty pe at each ch annel group C voltage C current not programmable, measuremen t and output type defined by hardwi ring connected to potential of t he backplane bus interface electrically isolated to load voltage terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. note note when wiring the sm 334: analog ground m ana (terminal 15 or 18) is interco nnected with chassis ground m of the cpu or interface module im. use a cable with a conductor cross-section of at least 1 mm 2 . the module will shut down if t he ground connection between m ana and m is missing. inputs are read with 7fff h , and outputs return a val ue of 0. the module may be destroyed if operated without g round over a longer period of ti me. the supply voltage for the cpu and/or the interface module (im) may not be connected with reversed polarity . reverse polarity will inevitabl y lead to the destruction of t he module, because m ana develops an impermissibl e high potential (+24 v.) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; ai 4 /ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce 01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 362 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: current measurement and current output '& 9 &+ 09 0 | 09 0, &+ 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 0, 0 | 0, 0 | 09 &+ &+ 49 0 | 09 0, &+ 4, 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 4, 49 &+ / $ $ $ $ 0 figure 6-41 wiring and block diagrams internal supply analog-to-digital converter (adc) inputs: current measurement outputs: current output digital-to-analog converter (dac) backplane bus interface equipotential bonding functional earth http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0c e01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 363 wiring: voltage measurement and voltage output 9 9 '& 9 &+ 09 0 | 09 0, &+ 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 0, 0 | 0, 0 | 09 &+ &+ 49 0 | 09 0, &+ 4, 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 4, 49 &+ / 9 9 9 9 0 figure 6-42 wiring and block diagrams internal supply analog-to-digital converter (adc) inputs: voltage measurement outputs: voltage output digital-to-analog converter (dac) backplane bus interface equipotential bonding functional earth http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; ai 4 /ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce 01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 364 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: 4-wire transducers for current measurement and voltage output &+ 09 0 | 09 0, &+ 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 0, 0 | 0, 0 | 09 &+ &+ 49 0 | 09 0, &+ 4, 0 $1$ 0 $1$ 4, 49 &+ / / / / / 0 0 0 0 0 '08 '08 '08 '08 '& 9 figure 6-43 wiring and block diagrams internal supply analog-to-digital converter (adc) inputs: current measuremen t with 4-wire transducer outputs: voltage output digital-to-analog converter (dac) backplane bus interface equipotential bonding functional earth http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0c e01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 365 technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 285 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs 4 number of outputs 2 cable length ? shielded max. 200 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated supply voltage of the rat ed electronics and load voltage l+ 24 vdc electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply no yes between channels no maximum potential difference ? between inputs and m ana (cmv) ? between inputs (cmv) 1 vdc 1 vdc isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from supply and load voltage l+ (no load) max. 55 ma max. 110 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w generation of analog input values measuring principle ? resolution (including overshoot range) actual value conversion 8 bits integration/conversion time (per channel) ? programmable ? integration time in s no <500 basic execution time of inputs max. 5 ms time constant of the input filter 0.8 ms generation of analog output values ? resolution (including overshoot range) 8 bits conversion time (per channel) ? programmable ? conversion time in s no <500 basic execution time of outputs max. 5 ms settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load ? with inductive load 0.3 ms 3.0 ms 0.3 ms http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; ai 4 /ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce 01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 366 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data noise suppression, error limits for inputs noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %) (f1 = interference freque ncy) ? common-mode noise (v pp < 1 v) > 60 db crosstalk between outputs > 50 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? voltage input ? current input 0.9 % 0.8 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input ? current input 0.7 % 0.6 % temperature error (relative to input range) 0.005 %/k linearity error (relativ e to input range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) 0.05 % output ripple; range 0 hz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.05 % noise suppression, error limits of outputs crosstalk between outputs > 40 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.6 % 1.0 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o output range) ? voltage output ? current output 0.5 % 0.5 % temperature error (relative to output range) 0.02 %/k linearity error (relativ e to output range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to o utput range) 0.05 % output ripple (bandwidth rel ative to output range) 0.05 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts none diagnostics functions none sensor selection data input ranges (rated va lues) / input impedance ? voltage ? current 0 v to 10 v/100 k ? 0 ma to 20 ma/50 ? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 20 v continuous; 75 v for max. duration of 1 s (duty factor 1:20) maximum current at current i nput (destruction limit) 40 ma wiring of the signal sensors ? for voltage measurement ? for current measurement as 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer using a 20-pin front connector supported supported with external supply http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0c e01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 367 technical data actuator selection data output ranges (rated values) ? voltage ? current 0 v to 10 v 0 ma to 20 ma load impedance (in t he rated output range) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load ? for current outputs C inductive load min. 5 k? max. 1 f max. 300 ? max. 1 mh voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 11 ma current output ? noload voltage max. 15 v destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to mana ? current max. 15 v, continuous max. 50 ma d.c. wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring line) using a 20-pin front connector supported not supported 6.15.1 sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 b it - function principle introduction sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit i s a non-isolated analog io module. sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit is not programmable. addressing the i/o of the module are addres sed beginning at the module sta rt address. the address of a channel is derived from the module start addre ss and an address offset. input addresses valid input addresses: channel address 0 module start address 1 module start address + 2 bytes address offset 2 module start address + 4 bytes address offset 3 module start address + 6 bytes address offset http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.15 analog io module sm 334; ai 4 /ao 2 x 8/8 bit; (6es7334-0ce 01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 368 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 output addresses valid output addresses: channel address 0 module start address 1 module start address + 2 bytes address offset 6.15.2 measurement and output type of sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit introduction sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit is not programmable. defining the measurement and output type set the measurement type (voltage, c urrent) by hardwiring the i nput channel. set the output type (voltage, curr ent) by hardwir ing the output channel. see also representation of the values fo r analog input channels (page 196) representation of analog value s for analog output channels (pag e 212) 6.15.3 measurement and output ranges of s m 334; ai 4/ ao 2 x 8/8 bit measuring ranges sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit provi des the 0 v to 10 v and 0 ma t o 20 ma measuring ranges. by contrast to the other analog modules, the sm 334 has a lower resolution and no negative measuring ranges. make allowanc es for this feature when reading the measured value tables analog value representation in th e 1 v to 10 v measuring ra nges and analog value representation in the 0 ma to 20 ma and 4 ma to 20 ma mea suring ranges . output ranges sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit provi des the 0 v to 10 v and 0 ma t o 20 ma output ranges. compared to the other analog m odules, the sm 334 has a lower re solution, and its analog outputs do not have any overshoo t ranges. make allowances for t his feature when reading the tables analog value representation in t he 0 v to 10 v and 1 v to 5 v o utput ranges and analog value representation in t he 0 ma to 20 ma and 4 ma to 20 ma output ranges . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke 00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 369 6.15.4 additional information on s m 334; ai 4/ao2 x 8/8 bit unused channels always short-circui t unused input c hannels, and connect these t o m ana . this optimizes interference immunity o f the analog input module. leave unused output channels open. 6.16 analog io module sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke00-0ab0) order number: : "standard module" 6es7334-0ke00-0ab0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1334-0ke00-2ab0 properties 4 inputs in 2 groups and 2 outputs in one group resolution of 12 bits + sign programmable measuremen t type per channel group: C voltage C resistance C temperature electrically isolated to the backplane bus interface electrically isolated to load voltage terminal assignment the diagrams below show various wiring options. note when you switch the rated l oad voltage supply on/off, the outpu t may assume incorrect interim values below the rated load voltage. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 370 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wiring: resistance measurement, voltage measurement and voltage output 9 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ 0 0 49 49 0 | 0 | 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ &+ 9 9 / %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq &xuuhqwvrxufh 0xowlsoh[hu ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ '$& 9rowdjh phdvxuhphqw 5hvlvwdqfh phdvxuhphqw 9rowdjh rxwsxw )xqfwlrqdo jurxqg 3rwhqwldofrpshqvdwlrq 0 0 ,& 0 | ,& | 0 | ,& figure 6-44 wiring and block diagrams http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke 00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 371 wiring: resistance measurement and voltage output 9 0 &+ &+ &+ &+ &+ 49 49 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ 0$1$ &+ / 0 0 ,& 0 | 0 0 ,& | 0 | 0 | 0 | ,& ,& | %dfnsodqhexv frqqhfwlrq &xuuhqwvrxufh 0xowlsoh[hu ,qwhuqdo vxsso\ '$& 5hvlvwdqfh phdvxuhphqw 9rowdjh rxwsxw )xqfwlrqdojurxqg 3rwhqwldofrpshqvdwlrq figure 6-45 wiring and block diagrams technical data technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 117 weight approx. 200 g module-specific data isochronous mode supported no number of inputs ? with resistive transducers 4 4 number of outputs 2 shielded cable length max. 100 m voltages, currents, electrical potentials supply voltage of the rated el ectronics and load voltage l+ ? reverse polarity protection 24 vdc yes http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 372 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data constant measuring cu rrent for resistive tr ansducers (pulsed) ? for pt 100 ? at 10 k? typ. 490 a; from product version 06: 1.5 ma typ. 105 a electrical isolation ? between channels and the backplane bus ? between channels and elec tronics power supply yes yes between channels no maximum potential difference ? between inputs and m ana (cmv) ? between inputs (cmv) ? between m ana and m internal (v iso ) 1 v 1 v 75 vdc / 60 vac isolation test voltage 500 vdc current consumption ? from the backplane bus ? from supply and load voltage l+ (no load) max. 60 ma max. 80 ma power loss of the module typ. 2 w generation of analog input values measuring principle integrating integration/conversion time (per channel) ? programmable yes ? integration time in ms 16 2 / 3 20 ? basic conversion time, including the integration time in ms 72 85 ? additional conversion time for resistance measurements in ms 72 85 ? resolution in bits (including overshoot range) 12 bits 12 bits ? noise suppression at interfe rence frequency f1 in hz 60 50 measured value smoothing pr ogrammable, in 2 stages time constant of the input filter 0.9 ms basic execution time of the modu le (all channels enabled) 350 m s generation of analog output values resolution (including overshoot range) 12 bits conversion time (per channel) 500 s settling time ? with resistive load ? with capacitive load 0.8 ms 0.8 ms noise suppression, error limits for inputs noise suppression at f = n (f1 1 %) (f1 = interference freque ncy) ? common-mode noise (v pp < 1 v) ? seriesmode interference (peak value < rated input range) > 38 db > 36 db crosstalk between inputs > 88 db operational error limit (across te mperature range, relative to input range) ? voltage input 0 v to 10 v 0.7 % ? resistance input 10 k? 3.5 % ? temperature input pt 100 1 % http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke 00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 373 technical data basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o input range) ? voltage input 0 v to 10 v 0.5 % ? resistance input 10 k? 2.8 % ? temperature input pt 100 0.8 % temperature error (relative to input range) 0.01 %/k linearity error (relativ e to input range) 0.05 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to i nput range) 0.05 % noise suppression, error limits of outputs crosstalk between outputs > 88 db operational limit (across the te mperature range, relative to ou tput range) ? voltage output 1.0 % basic error limit (operational e rror limit at 25 c, relative t o output range) ? voltage output 0.85 % temperature error (relative to output range) 0.01 %/k linearity error (relativ e to output range) 0.01 % repetition accuracy (in transien t state at 25 c, relative to o utput range) 0.01 % output ripple; range 0 hz to 50 khz (relative to output range) 0.1 % status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts none diagnostics function none sensor selection data input ranges (rated val ues) / input impedance ? voltage 0 v to 10 v 100 k? ? resistance 10 k? 10 m? ? temperature pt 100 10 m? maximum voltage at voltage inpu t (destruction limit) max. 20 v continuous; 75 v for max. duration of 1 s (duty factor 1:20) wiring of the signal sensors ? for voltage measurement ? for resistance measurement with 2-wire connection with 3-wire connection with 4-wire connection supported supported supported supported characteristics linearization ? for resistance thermometers programmable pt 100 (climatic range) technical unit of data formats degrees centigrade actuator selection data output range (rated value) ? voltage 0 v to 10 v load impedance (in t he rated output range) ? for voltage outputs C capacitive load min. 2.5 k? * max. 1.0 f http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 374 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data voltage output ? short-circuit protection ? short-circuit current yes max. 30 ma destruction limit against e xternal voltages/currents ? voltage at outputs to mana max. 15 v, continuous wiring of the actuators ? for voltage output 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring line) using a 20-pin front connector supported not supported * the error limits specified fo r the outputs are only valid whe n there is a high-ohm connecti on. in the entire load resistance range, an additional erro r of <0.9 % can result. 6.16.1 programmable parameters introduction for general information on programming analog modules, refer to the chapter programming analog modules . the table below provides an over view of configurable parameters , including defaults: table 6-40 summary of paramet ers sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit parameters range of values default parameter type scope disabled rtd-4l input measurement ? measurement type v r-4l rtd-4l voltage resistance (4-wire connection) thermal resistance (linear, 4-wire connection) dynamic channel ? measuring range 0 v to 10 v 10000 ? pt 100 klima pt 100 klima output ? output type ? output range disabled voltage 0 v to 10 v v 0 v to 10 v dynamic channel see also programming analog modules (page 225) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke 00-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 375 6.16.2 measurement types and ranges introduction you can configure the outputs fo r operation as voltage or curre nt outputs, or disable these. you can wire the outputs as volta ge outputs, or disable these. program the outputs at the "measurement type" and output type" parameters in step 7 . input defaults the "thermoelectric resistance (l inear, 4-wire connection)" mea surement type and "pt 100 klima" measuring range are se t by default at the module. you ca n use these default settings without having to program the sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x12 bit in step 7 . options of wiring the input channels you can wire the input channels of sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit i n the following combinations: channel wiring versions channels 0 and 1 ? 2 x temperature or ? 2 x resistance channels 2 and 3 ? 2 x voltage, ? 2 x resistance, ? 2 x temperature, ? 1 x temperature and 1 x voltage, or ? 1 x resistance and 1 x voltage note wiring both a temperature sens or and a resistor to channels 0 a nd 1 or 2 and 3 is not allowed. reason: common current source for both channels. measuring ranges program the measuring ranges in step 7 . table 6-41 m easurement types and ranges selected type of measurement measuring range v: voltage 0 v to 10 v r-4l: resistance (4-wire connection) 10 k? rtd-4l: thermoresistor (linear, 4-wire connection) (temperature measurement) pt 100 klima http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
analog modules 6.16 analog io module sm 334; a i 4/ao 2 x 12 bit; (6es7334-0ke0 0-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 376 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 output ranges of sm 334; ai 4/ ao 2 x 12 bit the "voltage" output type and "0 v to 10 v" output range are se t by default at the module. you can always use this combi nation of the output type and rang e without having to program the sm 334; ao 4 x 2 bit in step 7 . table 6-42 output ranges selected type of out put output range voltage 0 v to 10 v see also representation of analog value s for analog output channels (pag e 212) 6.16.3 additional information on sm 334; ai 4/ ao 2 x 12 bit unused channels set the "disabled" argument at t he "measurement type" parameter for unused input channels. this setting reduces module cycle times. always short-circui t unused input c hannels, and connect these t o m ana . this optimizes interference immunity o f the analog input module. to take the unused output channel s of sm 334; ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bi t off power, always set "disabled" argument at the "outpu t type" parameter, and leave t he connection open. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 377 other signal modules 7 signal modules this chapter describes the tec hnical data and properties of the s7-300 signal modules. 7.1 module overview introduction the table below summarizes the essential features of the signal modules described in this chapter. this overview supports you in selecting a module to su it your requirements. table 7-1 special signal modu les: overview of properties properties simulator module sm 374; in/out 16 dummy module dm 370 position decoder module sm 338; pos-input number of inputs/outputs ? max. 16 inputs or outputs 1 slot reserved for non- programmable module ? 3 inputs for absolute encoders (ssi) ? 2 digital inputs for freezing encoder values suitable for... simulation of: ? 16 inputs or ? 16 outputs or ? 8 inputs and 8 outputs dummy for: ? interface modules ? non-programmable signal modules ? modules which occupy 2 slots position detection using up to three absolute enc oders (ssi) encoder types: absolute encoder (ssi), message frame length 13 bits, 21 bits or 25 bits data formats: gray code or binary code isochronous mode supported no no yes programmable diagnostics no no no diagnostics interrupt no no programmable special features func tion adjustable with screwdriver the mechanical structure and addressing of the overall configuration remains unchanged when dm 370 is replaced with a different module. sm 338 does not support absolute encoders with a monoflop time > 64 s http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.2 simulator module sm 374; in/o ut 16; (6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 378 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 7.2 simulator module sm 374; in/out 16; (6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0) order number 6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0 properties properties of simulator module sm 374; in/out 16: simulation of: C 16 inputs or C 16 outputs or C 8 inputs and 8 outputs (each with the same start addresses!) status displays for the simulation of inputs and outputs function adjustable with screwdriver note do not operate the function selection switch in run! configuration in step 7 the simulator module sm 374; in /out 16 is not included in the step 7 module catalog. step 7 therefore does not recognize the sm 374 order number. "simulat e" the simulator module function required for yo ur configuration as follows: to use the sm 374 with 16 inputs , define the order number of a digital input module with 16 inputs in step 7 , for example: 6es7 321-1bh02-0aa0 to use the sm 374 with 16 outputs , define the order number of a digital output module with 16 outputs in step 7 , for example: 6es7 322-1bh01-0aa0 to use the sm 374 with 8 inputs and 8 outputs , define the order number of a digital input/output module with 8 inputs and 8 outputs in step 7 , for example: 6es7 323-1bh00-0aa0 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.2 simulator module sm 374; in/o ut 16; (6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 379 module view (without front panel door) [ 2xwsxw [ ,qsxw [2xwsxw [,qsxw input status selector switch function selector switch channel number status displays - green technical data of sm 374; in/out 16 technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 110 weight approx. 190 g module-specific data optional simulation of 16 inputs 16 outputs 8 inputs and 8 outputs voltages, currents, electrical potentials current consumption from the backplane bus max. 80 ma power loss of the mo dule typ. 0.35 w http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.3 dummy module dm 370; (6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 380 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data status, interrupts, diagnostics status display yes, gr een led for each channel interrupts no diagnostics functions no 7.3 dummy module dm 370; (6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0) order number 6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0 properties the dummy module dm 370 reserves a slot for a non-configured mo dule. it can be used as dummy module for: interface modules (without r eservation of address space) non-configured signal modules ( with reservation of address spac e) modules which occupy 2 slots (wit h reservation of address space ) when replacing the dummy module with another s7-300 module, the mechanical assembly and address assignment/a ddressing of the entir e configuration r emain unchanged. configuration in step 7 configure the dm 370 dummy module in step 7 only if you module for a programmed signal module. if the module reser ves the slot for an interface module, you can discard module configuration in step 7 . modules which occupy 2 slots install two dummy modules for mo dules which occupy 2 slots. you only reserve the address space using the dummy module in slot "x", rather than the dummy module in slot "x + 1". for details of the procedure, see the table below. the rack can receive up to 8 m odules (sm/fm/cp.) when using two dummy modules to reserve a slot for a module of 80 mm width, you may still insta ll 7 further modules (sm/fm/cp) because the dummy modu le only uses the address space for one module. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.3 dummy module dm 370; (6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 381 module view 1$ $ front view rear view address selector switch http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.3 dummy module dm 370; (6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 382 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 switch settings for addressing the table below shows how to se t the switch on the rear panel o f the module, according to the module type. table 7-2 meaning of the switch settings of dummy module dm 370 switch setting meaning use 1$ $ the dummy module reserves one slot. the module will no t be configured, and does not use any address space. ? without active backplane bus: for configurations where a single slot is physically reserved, with electrical connection to the s7-300 bus. ? with active backplane bus: no 1$ $ the dummy module reserves one slot. the module must be configured and occupies 1 byte in the input address space (system default: not in the process image.) for configurations where an addressed slot is reserved. technical data of dm 370 technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 180 g voltages, currents, electrical potentials current consumption from the backplane bus approx. 5 ma power loss typ. 0.03 w http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 383 7.4 position detection modul e sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc01-0ab0) order number 6es7 338-4bc01-0ab0 properties properties of position decoder module sm 338; pos-input: 3 inputs for the connection of up to three absolute value encod ers (ssi), and 2 digital inputs to freeze encoder values allows direct reaction to encoder values in motion systems processing of encoder values re corded by sm 338 in the user pro gram isochronous mode supported selectable encoder value acquisition mode: C cyclic C isochronous rated input voltage 24 vdc nonisolated to the cpu fast mode selectable; with fast er transducer action and compres sed feedback interface. the fast mode is available from firmware version v2.0.0 in sm 3 38; pos-input and can be selected from step 7 v5.3+sp2. supported encoder types encoder types supported by sm 338; pos-input: absolute value encoder (ssi), frame length 13 bit absolute value encoder (ssi), frame length 21 bit absolute value encoder (ssi), frame length 25 bit supported data formats sm 338; pos-input supports gray code and binary code. firmware update to extend functions and for troubleshooting, it is possible wit h the help of step 7 hw- config to load firmware updates i n the operating system memory of the sm 338; pos- input. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 384 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 notice when you boot the firmware update , the old firmware is deleted. if the firmware update is interrupted or terminated for some reason, thereafter the sm 33 8; pos-input ceases to function properly. reboot the fi rmware update and wait until th is has completed successfully. note the firmware update is only possi ble in remote operation if the header assembly (slave circuit) employed supports the sy stem services required for thi s. wiring and block diagrams 6) ', ', 66, 66, 66, / 0 9 56 2'gdwd 2'gdwd 2&forfn 2&forfn 'gdwd 'gdwd &forfn &forfn 'gdwd 'gdwd &forfn &forfn ',gljlwdo ',lqsxwv '&9hqfrghu '&9hqfrghu 0hqfrghu 0hqfrghu 6edfnsodqhexv /rjlf 9rowdjh 0rqlwrulqj 6kruwflufxlw surwhfwlrq error led - red connection to cpu ground twisted-pair cables http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 385 wiring rules important rules to observe wiring the module: ground of the encoder s upply is connected to cpu ground potenti al. thus, establish a low impedance connection betwe en pin 2 of sm 338 (m) and cpu gr ound. always use shielded twisted-pair cable to wire encoder signals (pins 3 to 14.) connect both ends of the shielding. use t he shield connection element t o terminate the shielding on sm 338 (order number 6es7 390-5aa00-0aa0.) connect an external power supply if the maximum output current (900 ma) of the encoder supply is exceeded. technical data of sm 338; pos-input technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 235 g voltages, currents, electrical potentials rated load voltage l+ range reverse polarity protection 24 vdc 20.4 ... 28.8 v no electrical isolation no, only to shield maximum potential difference between the input (m termi nal) and cpu grounding busbar 1 vdc encoder supply output voltage output current l+ -0.8 v max. 900 ma, short circuit-proof current consumption from the backplane bus from load voltage l+ (no load) max. 160 ma max. 10 ma power loss of the module typ. 3 w encoder inputs pos-input 0 to 2 position detection absolute difference signals for ssi dat a and ssi clock to rs422 standard data transfer rate and cable (t wisted-pair and shielded) length of absolute value encoders 125 khz max. 320 m 250 khz max. 160 m 500 khz max. 60 m 1 mhz max. 20 m ssi frame transfer rate 125 khz 250 khz 500 khz 1 mhz 13 bits 21 bits 25 bits 112 s 176 s 208 s 56 s 88 s 104 s 28 s 44 s 52 s 14 s 22 s 26 s monoflop time 2 16 s, 32 s, 48 s, 64 s http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 386 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 technical data digital inpu ts di 0, di 1 electrical isolation no, only to shield input voltage 0 signal -3 v ... 5 v 1 signal 11 v ... 30.2 v input current 0 signal 2 ma (standby current) 1 signal 9 ma (typ.) input delay 0 > 1: max. 300 s 1 > 0: max. 300 s maximum repetition rate 1 khz connection of a two-wire beros, type 2 supported shielded cable length 600 m unshielded cable length 32 m status, interrupts, diagnostics interrupts ? diagnostics interrupt programmable status display for digital inputs group error led (green) led (red) inaccuracy of the encoder value cyclic encoder value acquisition ? maximum age 1 ? minimum age 1 ? jitter (2 frame transfer rate) + monoflop time + 580 s frame transfer rate + 130 s frame transfer rate + monoflop time + 450 s refresh rate frame evaluat ion at intervals of 450 s inaccuracy of the frozen encoder value (freeze) free-running transducer capture (fast mode) ? maximum age 1 ? minimum age 1 ? jitter (2 frame transfer rate) + monoflop time + 400 s frame transfer rate + 100 s frame transfer rate + monoflop time + 360 s refresh rate frame evaluat ion at intervals of 360 s isochronous encoder value acquisition ? age encoder value at time t i of the current profibus dp cycle inaccuracy of the frozen encoder value (freeze) free-running transducer ca pture (standard mode) ? maximum age 1 ? minimum age 1 ? jitter (2 frame transfer rate) + monoflop time + 580 s frame transfer rate + 130 s frame transfer rate + monoflop time + 450 s isochronous encoder value acquisition ? jitter max. (frame transfer rate n + programmed monoflop time n ) n=0, 1, 2, (channel) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 387 technical data isochronous time s for the module in standard mode twe 850 s twe 620 s toimin 90 s tdpmin 1620 s in fast mode twe 700 s twe 0 s toimin 0 s tdpmin 900 s 1 age of the encoder values determi ned by the transfer process a nd the processing 2 restriction of the monoflop time of the absolute value encoder : (1 / transmission rate) < monoflop of the absolute value encode r < 64 s + 2 x (1 / transmission rate): 7.4.1 isochronous mode introduction note the basics of isochronous operat ion are described in a separate manual. hardware requirements to operate sm 338 in isochronous mode, you need: a cpu which supports isochronous mode a dp master which supports the constant bus cycle a slave interface (im 153-x) w hich supports isochronous mode properties sm 338 operates in non-isochronous or isochronous mode, dependi ng on system parameters. in isochronous mode, data are ex changed between the dp master a nd sm 338 in synchronism to the profibus dp cycle. in isochronous mode, all 16 byt es of the feedback interface are consistent. if synchronism is lost due to dis turbance or failure/delay of g lobal control (gc), the sm 338 resumes isochronous mode at the next cycle without error reacti on. if synchronism is lost, the feedba ck interface is not updated. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 388 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 7.4.2 functions of sm 338; pos-input ; encoder value acquisition the absolute value encoder tran sfers its values in frames to th e sm 338. the sm 338 initiates the frame transfer. in non-isochronous mode, the encode r values are acquired cyclic ally. in isochronous mode, the encoder values are acquired in synchro nism with the profibus dp cycle at each t i . cyclic encoder value acquisition the sm 338 always initiates a frame transfer at the end of the programmed monoflop time. asynchronously to those cyclic fr ames, the sm 338 processes the acquired encoder values cyclically, based on its refres h rate (see technical data.) thus, cyclic acquisition returns encoder values of different ag es. the difference between the min./max. age represents the jitter (see technical data.) isochronous encoder value acquisition isochronous encoder values acqui sition is automatically set whe n the dp master system operates with active constant bus cycle, and the dp slave is in synchronism with the dp cycle. sm 338 initiates a frame transfer in each profibus dp cycle, at the time t i . the sm 338 processes the transfe rred encoder values in synchron ism with the profibus dp cycle. 7.4.2.1 gray code/binary code converter when gray code is set, the gray c ode value return ed by the abso lute value encoder is converted into binary code. when binary code is set, the values returned by the encoder remain unchanged. note when you set gray code, the sm 338 always converts the entire e ncoder value (13, 21, 25 bits). as a result, any leading sp ecial bits will influence the encoder value, and the appended bits may be corrupted. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 389 7.4.2.2 transferred encoder value and scaling transducer value and standardization the transferred encoder value c ontains the encoder position of the absolute value encoder. in addition to the encoder positi on, the encoder tr ansfers addi tional bits located before and after the encoder position, depending on the encoder used. the sm 338 determines the encode r position based on the followi ng settings: scaling, places (0..12), or scaling, units / revolution scaling, places scaling determines the position of the encoder value at the fee dback interface. "places" = 1, 2....12 indicates t hat appended irre levant bits i n the encoder value are shifted out, and the encoder val ue is right-alig ned in the addr ess area (see the example below.) places = 0 determines that appended bits are retained and ava ilable for evaluation. this may be useful when the ab solute value encoder used transf ers information in the appended bits (see manufacturer specifications) which you want to evaluate (also refer to the chapter gray code/binary code converter. ) steps per revolution parameter up to 13 bits are available for the steps per revolution parame ter. the resultant number of steps per revolution is display ed automatically according to th e "places" setting. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 390 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 example of encoder value scaling you are using a single-turn encoder with 2 9 steps = 512 steps per rev olution (resolution/360.) your configuration in step 7 : absolute encoder: 13 bits scaling: 4 places steps per revolution: 512 ; ;;; 5hohydqwelwv 7udqvihuuhgelwv 'dwdgrxeohzrug 5hohydqwelwv 'dwdgrxeohzrug 3ulruwrqrupdol]lqjf\folfdoo\phdvxuhghqfrghuydoxh $ iwhuqrupdol]lqj(qfrghuydoxh 5hvxowelwvwrgljlwvpdunhgzlwk[zhuhrplwwhg 7.4.2.3 freeze function the freeze function "freezes" t he actual encoder values of sm 3 38. the freeze function is coupled to the digital inputs di 0 and di 1 of sm 338. the freeze function is triggered by a signal transition (positi ve edge) a di 0 or di 1. bit 31 = 1 (output address) identifies a fr ozen encoder value. you can fre eze one, two or th ree encoder values using one digital input. enable the freeze function by setting the corresponding paramet ers in step 7 . to allows their event-triggered evaluation, the encoder values are retained until the freeze function is terminated. terminating the freeze function the freeze function must be termi nated separately at each encod er input. you acknowledge the function in the user progr am by setting bit 0, 1 or 2 of th e relevant channel by setting the step 7 operation t pab "xyz." the acknowledgement resets bit 31 of the corres ponding encoder value, and initiates a refresh of the encoder values. you can freeze the encoder value s again after you cleared the ack bit at the output address of the module. in isochronous mode, the acknowledgement is processed at the ti me t o . from this point on, you can freeze the encoder values again by setting the digital inputs. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 391 note the freeze function is acknowledged automatically when you assi gn new parameters with different arguments to the relevant channel. the freeze function remains unaffected if you set parameters wi th identical arguments. see also addressing sm 338 pos-input (page 392) programming sm 338 pos-input (page 391) 7.4.3 programming sm 338 pos-input programming you program the sm 338; pos-input in step 7 . always program the module while the cpu is in stop mode. after you completed the paramete r declaration, download the par ameters from the pg to the cpu. at its next stop run tran sition, the cpu transfers the p arameters to the sm 338. new parameters can not be as signed by the user program. parameters of sm 338; pos-input the table below provides an over view of configurable parameters and defaults for the sm 338. the defaults apply if you have not set any parameters in step 7 (default setting bold). table 7-3 parameters of sm 338; pos-input parameters range of values note enable ? fast-mode yes / no enable parameter. applies to all 3 channels. enable ? diagnostic interrupt yes / no enable parameter. applies to all 3 channels. absolute value encoder (ssi) 1) none; 13 bits ; 21 bits; 25 bits none: the encoder input is switched off. code type 1) gray ; binary code returned by the encoder. transmission rate 1) ,3) 125 khz ; 250 khz; 500 khz; 1 mhz data transfer rate of the ssi positio n detection. observe t he relationship between cable lengths and the transmission rate (see technical data) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 392 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 parameters range of values note monoflop time 1),2),3) 16 s; 32 s; 48 s; 64 s the monoflop time represents the minimum interval between two ssi frames. the configured monoflop time must be greater than the monoflop time of the absolute value encoder. scaling ? places ? steps per revolution 4 0 to 12 2 to 8192 scaling right-aligns the encoder value in the address space; irrelevant places are discarded. enabling the freeze function off ; 0; 1 definition of th e digital input that initiates freezing of the encoder value at the positive edge. 1 see the technical data of t he absolute value encoder 2 the monoflop time is equivalent to the inte rval between two ssi frames. the configured monof lop time must be greater than the monoflop time of the absol ute value encoder (see the t echnical data of the manuf acturer). the time 2 (1 / transmission rate) is added to the value set in hw config. a tr ansmission rate of 125 khz and configured monoflop time of 16 ms sets an effective monoflop time of 32 ms. 3 restriction of the monoflop ti me of the absolut e value encoder : (1 / transmission rate) < monoflop of the absolute value encode r < 64 s + 2 x (1 / transmission rate) 4 to powers of two note please note that in asynchronous mode, the transmission rate an d monoflop time affect the accuracy and update quality of t he encoder value s. in isochrono us mode, the transmission rate and monoflop time have an in fluence on the accuracy of the freeze function. 7.4.4 addressing sm 338 pos-input data areas for encoder values the sm 338 inputs a nd outputs are address ed beginning at the mo dule start address. the input and output address is deter mined in your configuration of sm 338 in step 7 . input addresses table 7-4 table 5-4 sm 338 ; pos-input: input addresses encoder input input address (derived from configuration) + addr ess offset 0 "module start address" 1 "module start address" + 4 byte address offset 2 "module start address" +8 byte address offset http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 393 structure of double data word in standard mode double data word structure of the encoder inputs: (qfrghuydoxhlqjud\ruelqdu\frgh (qfrghuydoxhlvqrwiur]hq7khydoxhlvfrqwlqxrxvo\xsgd whg (qfrghuydoxhlviur]hq7khydoxhuhpdlqvfrqvwdqwxqwlod fnqrzohgjhphqw )uhh]h structure of double data word in fast mode double data word structure of the encoder inputs: elwhqfrghuydoxhlqjud\ruelqdu\frgh 'ljlwdolqsxwvwdwxv jurxshuuruhqfrghuhuuruhuuruhwfdx[yrowdjh sdudphwhul]dwlrqhuuru rshudwlrqdofkhfnedfnydoxhvduhydolg in the double data word from channel 0, the status of digital i nput io is reported to bit 27 (digital input status) and the double data word from channel 1 is reported to d igital input i1. in the double data word from cha nnel 2, the bit is always = 0. output address in standard mode %lw (qfrghulqsxw %lw (qfrghulqsxw %lw (qfrghulqsxw $fnqrzohgjhphqwriiuhh]hixqfwlrq 0rgxohvwduwdgguhvv no output data are supported in fast mode. reading data areas you can read the data areas in your user program using the step 7 operation l ped "xyz." http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 394 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 example of access to encoder values and use of the freeze funct ion you want to read and evaluate t he values at the encoder inputs. the module start address is 256. stl explanation l ped 256 // read encoder value in the address area for encode r input 0 t md 100 // save encoder value to memory double word v m 100.7 // freeze state for subsequent acknowledgement = m 99.0 // determine and save l ped 230 // read encoder value in the address area for encoder input 1 t md 104 // save encoder value to memory double word v m 104.7 // freeze state for subsequent acknowledgement = m 99.1 // determine and save l ped 264 // read encoder value in the address area for encoder input 2 t md 108 // save encoder value to memory double word v m 108.7 // freeze state for subsequent acknowledgement = m 99.2 // determine and save l mb 99 // load freeze state and t pob 256 // acknowledge (s m 338: output address 256) you can then process the encode r values from the bit memory add ress areas md 100, md 104 and md 108. the encoder value is set in bits 0 to 30 of the memory double word. 7.4.5 sm 338; pos-input - diagnostics introduction the sm 338 provides diagnostics messages, i.e. it always provid es all diagnostics messages without user intervention. reactions to a diagnostic message in step 7 actions initiated by diagnostic messages: the diagnostic mess age is entered in the diagnosis of the modul e and forwarded to the cpu. the sf led on the module is lit. if you have set "enable di agnostic interrupt" in step 7 , the system triggers a diagnostic interrupt and calls ob 82. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 395 reading diagnostic messages you can read detailed diagnostic messages using sfcs in the use r program (refer to the appendix "diagnostic data of signal modules"). you can view the cause of the er ror in the module diagnostics d ata in step 7 (refer to the step 7 online help.) diagnostic message using the sf led the sm 338 indicates errors at its sf led (group error led.) th e sf led lights up when the sm 338 generates a diagnostic message . it goes dark after all error states are cleared. the sf led also lights up to indicate external errors (short-ci rcuit at the encoder supply), regardless of the cpu operat ing state (at power on.) the sf led lights up temporarily at startup, during the self te st of sm 338. diagnostic messages of sm338; pos-input the table below provides an over view of the diagnostic messages of sm 338; pos-input. table 7-5 diagnostic messages of sm 338; pos input diagnostics message led scope of dia gnostics module error sf module internal error sf module external error sf module channel error sf module external auxiliary voltage missing sf module module not programmed sf module incorrect parameters sf module channel information available sf module watchdog time-out sf module channel error sf channel (encoder input) configuration / progr amming error sf channe l (encoder input) external channel error (encoder error) sf channel (encoder inpu t) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 396 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 causes of error and troubleshooting table 7-6 diagnostics messages of sm 338, causes of error and t roubleshooting diagnostics message possible cause of error to correct or avoid error module error any, the module has detected an error. internal error module has d etected an error within the automation system. external error module has d etected an error outside of the automation system. channel error indicates tha t only specific channels are faulty. external auxiliary voltage missing supply voltage l+ of the module is missing connect supply l+ module not programmed module requires information whether it should operate wit h default system parameters or use r parameters. message present after power on, until the cpu has completed the transfer of parameters; configure t he module as required. incorrect parameters one param eter, or the combination of parameters, is not plausible program the module channel information available channel error; module can provide additional channel information. watchdog time-out infrequent high electromagnetic interference eliminate interference channel error any, the module has detected an error at the encoder input. configuration / programming error illegal parameter transferred to module program the module external channel error (encoder error) wire-break at encoder cable, encoder cable not connected, or encoder defective. check connected encoder 7.4.6 sm 338; pos input - interrupts introduction this chapter describes the interru pt reaction of sm 338; pos-in put. the sm 338 can trigger diagnostic interrupts. for detailed information on t he obs and sfcs mentioned below, r efer to the step 7 online help. enabling interrupts there is no default interrupt s etting, i.e. interrupts are disa bled if not set accordingly. program the interrupt enable parameter in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4b c01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 397 diagnostic interrupt if you have enabled diagnostic in terrupts, the in coming error e vents (initial occurrence of the error) and outgoing error events (message after troubleshooting ) are reported by means of interrupts. the cpu interrupts user program execution, and executes diagnos tic interrupt ob82. you can call sfc 51 or 59 in ob 82 in the user program to view d etailed diagnostic data output by the module. diagnostics data remain consist ent until the program exits ob 8 2. the module acknowledges the diagnostic int errupt when the program exits ob 82. see also programming sm 338 pos-input (page 391) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
other signal modules 7.4 position detection module sm 338; pos-input; (6es7 338-4bc 01-0ab0) s7-300 automation system module data 398 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 399 interface modules 8 interface modules this chapter described the tec hnical data and properties of the s7-300 interface modules. 8.1 module overview introduction the table below summarizes the essential features of the interf ace modules described in this chapter. this overview supports you in selecting a module to su it your requirements. table 8-1 interface modules: overview of properties properties interface module im 360 interface mo dule im 361 inte rface module im 365 suitable for installation in s7-300 racks ? 0 ? 1 to 3 ? 0 and 1 data transfer ? from im 360 to im 361 via connecting cable 386 ? from im 360 to im 361, or from im 361 to im 361, via connecting cable 386 ? from im 365 to im 365 via connecting cable 386 distance between... ? max. 10 m ? max. 10 m ? 1 m, permanently connected special features --- --- ? preassembled module pair ? rack 1 supports only signal modules ? im 365 does not route the communication bus to rack 1 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.2 interface module im 360; (6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 400 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 8.2 interface module im 360; (6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0) order number 6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0 properties special features of interface module im 360: interface for rack 0 of the s7-300 data transfer from im 360 to im 361 via connecting cable 368 maximum distance between im 360 and im 361 is 10 m status and error leds interface module im 360 is equipped with the following status a nd error leds. display element meaning explanations sf group error the led lights up if the connecting cable is missing. im 361 is switched off. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.2 interface module im 360; (6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 401 front view the figure below shows the front v iew of interface module im 36 0 6) ; 287 technical data the overview below shows the tec hnical data of interface module im 360. technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 40 x 125 x 120 weight approx. 250 g module-specific data cable length ? maximum length to next im 10 m current consumption ? from the backplane bus 350 ma power loss typ. 2 w status and error leds yes http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.3 interface module im 361; (6es7 361-3ca01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 402 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 8.3 interface module im 361; (6es7 361-3ca01-0aa0) order number 6es7 361 3ca01-0aa0 properties special features of interface module im 361: 24 vdc power supply interface for racks 1 to 3 of the s7-300 current output via the s7-300 backplane bus: max. 0.8 a data transfer from im 360 to im 361, or from im 361 to im 361 v ia connecting cable 368 maximum distance between im 360 and im 361 is 10 m maximum distance between im 361 and im 361 is 10 m status and error leds interface module im 361 is equipped with the following status a nd error leds. display element meaning explanations sf group error the led lights up if the connecting cable is missing the im 361 connected in series is switched off the cpu is in power off state 5 vdc 5 vdc supply for the s7-300 backplane bus - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.3 interface module im 361; (6es7 361-3ca01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 403 front view the figure below shows the front v iew of interface module im 36 1 s 6) '&9 0 / 0 ; 287 ; ,1 front view technical data the overview below shows the tec hnical data of interface module im 361. technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) 80 x 125 x 120 weight 505 g module-specific data cable length maximum length to next im 10 m current consumption from 24 vdc power loss 0.5 a typ. 5 w current sinking at backplane bus 0.8 a status and error leds yes see also spare parts and accessories for s7-300 modules (page 483) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.4 interface module im 365; (6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 404 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 8.4 interface module im 365; (6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0) order number: "standard module" 6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0 order number: "siplus s7-300 module" 6ag1 365-0ba01-2aa0 properties special features of interface module im 365: preassembled pair of modules for rack 0 and rack 1 total power supply of 1.2 a, of whi ch up to 0.8 a may be used p er rack. connecting cable with a length of 1 m already permanently conne cted install only signal modules in rack 1 im 365 does not route the communication bus to rack 1, i.e. you cannot install fms with communication bus function in rack 1. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.4 interface module im 365; (6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 405 front view the figure below shows the front v iew of interface module im 36 5 ,0 5(&(,9( ,0 6(1' in rack 1 in rack 0 technical data the overview below shows the tec hnical data of interface module im 365. technical data dimensions and weight dimensions w x h x d (mm) pe r module 40 x 125 x 120 total weight 580 g module-specific data cable length maximum length to next im 1 m current consumption from the backplane bus power loss 100 ma typ. 0.5 w current sinking per module max. 1.2 a 0.8 a status and error leds no http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
interface modules 8.4 interface module im 365; (6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0) s7-300 automation system module data 406 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 407 rs 485 repeater 9 this chapter this chapter describes the rs 485 repeater in detail. this includes: the purpose of the rs 485 repeater the maximum cable lengths between two rs 485 repeaters functions of the various oper ating elements and terminals information about grounded and nongrounded operation technical data and the block diagram further information for further information on t he rs 485 repeater , refer to the ch apter "configuring an mpi or profibus dp network" in the cpu data, installation manual. diagnostic repeater compared to the rs 485 repeater, t he diagnostic r epeater has ne w characteristics: diagnostic function and modeling as the dp slave. for further i nformation, refer to the diagnostics repeater for profibus dp manual on the internet at this address: http://support.automation.si emens.com/ww/ view/en/7915183 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.1 fields of application and properties; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0 ) s7-300 automation system module data 408 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 9.1 fields of application and pro perties; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0) order number 6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0 definition of the rs 485 repeater the rs 485 repeater amplifies data signals on bus lines and cou ples bus segments. application of the rs 485 repeater you need an rs 485 repeater if: more than 32 nodes are connected to the bus bus segments are operated ungrounded on the bus, or the maximum cable length of a s egment is exceeded (see the tabl e below.) table 9-1 maximum cable length of a segment transmission rate max. cable length of a segment (in m) 9.6 to 187.5 kbps 1000 500 kbps 400 1.5 mbps 200 3 to 12 mbps 100 rules if you install the bus us ing rs 485 repeaters: up to nine rs 485 repeaters may be connected in series. the maximum cable length betwe en two nodes with rs 485 repeater may not exceed the values listed in the table below. table 9-2 maximum cable length between two rs 485 repeaters transmission rate maximum cable length between 2 nodes (in m) w ith rs 485 repeater (6es7 972- 0aa01-0xa0) 9.6 to 187.5 kbps 10000 500 kbps 4000 1.5 mbps 2000 3 to 12 mbps 1000 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.2 design of the rs 485 rep eater; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0) s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 409 9.2 design of the rs 485 repeater; (6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0) the table below shows the desig n and functions of the rs 485 re peater. table 9-3 description and func tions of the rs 485 repeater repeater design no. function led 24 v supply voltage terminal for the rs 485 repeater power supply (use pin "m5.2" is reference ground when measuring the voltage between terminals " a2" and "b2".) shield clamp for the strain relief and grou nding of the bus c able of bus segments 1 or 2 terminals for the bus c able of bus segment 1 terminating resistance for bus segment 1 led for bus segment 1 off switch (= isolate bus segments from each other, for example, for commissioning) led for bus segment 2 terminating resistance for bus segment 2 terminals for the bus c able of bus segment 2 ? slide for mounting and removi ng the rs 485 repeater on the di n rail '& 9 / 0 3( 0 6,(0(16 565(3($7(5 21 $ % $ % $ % $ % 3* 23 '3 2)) 21 '3 ? interface for pg/op on bus segment 1 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.3 rs 485 repeater operation in ungrounded and grounded mode s7-300 automation system module data 410 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 9.3 rs 485 repeater operation in ungrounded and grounded mode grounded or ungrounded the rs 485 repeater is ... grounded, if all other nodes on the segment are also operated o n ground potential ungrounded, if all other nodes in the segment are operated on u ngrounded potential note bus segment 1 is referenced to g round if you connect a pg to th e pg/op socket of the rs 485 repeater. the segment is grounded because the mpi in the pg is grounded, and the pg/op socket of the rs 485 r epeater is connected internally with bus segment 1. grounded operation of the rs 485 repeater for grounded operatio n of the rs 485 repeater, you must bridge terminals "m" and "pe" on the top of the rs 485 repeater. ungrounded operation of the rs 485 repeater for ungrounded operation of the rs 485 repeater, do not interco nnect "m" and "pe" on the top of the rs 485 repeater. in addition, the supply voltage to the rs 485 repeater must be ungrounded. wiring diagram in a repeater configuration with ungrounded reference potential (ungrounded operation), any interference currents and static charges are discharged to the protective conductor by means of an rc network integrated in the repeater (refer to the figure below). 3( 0 q) 0 5 '& 9 / 0 3( 0 $ % $ % ground busbar http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.3 rs 485 repeater operati on in ungrounded and grounded mode s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 411 electrical isolation between bus segments bus segments 1 and 2 are electrically isolated. the pg/op inter face is connected internally to the port for bus segment 1. the figure below shows the front panel of the rs 485 repeater. '& 9 / 0 3( 0 6,(0(16 565(3($7(5 21 $ % $ % $ % $ % 3* 23 '3 2)) 21 '3 pg/op interface terminals for bus segment 1 terminals for bus segment 2 electrical isolation amplification of bus signals the amplification of the bus sig nals takes place between the po rt for bus segment 1 or the pg/op interface and the port for bus segment 2. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.4 technical data s7-300 automation system module data 412 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 9.4 technical data technical data the rs 485 repeater technical data power supply ? rated voltage ? ripple 24 vdc 20.4 vdc to 28.8 vdc current consumption at rated voltage ? without load on pg/op socket ? load on pg/op socket (5 v/90 ma) ? load on pg/op socket (24 v/100 ma) 100 ma 130 ma 200 ma electrical isolation yes, 500 vac connection of fiber-opt ic conductors yes, v ia repeater adapters redundancy mode no transmission rate (automatically detected by the repeater) 9.6 kbps, 19.2 kbps, 45.45 kbps, 93.75 kbps, 187.5 kbps, 500 kbps, 1.5 mbps, 3 mbps, 6 mbps, 12 mbps degree of protection ip 20 dimensions w x h x d (mm) 45 x 128 x 67 weight (includes packaging) 350 g pin assignment of the sub-d connector (pg/op socket) view pin no. signal name designation 1 - - 2 m24v ground 24 v 3 rxd/txd-p data line b 4 rts request to send 5 m5v2 data reference pot ential (from station) 6 p5v2 supply plus (from station) 7 p24v 24 v 8 rxd/txd-n data line a 9 - - http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.4 technical data s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 413 block diagram of the rs 485 repeater bus segments 1 and 2 are electrically isolated. bus segment 2 and the pg/op sock et are electrically isolated. signals are amplified C between bus segments 1 and 2 C between pg/op socket and bus segment 2 3 | || $ % $
%
$ % $
%
2)) 21 2)) 21 0 0 /9 0 3( 0 /9 0 $ % 9 9 9 9 9 09 /rjln segment 1 segment 2 pg/op socket pg/op socket http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
rs 485 repeater 9.4 technical data s7-300 automation system module data 414 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 415 parameter sets of signal modules a a.1 principles of programming signal modules in the user program parameter assignment in the user program you have programmed the modules in step 7 . in the user program, you can use a sfc: to assign new parameters to the module, and transfer the parameters from the cpu to the addressed signal mo dule parameters are stored in data records the signal module parameters are written to data records 0 and 1; for certain analog input modules, these are also written to data record 128. editable parameters you can edit the parameters of data record 1, and then transfer these to the signal module using sfc55. the cpu parameters are not changed by this action! you cannot modify any parameters of data record 0 in the user p rogram. sfcs for programming sfcs available for programming signal modules in the user progr am: table a-1 sfcs for programming signal modules sfc no. identifier application 55 wr_parm transfer the programm able parameters (data record 1 and 28) to the addressed signal module. 56 wr_dparm transfer the parameters (data record 0, 1 or 128) from the cpu to the addressed signal module. 57 parm_mod transfer all parameters (data record 0, 1 and 128) from the cpu to the addressed signal module. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.2 parameters of digital io modules s7-300 automation system module data 416 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 description of the parameters the next chapters describe all modifiable parameters of the var ious module classes. for information on signal module parameters, refer to: the step 7 online help to this reference manual the chapters dealing with the vari ous signal modules also show you the corresponding configurable parameters. further references for detailed information on progr amming signal modules in the u ser program and on corresponding sfcs, refer to the step 7 manuals. a.2 parameters of digital io modules parameters the table below lists the parameters you can set for digital in put modules. note for details on parameters of programmable digital io modules, s ee the chapter dealing with the relevant module. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" using sfb53 "wrrec" (f or gsd, for example). parameters set in step 7 may also be transferred to the module using sfcs 56 and 57, an d sfb53 (refer to the step 7 ) online help). table a-2 parameters of digital io modules programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55, sfb53 ... pg input delay no yes diagnostics of missing encoder supply no yes wire-break diagnostics 0 no yes hardware interrupt enable yes yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes hardware interrupt at positive edge yes yes hardware interrupt at negative edge 1 yes yes http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.2 parameters of digital io modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 417 note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of digital input modules. you enable a parameter by setting a logical "1" at the correspo nding bit. +dugzduhlqwhuuxsw +dugzduhlqwhuuxsw rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqulvlqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs rqidoolqjhgjhdwfkdqqhojurxs qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh +dugzduhlqwhuuxswhqdeoh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure a-1 data record 1 for par ameters of digital input module s http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.3 parameters of digital output modules s7-300 automation system module data 418 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 see also diagnostics of digital modules (page 51) a.3 parameters of digital output modules parameters the table below contains all param eters you can set for digital output modules. note for details on the parameters of programmable digital io module s, see the chapter dealing with the relevant module. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" using sfb53 "wrrec" (f or gsd, for example). parameters set in step 7 may also be transferred to the module using sfcs 56 and 57, an d sfb53 (refer to the step 7 ) online help). table a-3 parameters of digital output modules programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55, sfb53 ... pg diagnostics of missing load voltage l+ no yes wire-break diagnostics no yes diagnostics of short-circuit to m no yes diagnosis of short-circuit to l+ 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes reaction to cpu stop yes yes set substitute value "1" 1 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.3 parameters of digital output modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 419 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of digital output modules. you enable a parameter by setting a logic "1" at the correspond ing bit of byte 0. 5hdfwlrqwr&386723 6xevwlwxwlrqydoxh 6xevwlwxwlrqydoxh ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho +rogodvwydolgydoxh 6hwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho ,qmhfwvxevwlwxwlrqydoxhlqwrfkdqqho qrwuhohydqw %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure a-2 data record 1 for par ameters of digital output modul es note the "hold last valid value" and "s et substitute value" paramete rs should only be enabled at byte 0 as an alternative. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.4 parameters of analog input modules s7-300 automation system module data 420 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 a.4 parameters of analog input modules parameters the table below lists all parame ters you can set for analog inp ut modules. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc56 and sfc57 (refer to the step 7 manuals). table a-4 parameters of analog input modules programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55 ... pg diagnostics: group diagnostics no yes diagnostics: with wirebreak monitoring no yes temperature unit no yes temperature coefficient no yes smoothing 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes hardware interrupt when limit exceeded yes yes end of cycle interrupt enable yes yes noise suppression yes yes measuring method yes yes measuring range yes yes high limit yes yes low limit 1 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.4 parameters of analog input modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 421 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of analog input modules. you enable a parameter by setting a logic "1" at the correspond ing bit of byte 0. %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq +dugzduhlqwhuuxswzkhqolplwh[fhhghg 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqhojurxs 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqhojurxs 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqhojurxs 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqhojurxs 6hh&rghwdeoh 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrqv riwkhdqdorjlqsxwprgxohv 6hh&rghwdeoh iruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh dqdorjlqsxwprgxohv &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs 0hdvxulqjudqjh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh 0hdvxulqjphwkrg 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh &\fohhqglqwhuuxswhqdeoh 1rwh)ruwkhfkdqqhojurxsvrqo\rqholplw ydoxhiruwkhuhvshfwlyhiluvwfkdqqholvvhw 8sshuolplwydoxhfkdqqho jurxsfkdqqho /rzhuolplwydoxhfkdqqho jurxsfkdqqho 8sshuolplwydoxhfkdqqho jurxsfkdqqho /rzhuolplwydoxhfkdqqho jurxsfkdqqho figure a-3 data record 1 for t he parameters o f analog input mod ules note the representation of limits ma tches the analog value represent ation (see chapter 4.) observe range limits when setting the limit values. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.4 parameters of analog input modules s7-300 automation system module data 422 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 noise suppression the table below contains the codi ng at byte 1 of data record 1 for the various frequencies (see the previous figure.) make allowances for the resultant in tegration time at each channel! table a-5 noise suppression codes of analog input modules noise suppression integration time code 400 hz 2,5 ms 2#00 60 hz 16,7 ms 2#01 50 hz 20 ms 2#10 10 hz 100 ms 2#11 measuring methods and ranges the table below shows all measur ing methods and ranges of the a nalog input module, including their codes. enter these codes at bytes 2 to 5 in dat a record 1 (refer to the previous figure.) note you may have to reposition a measuring range module of the anal og input module to suit the measuring range. table a-6 measuring range co des of analog input modules measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 80 mv 250 mv 500 mv 1 v 2.5 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v 25 mv 50 mv 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1010 2#1011 4-wire transducer 2#0010 3,2 ma 10 ma 0 to 20 ma 4 to 20 ma 20 ma 5 ma 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2-wire transducer 2#0011 4 to 20 ma 2#0011 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.4 parameters of analog input modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 423 measuring method code measuring range code resistance (4-wire connection) 2#0100 150 300 600 10 k 2#0010 2#0100 2#0110 2#1001 resistance 4-wire connection; 100 compensation 2#0110 52 to 148 250 400 700 2#0001 2#0011 2#0101 2#0111 thermal resistance + linearization 4-wire connection 2#1000 pt 100 klima ni 100 klima pt 100 standard range pt 200 standard range pt 500 standard range pt 1000 standard range ni 1000 standard range pt 200 klima pt 500 klima pt 1000 klima ni 1000 klima ni 100 standard range 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1001 2#1011 thermocouples with internal comparator 2#1010 thermocouples with external comparison 2#1011 thermocouples + linearization internal comparison 2#1101 thermocouples + linearization external comparison 2#1110 type b [ptrh - ptrh] type n [nicrsi-nisi] type e [nicr-cuni] type r [ptrh -pt] type s [ptrh -pt] type j [fe - cuni iec] type l [fe-cuni] type t [cu - cuni] type k [nicr-ni] type u [cu -cu ni] 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 see also analog modules (page 231) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data 424 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd parameters the table below shows all param eters you can set at analog inpu t module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc56 and sfc57 (refer to the step 7 manuals). table a-7 parameters o f sm 331; ai 8 x rtd programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55 ... pg diagnostics: group diagnostics no yes diagnostics: with wirebreak monitoring 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes hardware interrupt when limit exceeded yes yes end of cycle interrupt enable yes yes temperature unit 1 yes yes measuring method yes yes measuring range yes yes mode of operation yes yes temperature coefficient yes yes noise suppression yes yes smoothing yes yes high limit yes yes low limit 128 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 425 structure of data record 1 the diagram below shows the stru cture of data record 1 of sm 33 1; ai 8 x rtd. you enable a parameter by setting a logica l "1" at the corresponding bit. 7hpshudwxuhxqlw 'hjuhhv&hqwljudgh 'hjuhhv)dkuhqkhlw &\fohhqglqwhuuxswhqdeoh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh +dugzduhlqwhuuxswzkhqolplwh[fhhghg %\whvwrduhqrwdvvljqhg %\wh figure a-4 data record 1 for t he parameters of sm 331; ai 8 rt d http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data 426 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 128 the diagram below shows the stru cture of data record 128 of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd. 2shudwlqjprghvhh&rghwdeoh rshudwlqjprghvriwkh 60$, n 57' 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs 6hhfrghwdeoh 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrqv 60$, n 57' vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 57' 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 57' 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 57' 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 57' 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs rshudwlqjprghvriwkh60$, n 57' 7hpshudwxuhfrhiilflhqwfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruvprrwklqjriwkh60$, n 57' 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxs %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure a-5 data record 128 of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 427 figure a-6 data record 128 of s m 331; ai 8 x rtd (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data 428 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +lolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rolplwydoxh &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-7 data record 128 of s m 331; ai 8 x rtd (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 429 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-8 data record 128 of s m 331; ai 8 x rtd (continued) note the representation of limits ma tches the analog value represent ation. observe range limits when setting the limit values. modes of operation of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd the table below contains the codi ng at byte 0 of data record 12 8 for the various modes of operation (see the previous figure.) table a-8 operating mode coding of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd mode of operation coding 8 channels, hardware filter 2#00000000 8 channels, software filter 2#00000001 4 channels, hardware filter 2#00000010 interference frequency suppression at sm 331; ai 8 x rtd the table below contains the frequency codes to be entered at b yte 1 of data record 128 (see the previous figure.) the 50 hz, 60 hz and 400 hz only app ly to 8channel software filter mode. the 50 hz, 60 hz and 400 hz settings only apply to 4- and 8-channel hardware filter mode. table a-9 interference suppres sion coding of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd noise suppression code 400 hz 2#00 60 hz 2#01 50 hz 2#10 50/60/400 hz 2#11 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data 430 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 measuring methods and ranges of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd the table below shows all measur ing methods and ranges of the m odule, including their codes. enter these codes at the corresponding bytes of data rec ord 128 (see the figure data record 1 for the parameters of analog input modules ). table a-10 measuring range codes of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 resistance (4-wire connection) 2#0100 150 300 600 2#0010 2#0100 2#0110 resistance (3-wire connection) 2#0101 150 300 600 2#0010 2#0100 2#0110 thermal resistance + linearization 4-wire connection 2#1000 pt 100 climatic ni 100 climatic pt 100 standard ni 100 standard pt 500 standard pt 1000 standard ni 1000 standard pt 200 climatic pt 500 climatic pt 1000 climatic ni 1000 climatic pt 200 standard ni 120 standard ni 120 climatic cu 10 climatic cu 10 standard ni 200 standard ni 200 climatic ni 500 standard ni 500 climatic pt 10 gost climatic pt 10 gost standard pt 50 gost climatic pt 50 gost climatic pt 100 gost climatic pt 100 gost standard pt 500 gost climatic pt 500 gost standard cu 10 gost climatic cu 10 gost standard cu 50 gost climatic cu 50 gost standard cu 100 gost climatic cu 100 gost standard ni 100 gost climatic ni 100 gost standard 2#00000000 2#00000001 2#00000010 2#00000011 2#00000100 2#00000101 2#00000110 2#00000111 2#00001000 2#00001001 2#00001010 2#00001011 2#00001100 2#00001101 2#00001110 2#00001111 2#00010000 2#00010001 2#00010010 2#00010011 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1a 0x1b 0xc 0xd 0xe 0xf 0x20 0x30 0x22 0x23 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 431 measuring method code measuring range code thermal resistance + linearization 3-wire connection 2#1001 pt 100 climatic ni 100 climatic pt 100 standard ni 100 standard pt 500 standard pt 1000 standard ni 1000 standard pt 200 climatic pt 500 climatic pt 1000 climatic ni 1000 climatic pt 200 standard ni 120 standard ni 120 climatic cu 10 climatic cu 10 standard ni 200 standard ni 200 climatic ni 500 standard ni 500 climatic pt 10 gost climatic pt 10 gost standard pt 50 gost climatic pt 50 gost climatic pt 100 gost climatic pt 100 gost standard pt 500 gost climatic pt 500 gost standard cu 10 gost climatic cu 10 gost standard cu 50 gost climatic cu 50 gost standard cu 100 gost climatic cu 100 gost standard ni 100 gost climatic ni 100 gost standard 2#00000000 2#00000001 2#00000010 2#00000011 2#00000100 2#00000101 2#00000110 2#00000111 2#00001000 2#00001001 2#00001010 2#00001011 2#00001100 2#00001101 2#00001110 2#00001111 2#00010000 2#00010001 2#00010010 2#00010011 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1a 0x1b 0xc 0xd 0xe 0xf 0x20 0x30 0x22 0x23 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.5 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x rtd s7-300 automation system module data 432 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 temperature coefficient of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd the table below contains the temperature coefficient codes to b e entered at the corresponding byte of data record 128 (refer to the previous fi gure.) table a-11 temperature coefficient codes of sm 331; ai 8 x rtd temperature coefficient code pt 0.003850 ?/?/c (ipts-68) 2#0000 pt 0,003916 ?/?/c 2#0001 pt 0,003902 ?/?/c 2#0010 pt 0,003920 ?/?/c 2#0011 pt 0.003850 ?/?/c (its-90) 2#0100 pt 0,003910 ?/?/c 2#0101 pt 0.006170 ?/?/c 2#0111 ni 0,006180 ?/?/c 2#1000 ni 0,006720 ?/?/c 2#1001 0.005000 ?/?/ c (l g ni 1000) 2#1010 cu 0,004260 ?/?/c 2#1011 cu 0,004270 ?/?/c 2#1100 cu 0.004280 ?/?/c 2#1101 smoothing function at sm 331; ai 8 x rtd the table below lists all smoot hing codes to be entered at the corresponding byte of data record 128 (refer to the previous figure.) table a-12 smoothing codes at sm 331; ai 8 x rtd smoothing code none 2#00 low 2#01 average 2#10 high 2#11 see also analog modules (page 231) parameters of analog input modules (page 420) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 433 a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc parameters the table below shows all param eters you can set at analog inpu t module sm 331; ai 8 x tc. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc55 "wr_parm" parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc56 and sfc57 (refer to the step 7 manuals). table a-13 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55 ... pg diagnostics: group diagnostics no yes diagnostics: with wirebreak monitoring 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes hardware interrupt when limit exceeded yes yes end of cycle interrupt enable yes yes temperature unit 1 yes yes measuring method yes yes measuring range yes yes mode of operation yes yes reaction to open thermocouple yes yes noise suppression yes yes smoothing yes yes high limit yes yes low limit 128 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data 434 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 of sm 331 ; ai 8 x tc. you enable a parameter by setting a logical "1" at the corresponding bit. 7hpshudwxuhxqlw 'hjuhhv&hqwljudgh 'hjuhhv)dkuhqkhlw &\fohhqglqwhuuxswhqdeoh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh +dugzduhlqwhuuxswzkhqolplwh[fhhghg %\whvwrduhqrwdvvljqhg %\wh figure a-9 data record 1 for t he parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x t c http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 435 structure of data record 128 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 128 of sm 3 31; ai 8 x tc. 2shudwlqjprghvh h&rglqjvwdeoh rshudwlqjprghvriwkh 60$, n 7& 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs 6hh&rglqjvwdeoh 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrqv 60$, n 7& vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruuhvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohriwkh 60$, n 7& 5hvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxsvhhfrghwdeohiru vprrwklqjriwkh60$, n 7& %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure a-10 fig. a-10 data recor d 128 of sm 331; ai 8 x tc (con tinued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data 436 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n 7& 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruuhvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohriwkh 60$, n 7& 5hvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxsvhhfrghwdeohiru vprrwklqjriwkh60$, n 7& vhhfrghwdeohiruuhvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohriwkh 60$, n 7& 5hvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxsvh hfrghwdeohiruvprrwklqj riwkh60$, n 7& %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh vhhfrghwdeohiruuhvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohriwkh60 $, n 7& 5hvsrqvhwrrshqwkhuprfrxsohfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxsvh hfrghwdeohiruvprrwklqj riwkh60$, n 7& %\wh figure a-11 data record 128 o f sm 331; ai 8 tc (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 437 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-12 data record 128 o f sm 331; ai 8 tc (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data 438 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-13 data record 128 o f sm 331; ai 8 tc (continued) note the representation of limits ma tches the analog value represent ation. observe range limits when setting the limit values. modes of operation of sm 331; ai 8 x tc the table below contains the codi ng at byte 0 of data record 12 8 for the various modes of operation (see the previous figure.) table a-14 operating mode codes of sm 331; ai 8 x tc operating mode coding 8 channels, hardware filter 2#00000000 8 channels, software filter 2#00000001 4 channels, hardware filter 2#00000010 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 439 interference frequency suppression at sm 331; ai 8 x tc the table below contains the frequency codes to be entered at b yte 1 of data record 128 (see the previous figure.) the 400 hz, 60 hz and 50 hz settings only apply to 8channel software filter mode. the 50 hz , 60 hz and 400 hz settings only apply to 4- and 8-channel hardware filter mode. table a-15 noise suppression codes of sm 331; ai 8 x tc noise suppression code 400 hz 2#00 60 hz 2#01 50 hz 2#10 50/60/400 hz 2#11 measuring methods and ranges of sm 331; ai 8 x tc the table below shows all measur ing methods and ranges of the m odule, including their codes. enter these codes at the corresponding bytes of data rec ord 128 (see the figure data record 1 for the parameters of analog input modules ). table a-16 measuring range codes of sm 331; ai 8 x tc measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 (thermocouple, linear, 0 c refe rence temperature) 2#1010 b n e r s j l t k u c txk/xk(l) 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1010 2#1011 (thermocouple, linear, 50 c ref erence temperature) 2#1011 b n e r s j l t k u c txk/xk(l) 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1010 2#1011 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.6 parameters of sm 331; ai 8 tc s7-300 automation system module data 440 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 measuring method code measuring range code thermocouple, linear, internal comparison 2#1101 b n e r s j l t k u c txk/xk(l) 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1010 2#1011 thermocouple, linear, external comparison 2#1110 b n e r s j l t k u c txk/xk(l) 2#0000 2#0001 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 2#0101 2#0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 2#1010 2#1011 reaction to open thermocouple at sm 331; ai 8 x tc the table below lists the codes for the reaction to an open the rmocouple to enter at the corresponding byte of data record 128 (refer the previoius figu re.) table a-17 codes of the reaction to open thermocouple of sm 331 ; ai 8 x tc reaction to open thermocouple code overflow 2#0 underflow 2#1 smoothing of sm 331; ai 8 x tc the table below lists all smoot hing codes to be entered at the corresponding byte of data record 128 (refer to the previous figure.) table a-18 smoothing codes at sm 331; ai 8 x tc smoothing code none 2#00 low 2#01 average 2#10 high 2#11 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.7 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 441 see also analog modules (page 231) parameters of analog input modules (page 420) a.7 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of the analog input module. you enable a parameter by setting a logical "1" at the correspo nding bit in byte 0. %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh 7hpshudwxuhphdvxuhphqw 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 7hpshudwxuhfrhiilflhqwfkdqqhovdqg 7hpshudwxuhfrhiilflhqwfkdqqhovdqg 7hpshudwxuhfrhiilflhqwfkdqqhovdqg 7hpshudwxuhfrhiilflhqwfkdqqhovdqg 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrgdqgphdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho 0hdvxulqjphwkrg 0hdvxulqjudqjh figure a-14 data record 1 for t he parameters o f analog input mo dules http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.7 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit s7-300 automation system module data 442 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 temperature measurement the table below lists the temper ature measurement codes to be e nterd at byte 0 of data record 1 (see the previous figure.) table a-19 temperature measur ement codes of the analog input mo dule temperature unit for linearization code degrees centigrade 2#0000 0000 degrees fahrenheit 2#0000 1000 kelvin 2#0001 0000 noise suppression the table below contains the frequency codes to be entered at b yte 1 of data record 1 (see the previous figure.) make allowances for the resultant integra tion time at each module! table a-20 noise suppression codes of the anal og input module noise suppression integration time code 60 hz 50 ms 2#01 50 hz 60 ms 2#10 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.7 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 13 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 443 measuring methods and ranges the table below contains all the measuring methods and ranges o f the analog input module, including their codes. enter thes e codes at bytes 2 to 13 in da ta record 1 (refer to the previous figure.) note the front connector of the analog input module must be wired in accordance with the measuring range! table a-21 measuring ranges c odes of the analog input module measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 50 mv 500 mv 1 v 5 v 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v 2#1011 2#0011 2#0100 2# 0110 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 current 2#0010 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 resistance 2#0101 600 ? 6 k? 2#0110 2#1000 thermoelectric resistance (linear) 2#1001 pt 100 klima pt 100 standard ni 100 klima ni 100 standard ni 1000 / lg-ni 1000 klima ni 1000 / lg-ni 1000 st andard 2#0000 2#0010 2#0001 2#0011 2#1010 2#0110 temperature coefficient the table below lists the temper ature coefficient codes to be e ntered at bytes 10 to 13 of data record (refer to previous figure.) table a-22 temperature measur ement codes of the analog input mo dule temperature coefficient measuring range code pt 0.003850 ?/?/c (its-90) pt 100 2#0100 ni 0,006180 ?/?/c ni 100 / ni 1000 2#1000 ni 0.005000 ?/?/c lg-ni 1000 2#1010 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data 444 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit parameters the table below shows all paramet ers you can set for electrical ly isolated analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x bit. this comparison shows which specific method you can use to configure the various parameters: sfc55 "wr_parm" step 7 programming device parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc56 or sfc57. table a-23 parameters for the electrically isolated analog inpu t module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit configurable using... parameters data record no. ... sfc55 ...programming device diagnostics: group diagnostics no yes diagnostics: with wirebreak monitoring 0 no yes hardware interrupt when limit exceeded yes yes diagnostics interrup t enable yes yes end-of-cycle alarm enable 1 yes yes module operating mode yes yes noise suppression yes yes measuring method yes yes measuring range yes yes smoothing yes yes high limit yes yes low limit 128 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 445 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of the electrically isolated analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit. you enable a parameter by setting a logical "1" at the correspo nding bit in byte 0. &\fohhqglqwhuuxswhqdeoh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh +dugzduhlqwhuuxswzkhqolplwh[fhhghg %\whvwrduhqrwdvvljqhg %\wh %lwqxpehu figure a-15 data record 1 for par ameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 b it http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data 446 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 128 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 128 for the parameters of the electrically isolated analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit. 2shudwlqjprghvhhfrghwdeohiru rshudwlqjprghvriwkh60$, n elw 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq &kdqqhojurxs %lwqxpehu &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs 6hhfrghwdeohiru 1rlvhvxssuhvvlrq riwkh60$, n elw vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhvprrwklqjvhwwlqjvriwkh 60$, n elw vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxs %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh figure a-16 data record 128 for parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 447 vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjphwkrgfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh 60$, n elw 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhvprrwklqjvhwwlqjvriwkh 60$, n elw vhhfrghwdeohiruphdvxulqjudqjhvriwkh60 $, n elw 0hdvxulqjudqjhfkdqqhojurxs 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxs vhhfrghwdeohiruvprrwklqjvhwwlqjvriwkh60$, n elw 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxs %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh vhhfrghwdeohiruwkhvprrwklqjvhwwlqjvriwkh 60$, n elw 6prrwklqjfkdqqhojurxs %\wh figure a-17 data record 128 for parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data 448 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-18 data record 128 for parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit (continued) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 449 %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljk%\wh /rz%\wh +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho +ljkolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho /rzolplw &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqho figure a-19 data record 128 for parameters of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit (continued) note the representation of limits ma tches the analog value represent ation. observe range limits when setting the limit values. module operating modes the table below lists the operat ing mode codes to be entered at byte 0 of data record 128 (see the previous figure.) table a-24 operating mode c odes of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit module operating mode code 8 channels 2#00000000 4 channels 2#00000001 noise suppression the table below lists the frequenc y codes to be entered at byte 1 of data record 128 (see the previous figure.) 4-channel mode only works if 50 hz, 60 hz and 400 hz noise suppression is set. table a-25 noise suppression co des of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit noise suppression code 400 hz 2#00 60 hz 2#01 50 hz 2#10 50 hz, 60 hz and 400 hz 2#11 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.8 parameters of analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit s7-300 automation system module data 450 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 measuring methods and ranges the table below lists the measur ing ranges of the electrically isolated analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit. the table below shows the measuring meth od and range codes. enter these codes according to the re quired measuring range at the re levant byte of data record 128 (see previous figure.) table a-26 measuring range co des of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 5 v 1 v to 5 v 10 v 2#0110 2#0111 2#1001 current (4-wire transducer) 2#0010 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 settings of input smoothing the table below lists the smoothing settings of the electricall y isolated analog input module sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit. enter thes e codes according to the requi red smoothing at the relevant byte of data record 128 ( see previous figure.) table a-27 smoothing codes of sm 331; ai 8 x 16 bit smoothing settings code none 2#00 low 2#01 average 2#10 high 2#11 see also analog modules (page 231) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.9 parameters of analog output modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 451 a.9 parameters of analog output modules parameters the table below lists all para meters you can set for analog out put modules. the comparison shows: which parameters you can edit in step 7 , and which parameters you can change using sfc55 "wr_parm". parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the m odule using sfc56 and sfc57. table a-28 parameters of analog output modules programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc55 ... pg diagnostics: group diagnostics 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes reaction to cpu stop yes yes output type yes yes output range yes yes substitute value 1 yes yes note to enable diagnostic interrupts in the user program at data rec ord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.9 parameters of analog output modules s7-300 automation system module data 452 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of analog output modules. you enable diagnostics in terrupts by setting a logic "1" at the corresponding bit of byte 0. %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh 5hdfwlrqwr&386723 2xwsxwfkdqqhojurxs 2xwsxwfkdqqhojurxs 2xwsxwfkdqqhojurxs 2xwsxwfkdqqhojurxs 2xwsxwvdw]hur fxuuhqwyrowdjh uhwdlqodvwydoxh 6hhfrghwdeohiru wkhrxwsxwudqjhvriwkh dqdorjrxwsxwprgxohv &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs &kdqqhojurxs 2xwsxwudqjh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh kljke\wh orze\wh 2xwsxww\sh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh 5hsodfhphqwydoxhfkdqqhojurxs 5hsodfhphqwydoxhfkdqqhojurxs 5hsodfhphqwydoxhfkdqqhojurxs 5hsodfhphqwydoxhfkdqqhojurxs figure a-20 data record 1 for t he parameters o f analog output m odules http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.10 parameters of analog output module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 453 output types and output ranges the table below lists all out put types/ranges of the analog out put modules, including their codes. enter these codes at bytes 2 to 5 in data record 1 (refe r to the previous figure.) table a-29 output range codes of analog output modules output type code ou tput range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 current 2#0010 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 see also analog modules (page 231) a.10 parameters of analog output module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit parameters the table below shows all paramet ers you can set at analog outp ut module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit. the comparison shows: which parameters you can edit in step 7 , and which parameters you can change using sfc 55 "wr_parm". parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc 56 and sfc 57. table a-30 parameters o f sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc 55 ... pg diagnostics: group diagnostics 0 no yes diagnostics interrupt enable yes yes reaction to cpu stop yes yes output type yes yes output range 1 yes yes note to enable diagnostics interrupts in the user program at data re cord 1, you first need to enable diagnostics at data record 0 in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.10 parameters of analog output module sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit s7-300 automation system module data 454 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bit. you enable diagnostics in terrupts by setting a logic "1" at the corresponding bit of byte 0. %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh 5hdfwlrqwr&386723 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwfkdqqho %\wh 2xwsxwfkdqqho %\wh 2xwsxwfkdqqho %\wh 2xwsxwfkdqqho %\wh 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwvdw]hur fxuuhqwyrowdjh uhwdlqodvwydoxh &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho 6hhfrghwdeohiruwkh rxwsxwudqjhvriwkh dqdorjrxwsxwprgxoh 60$2 n elw 2xwsxwudqjh 2xwsxww\sh 'ldjqrvwlfvlqwhuuxswhqdeoh %\whvwrduhqrwdvvljqhg figure a-21 data record 1 for t he parameters o f analog output m odules http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.11 parameters of analog io modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 455 output type and output range the table lists the output types/ ranges of sm 332; ao 8 x 12 bi t, including their codes. enter these codes at bytes 2 to 9 in data record 1 (refer to the prev ious figure.) table a-31 output range codes o f analog output module sm 332; a o 8 x 12 bit output type code ou tput range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 1 v to 5 v 0 v to 10 v 10 v 2#0111 2#1000 2#1001 current 2#0010 0 ma to 20 ma 4 ma to 20 ma 20 ma 2#0010 2#0011 2#0100 a.11 parameters of analog io modules parameters the table below lists all parame ters you can set for analog io modules. the comparison illustrates t he parameters you can edit: in step 7 using sfc 55 "wr_parm" parameters set in step 7 can also be transferred to the module using sfc 56 and sfc 57 (refer to the step 7 manuals). table a-32 parameters of analog io modules programmabl e, using ... parameters data record number ... sfc 55 ... pg measuring method yes yes measuring range yes yes integration time yes yes output type yes yes output range 1 yes yes http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.11 parameters of analog io modules s7-300 automation system module data 456 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 structure of data record 1 the figure below shows the struct ure of data record 1 for the p arameters of analog io modules. you enable a parameter by setting a logic "1" at the correspond ing bit of byte 0. %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh ,qwhjudwlrqwlph 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqho 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqho 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqho 0hdvxuhphqwfkdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho &kdqqho 0hdvxulqjudqjh 0hdvxulqjphwkrg %\wh %\wh %\wh %\wh 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwfkdqqho 2xwsxwudqjh 2xwsxww\sh 6hwwkhvdphsdudphwhuviru doowkhfkdqqhov qrwuhohydqw qrwuhohydqw figure a-22 data record 1 for the parameters of analog io modul es http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.11 parameters of analog io modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 457 measuring methods and ranges the table below lists all measuring methods/ranges of analog io modules, including their codes. enter these codes at bytes 2 to 5 in data record 1 (refe r to the previous figure.) table a-33 measuring range codes of analog io modules measuring method code measuring range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 0 v to 10 v 2#1000 resistance (4-wire connection) 2#0100 10 k 2#1001 thermal resistance + linearizat ion 4-wire connection 2#1000 pt 100 klima 2#0000 output types and output ranges the table below lists all out put types/ranges of analog io modu les, including their codes. enter these codes at bytes 6 and 7 of data record 1 (refer to t he previous figure.) table a-34 output range codes of analog io modules output type code ou tput range code disabled 2#0000 disabled 2#0000 voltage 2#0001 0 v to 10 v 2#1000 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
parameter sets of signal modules a.11 parameters of analog io modules s7-300 automation system module data 458 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 459 diagnostics data of signal modules b b.1 evaluating diagnostic data of s ignal modules in the user progra m introduction this appendix describes the diag nostic data stru cture in system data. you should be sufficiently familiar with this s tructure if you want to evalua te the diagnostics data of the signal module in the step 7 user program. diagnostics data are saved to data records module diagnostic data may have a maximum length of 16 bytes an d are stored in data records 0 and 1: data record 0 (ds0) contains 4 b ytes of diagnostics data descri bing the current state of an automation system. data record 1 contains the 4 byte s of diagnostic data which are also available in data record 0 and up to 12 bytes of module-specific diagnostics data. further references for detailed information on the evaluation of the diagnostics d ata of signal modules in the user program and on corres ponding sfcs, refer to the step 7 manuals. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.2 structure and content of d iagnostics data bytes 0 to 7 s7-300 automation system module data 460 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 b.2 structure and content of diagnos tics data bytes 0 to 7 introduction the section below describes t he structure and content of the va rious bytes in diagnostics data. general rule: an error is i ndicated by a logic "1" at the relevant bit. bytes 0 and 1 0rgxohhuuru ,qwhuqdohuuru ([whuqdohuuru &kdqqhohuuru ([whuqdodx[loldu\srzhuplvvlqj )urqwfrqqhfwruplvvlqj 0rgxohqrwsdudphwhul]hg ,qfruuhfwprgxohsdudphwhuv 0rgxohfodvv ,ghqwlilhu $qdorjprgxoh &38 )xqfwlrqprgxoh &3 'ljlwdoprgxoh &kdqqholqirupdwlrqdydlodeoh 8vhulqirupdwlrqdydlodeoh %\wh %\wh figure b-1 bytes 0 and 1 of diagnostics data module classes the table below lists the module class ids (bits 0 to 3 in byte 1). table b-1 module class ids id module class 0101 analog module 0110 cpu 1000 function module 1100 cp 1111 digital module http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.2 structure and content of diagnostics data bytes 0 to 7 s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 461 bytes 2 and 3 ,qfruuhfwruplvvlqjphdvxulqjudqjhprgxohiru dqdorjprgxohv &rppxqlfdwlrqhuuru 2shudwlqjvwdwh 581 6723 &\fohwlphprqlwrulqjwuljjhuhg ,qwhuqdoprgxohsrzhuidloxuh %dwwhu\orz %dfnxsidloxuh %\wh 5dfnidloxuh 3urfhvvruidloxuh (3520huuru 5$0huuru $'&'$&huuru )xvheorzq 3urfhvvlqwhuuxsworvw %\wh figure b-2 bytes 2 and 3 of diagnostics data http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.2 structure and content of d iagnostics data bytes 0 to 7 s7-300 automation system module data 462 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 bytes 4 to 7 &kdqqho w\sh %'ljlwdolqsxw %$qdorjlqsxw %'ljlwdorxwsxw %$qdorjrxwsxw $gglwlrqdofkdqqhow\sh dydlodeoh" qr \hv 1xpehurigldjqrvwlfelwv rxwsxwshufkdqqhodwwkhprgxoh %\wh %\wh 1xpehurilghqwlfdofkdqqhov ridprgxoh %\wh (uurudwfkdqqhorufkdqqhojurxs (uurudwfkdqqhorufkdqqhojurxs (uurudwfkdqqhorufkdqqhojurxs (uurudwfkdqqhorufkdqqhojurxs %\wh figure b-3 bytes 4 to 7 of diagnostics data http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.3 channel -specific diagnostics data, starting at byte 8 s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 463 b.3 channel-specific diagnostics data, starting at byte 8 introduction data record 1 contains the channel-specific diagnostic data, st arting at bytes 8 to 15. the figures below show the assignm ent of the diagnostics byte of a module-specific channel or channel group. general rule: an error is indicated by a logic " 1" at the relevant bit. for information on possible err or causes and troubleshooting ro utines, refer to the chapter "module diagnostics." digital input channel of sm 321; di 16 x dc 24 v; with process and diagnostics interrupt )dxow\frqiljxudwlrqsdudphwhuv *urxqgidxow 6kruwflufxlwwr/ 6kruwflufxlwwr0 :luheuhdn (qfrghuvxsso\plvvlqj figure b-4 diagnostics byte for a digital input channel of sm 3 21; di 16 x dc 24 v digital output channel of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a; with di agnostics interrupt )dxow\frqiljxudwlrqsdudphwhuv *urxqgidxow 6kruwflufxlwwr/ 6kruwflufxlwwr0 :luheuhdn ([whuqdoordgyrowdjhplvvlqj 2yhuwhpshudwxuh figure b-5 diagnostics byte for a digital output channel of sm 322; do 8 x dc 24 v/0,5 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.3 channel -specific diagnosti cs data, starting at byte 8 s7-300 automation system module data 464 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 analog input channel of sm 331 modules with diagnostics functio ns )dxow\frqiljxudwlrqsdudphwhuv &rpprqprghhuuru 6kruwflufxlwwr/ 6kruwflufxlwwr0 :luheuhdn 5hihuhqfhfkdqqhohuuru 8qghuiorz 2yhuiorz figure b-6 diagnostics byte of an analog input channel of an sm 331 module with diagnostics functions analog input channel of the sm 332 module with diagnostics func tions )dxow\frqiljxudwlrqsdudphwhuv &rpprqprghhuuru 6kruwflufxlwwr/ 6kruwflufxlwwr0 :luheuhdn ([whuqdoordgyrowdjhplvvlqj figure b-7 diagnostics byte of an analog input channel of an sm 332 module with diagnostics functions http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.4 diagnostics data of sm 338; pos-input s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 465 b.4 diagnostics data of sm 338; pos-input introduction the next section desc ribes the structure and contents of the va rious bytes in diagnostic data of the position detection module sm 338; pos-input. general rul e: an error is indicated by a logic "1" at the relevant bit. for information on possible err or causes and troubleshooting ro utines, refer to the chapter position detection module sm 338; pos-input . bytes 0 and 1 0rgxohhuuru ,qwhuqdohuuru ([whuqdohuuru &kdqqhohuuru 0rgxohqrwsurjudpphg :urqjsdudphwhuvlqwkhprgxoh 0rgxohfodvv+ &kdqqholqirupdwlrqdydlodeoh %\wh %\wh figure b-8 bytes 0 and 1 in dia gnostics data of sm 338; pos-inp ut http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
diagnostics data of signal modules b.4 diagnostics data of sm 338; pos-input s7-300 automation system module data 466 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 bytes 2 to 7 &kdqqhow\sh+60326,1387 %\wh 6fdqwlphprqlwruwuljjhuhg qrwuhohydqw %\wh %\wh 1xpehurigldjqrvwlfvelwvwkdwwkhprgxoh rxwsxwvshufkdqqhoelwvorqj %\wh 1xpehurilghqwlfdofkdqqhov shuprgxohfkdqqhov %\wh &kdqqhohuurufkdqqho &kdqqhohuurufkdqqho &kdqqhohuurufkdqqho %\wh figure b-9 bytes 2 and 7 in dia gnostics data of sm 338; pos-inp ut bytes 8 to 10 data record 1 contains the channel-specific diagnostic data, st arting at bytes 8 to 10. the figure below shows the assignmen t of the diagnostic byte for a channel of sm 338; pos- input. &rqiljxulqj3dudphwhul]dwlrqhuuru lqwhuqdofkdqqhohuuru (qfrghuhuuruh[whuqdofkdqqhohuuru figure b-10 diagnostics byte for a channel of sm 338; pos-input see also position detection module sm 338; p os-input;(6es7 338-4bc01-0ab 0) (page 383) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 467 dimensional drawings c introduction this appendix contains the dimensional drawings of the most imp ortant components of an s7-300. the specified dimensions are required to determine the dimensions of an s7-300 configuration. make allowances for the dimensions of an s7-300 configuration when you install the system in cabinets , control rooms, etc. this append ix does not include the dimensional drawings of s7-300 or m7-300 cp us, or of im 153-1. these are included in the relevant manuals. contents this appendix contains the dimensional drawings of the s7-300 c omponents listed below. mounting rails power supply modules interface modules signal modules accessories http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data 468 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails standard mounting rail 483 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 483 mm st andard rail. 15 24 19 7 35 11 8,7 482,6 163,9 155 figure c-1 dimensional drawin g of the 483 mm standard rail standard mounting rail 530 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 530 mm st andard rail. [ figure c-2 dimensional drawin g of the 530 mm standard rail http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 469 standard mounting rail 830 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 830 mm st andard rail. [ figure c-3 dimensional drawin g of the 830 mm standard rail standard mounting rail 2000 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 2000 mm s tandard rail. figure c-4 dimensional drawin g of the 2000 mm standard rail http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data 470 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mounting rail 160 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 160 mm mo unting rail. 0 figure c-5 dimensional drawing o f the mounting ra il with standa rd width of 160 mm. mounting rail 482.6 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 482.6 mm mounting rail. 0 figure c-6 dimensional drawing o f the mounting ra il with standa rd width of 482.6 mm. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 471 mounting rail 530 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 530 mm mo unting rail. 0 figure c-7 dimensional drawing o f the mounting ra il with standa rd width of 530 mm. mounting rail 830 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 830 mm mo unting rail. 0 figure c-8 dimensional drawing o f the mounting ra il with standa rd width of 830 mm. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data 472 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mounting rail 2000 mm the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the 2000 mm m ounting rail. figure c-9 dimensional drawing of the 2000 mm mounting rail mounting rail for the "insertion and removal" function the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the mounting rail for the "insertion and removal" function with active bu s module, s7-300 module and exp losion-proof partition. the mounting rail has a length of 482.6 mm or 530 mm. explosion-proof partition s7-300 module active bus module mounting rail for the "ins ertion and removal" function http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.1 dimensional drawings of the mounting rails s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 473 c.1.1 bus modules the figure below shows the dimension drawing of the active bus module for the "insertion and removal" function. bus modules bm ps/im (...7ha) bm im/im (...7hd) bm 2 x 40 (...7hb) bm 1 x 80 (...7hc) http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.2 dimensional drawings of the power supply modules s7-300 automation system module data 474 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 c.2 dimensional drawings of the power supply modules ps 307; 2 a the drawing below shows the dimensions of power supply module p s 307; 2 a. figure c-10 power supply module ps 307; 2 a ps 307; 5a the drawing below shows the dimensions of power supply module p s 307; 5 a. figure c-11 power supply module ps 307; 5 a http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.2 dimensional drawings of the power supply modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 475 ps 307; 10 a the drawing below shows the dimensions of power supply module p s 307; 10 a. figure c-12 power suppl y module ps 307; 10 a ps 307; 5 a with 313/314/315/ 315-2 dp cpu the figures below show the dimensional drawings of a configurat ion consisting of a power supply module ps 307; 5 a and a 313/314/315/315-2 dp cpu. obser ve the dimensions derived from the use of a power c onnector when wiring the ps 30 7; 5 a to the cpu. figure c-13 dimensional drawing of power supply module ps 307; 5 a with cpu 31 3/314/315/315-2 dp, front view http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.2 dimensional drawings of the power supply modules s7-300 automation system module data 476 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 ps 307; 5 a with 313/314/315/ 315-2 dp cpu the side view drawing below shows the dimensions of power suppl y module ps 307; 5 a with 313/314/315/315-2 dp cpu. figure c-14 dimensional drawing power supply module ps 307; 5 a with cpu 313/314/315/315-2 dp, side view http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.3 dimensional drawings of the interface modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 477 c.3 dimensional drawings of the interface modules im 360 the figure below shows the dimensional drawing of interface mod ule im 360. figure c-15 interface module im 360 im 361 the figure below shows the dimensional drawing of interface mod ule im 361. figure c-16 interface module im 361 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.3 dimensional drawings of the interface modules s7-300 automation system module data 478 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 im 365 the figure below shows the dimensional drawing of interface mod ule im 365. figure c-17 interface module im 365 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.4 dimensional drawings of the signal modules s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 479 c.4 dimensional drawings of the signal modules signal module the figure below shows the dimens ional drawing of the signal mo dule. the signal module design may differ. the specified dimensions a re always the same. figure c-18 signal module * with front door, elevated design http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.5 dimensional drawings of accessories s7-300 automation system module data 480 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 c.5 dimensional drawings of accessories shield connecting element the figure below shows the dimens ional drawing of the shield co nnecting element used two signal modules. figure c-19 2 signal modules wit h shield connecting element http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.5 dimensional dra wings of accessories s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 481 rs 485 repeater on standard rail the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the rs 485 re peater mounted on the standard rail. figure c-20 rs 485 repe ater on standard rail rs 485 repeater on standard rail the figure below shows the dim ensional drawing of the rs 485 re peater on an s7-300 mounting rail. figure c-21 rs 485 repe ater on standard rail http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dimensional drawings c.5 dimensional drawings of accessories s7-300 automation system module data 482 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 483 spare parts and accessories for s7-300 modules d spare parts the table below lists the s7-300 parts you can order separately or later. table d-1 accessories and spare parts s7-300 parts order number bus connector 6es7 390-0aa00-0aa0 power connector between power sup ply unit and cpu 6es7 390-7ba0 0-0aa0 labeling strip (10 items) ? for 8-/16channel modules ? for 32channel modules 6es7 392-2xx00-0aa0 6es7 392-2xx10-0aa0 labeling strips for printing ? for 16-channel modules (petrol) (light-beige) (yellow) (red) ? for 32-channel modules (petrol) (light-beige) (yellow) (red) 6es7 392-2ax00-0aa0 6es7 392-2bx00-0aa0 6es7 392-2cx00-0aa0 6es7 392-2dx00-0aa0 6es7 392-2ax10-0aa0 6es7 392-2bx10-0aa0 6es7 392-2cx10-0aa0 6es7 392-2dx10-0aa0 ? instructions for printing labelin g strips using p rint templates www.siemens.de/automat ion/csi/product contribution id: 11978022 slot number plate 6es7 912-0aa00-0aa0 front connector 20-pin ? screw technology (1 unit) ? screw technology (100 unit) ? spring clamp technology (1 unit) ? spring clamp technology (100 unit) 6es7 392-1aj00-0aa0 6es7 392-1aj00-1ab0 6es7 392-1bj00-0aa0 6es7 392-1bj00-1ab0 front connector 40-pin ? screw technology (1 unit) ? screw technology (100 unit) ? spring clamp technology (1 unit) ? spring clamp technology (100 unit) 6es7 392-1am00-0aa0 6es7 392-1am00-1ab0 6es7 392-1bm01-0aa0 6es7 392-1bm01-1ab0 front connector for 2 ribbon cable connections ? screw terminal technology ? cageclamp technology 6es7 921-3ab00-0aa0 6es7 921-3aa00-0aa0 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
spare parts and accessories for s7-300 modules s7-300 automation system module data 484 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 s7-300 parts order number front connector for 4 ribbon cable connections ? cageclamp technology 6es7 921-3aa20-0aa0 round-sheath ribbon cable (16-pole) ? unshielded 30 m ? unshielded 60 m ? shielded 30 m ? shielded 60 m 6es7 923-0cd00-0aa0 6es7 923-0cg00-0aa0 6es7 923-0cd00-0ba0 6es7 923-0cg00-0ba0 connectors, 16-pin, s et of 8 (insulation di splacement terminals ) 6es7 921-3be10-0aa0 shield connecting element 6es7 390-5aa00-0aa0 shield termina l element for ? 2 cables, each with a shie ld diameter of 2 to 6 mm ? 1 cable with a shield d iameter o f 3 to 8 mm ? 1 cable with a shield diameter of 4 to 13 mm 6es7 390-5ab00-0aa0 6es7 390-5ba00-0aa0 6es7 390-5ca00-0aa0 measuring range module for analog modules 6es7 974-0aa00-0aa0 fuse set for digita l output modules - 6es7 322-1ff01-0aa0 - 6es7 322-1fh00-0aa0 (contains 10 fuses and 2 fuse holders) 6es7 973-1hd00-0aa0 fuse set for digita l output module - 6es7 322-1cf00-0aa0 (contains 10 fuses) 6es7 973-1gc00-0aa0 connecting cable for im 360 and im 361, or im 361 and im 361 ? 1 m ? 2.5 m ? 5 m ? 10 m 6es7 368-3bb01-0aa0 6es7 368-3bc51-0aa0 6es7 368-3bf01-0aa0 6es7 368-3cb01-0aa0 front door, elevated design for 32- channel modules 6es7 328-0aa 00-7aa0 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 485 directive on handling electros tatic-sensitive devices (esd) e introduction in this appendix, we explain the meaning of "electrosta tic-sensitive devices" the precautions you must take whe n handling and wo rking with el ectrostatic sensitive modules. e.1 definition of esd definition all electronic modules are equipped with large-scale integrated ics or components. due to their design, these electronic e lements are highly sensitive to overvoltage, and thus to any electrostatic discharge. these e lectrostatic s ensitive d devices/ m odules are commonly abbreviated esd . the common international designation esd stands for e lectrostatic s ensitive d evice. esd modules are identified by the following symbol: caution esd devices can be destroyed by voltages well below the thresho ld of human perception. these static voltages develop w hen you touch a component or ele ctrical connection of a device without having drained the static charges present on you r body. the electrostatic discharge current may lead to l atent failure of a module, that is, this damage may not be significant immediately, but in operation may cause malfunction . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
directive on handling electrosta tic-sensitive devices (esd) e.2 electrostatic charge of the body s7-300 automation system module data 486 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 e.2 electrostatic charge of the body electrostatic charging any person with a non-conductive connection to the electrical p otential of its surroundings may be exposed to electrostatic charge. the figure below shows the maximum electrostatic voltage which may build up on a person coming into contact with the mate rials indicated. these values correspond to iec 801-2 specifications. n9 5hodwlyhdlu kxplglw\lq 9rowdjhlqn9 synthetic material wool antistatic materials, such as wood or concrete http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
directive on handling electros tatic-sensitive devices (esd) e.3 basic protective measures a gainst electrostatic discharge s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 487 e.3 basic protective measures against electrostatic discharge ensure sufficient grounding make sure all persons, workplaces and packaging are sufficientl y grounded when handling esd components. this prevents electrostatic charge. avoid direct contact you should only touch esd compon ents if unavoidable (for exampl e, during maintenance work). handle the modules witho ut touching any chip pins or pcb traces. in this way, the discharged energy can not affect the sensitive devices. discharge your body before you start taking any measurements on a module. do so by touching grounded metallic parts. a lways use grounded measuring instruments. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
directive on handling electrosta tic-sensitive devices (esd) e.3 basic protective measures a gainst electrostatic discharge s7-300 automation system module data 488 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 489 support & service f simatic technical support you can contact technical s upport for all a&d products: via the internet using the support request: http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request e-mail: adsupport@siemens.com phone: +49 (0) 180 5050 222 fax: +49 (0) 180 5050 223 further information about our te chnical support is available in the internet at www.siemens.com/aut omation/service service & support on the internet in addition to our documentation, we offer a comprehensive know ledge base online on the internet at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support there you will find: the latest product information, f aqs, downloads , tips and trick s. our newsletter, providing you with the latest information about your products. a knowledge manager to find the right documents for you. our bulletin board, where users a nd specialists share their kno wledge worldwide. your local contact partner for a utomation & drives in our partn er database information about field service , repairs, spare p arts and lots more under "services." additional support please contact your local siemens representative and offices if you have any questions about the products described in th is manual and do not find the right answers. find your contact partner at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner a signpost to the documentation o f the various simatic products and systems is available at: http://www.siemens.de/simatic-tech-doku-portal http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
support & service s7-300 automation system module data 490 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 training center siemens offers a range of course s to help you to get started wi th your s7-300 automation system. please contact your loca l training center, or the centr al training center in nuremberg, d -90327 germany. phone: +49 (911) 895-3200 http://www.sitrain.com http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 491 list of abbreviations g g.1 list of abbreviations abbreviations explanations ac alternating current adc analog-to-digital converter ai analog input ao analog output as automation system comp+ / - compensation li ne (positive / negative) cp communications processor cpu central proces sing unit of the plc dac digital-to-analog converter db data block dc direct current di digital input do digital output esd electrostatic sensitive devices emc electromagnetic compatibility eprom erasable programmable read-only memory ssv set substitution value fb function block fc function feprom flash erasable programmable read-only memory es encoder supply i+ measuring line for current input i c + / - constantcurrent line (positive negative) kv+ / - cold spot comparis on (positive / negative) l+ power supply 24 vdc hlv hold last valid value foc fiber-optic conductor m ground m+ / - measuring line ( positive / negative) m ana reference potential of the analog measuring circuit mpi multipoint interface http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
list of abbreviations g.1 list of abbreviations s7-300 automation system module data 492 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 abbreviations explanations ob organization block op operator panel os operator system p5v power supply for module logic pio process image of outputs pii process image of inputs pg programming device ps power supply q i : analog output current q v : analog output voltage ram random access memory r l : load impedance s + / - sensor line (positive / negative) sf "group error" led sfb system function block sfc system function sm signal module plc programmable logic controller ssi synchronous serial interface td hmi (text display) u+ measuring line for voltage input cmv common mode voltage viso potential difference between m ana and local ground sign sign http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 493 glossary 2-/3-/4-wire connection methods of connecting resistance thermomete rs / resista nces to the front connector of the module, or loads to the voltage output of an analog input modul e. 2-wire transducer (passive sensor) / 4-wire transducer (active sensor) type of transducer ( 2 -wire transducers: pow er supply via termi nals of the analog input module; 4-wire transducers: power supply via separate terminals of the transducer.) absolute encoder determines the distance traveled by reading a numerical value: when using absolute encoders with serial interface ( ssi), the path information is t ransferred synchronously and serially according to the ssi protocol (synchronous serial inte rface). address represents the identifier of a specific address or address rang e. examples: input i 12.1; flag word mw 25; data block db 3. backplane bus serial data bus for module interc ommunication, and power distri bution to the modules. bus connectors interconnect the modules. basic conversion time time required for the actual c oding of a channel (integration t ime, plus all times required by the internal control, i.e. the channel is fully processed when this time has expired. basic error limit represents the operational limi t at 25 c, relative the module' s rated range. basic execution time cycle time of an analog io module when all of its channels are enabled. equivalent to "number of channels x basic conversion time." http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data 494 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 bus a transfer medium that interconnects several nodes. data may be transferred in serial or parallel mode, using electrical or fiber-optic conductors. bus segment self-contained part of a bus syst em. bus segments are coupled b y means of repeater. cir plant changes in run (configuration in run) common mode voltage (cmv) the voltage common to all terminals of a group, measured betwee n this group and any reference point (usually ground potential.) communications processor programmable communications module, used for networking, ptp co upling, for example. compensating box can be used for temperature measurements using thermocouples co nnected to analog input modules. represents a compensation circuit used to compensate t emperature fluctuation at the reference junction. configuring refers to the selection and asse mbly of automation system compo nents, or to software installation and adaptation to a specific process (by programmi ng the modules, for example.) cp communications processor cpu central processing unit of the automation system. a cpu store s and executes the user program. it contains the operatin g system, memory, processing u nit and communications interfaces. cumulative current cumulative current of all output channels of a digital output m odule. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 495 cycle time denotes the time a cpu require s for a single execution of the user program. default setting a useful setting which is used whenever the user does not enter a different value. destruction limit permissible limit of the input v oltage / output current. the ac curacy of measurements may deteriorate if this limit is violated. if the destruction limit is considerably exceeded, this may destroy the internal measuring circuit. diagnostics generic term for system diagnostics, hardware error diagnosti cs, and user-specific diagnostics. diagnostics buffer the diagnostics buffer represents a backup memory in the cpu, u sed to store diagnostics events in their order of occurrence. in step 7 (plc module status ), the user can read data from th e diagnostics buffer to determine the precise cause of error. diagnostics data all diagnostics events are logged at the cpu and entered in d iagnostics buffer. if an error ob exists, the buffer is started. diagnostics interrupt module diagnostics function repor t errors to the cpu by means of diagnostics interrupts. the cpu operating system calls ob 82 when a diagnostics interru pt is generated. direct access denotes access of the cpu to a m odule via the backplane bus, while bypassing the process image. electrically disconnected the reference potential of the c ontrol and load voltage circuit s at electrically isolated io modules are isolated galvanica lly, for example, using optocoupl ers, relay contacts or transformers. io circuits can be connected to a common referenc e potential. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data 496 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 electrically interconnected the reference potential of the c ontrol and load voltage circuit s of non-isolated io modules are electrically interconnected. equipotential bonding electrical connection (equipotential conductor) of electrical e quipment and external conductive objects to the same or near to same potential, in or der to prevent the development of disturbance and da ngerous potentials between tho se objects. freeze step 7 parameter for the sm 338; p os-input position detection m odule. freeze is a control command (function), used to freeze actual encoder value s of sm 338. ground the conductive earth whose electr ical potential can be set equa l to zero at any point. ground potential may be differen t from zero in the area of grou nding electrodes. the term "reference ground" is frequently u sed to describe this situatio n. grounding grounding means, to connect an elec trically conductive componen t via an equipotential grounding system to a grounding electrode (one or several condu ctive components with low impedance contact to earth.) hardware interrupt function initiated by interrupt-triggering modules, based on sp ecific events in the process (high or low limit violated, module has completed cyclic conver sion of channels.) the hardware interrupt is repor ted to the cpu, the cpu executes the assigned organization block according to interrupt priority. hold last value (hlv) the module retains the last val ue output before the cpu went in to stop. input delay step 7 parameter for digital input modules. the input delay fun ction is used to suppress coupled disturbance. this includ es pulse-shaped disturbance wit hin the range from 0 ms to the set input delay the input delay tolerance is defined in the technical data of t he module. the length of suppressed pulse-shaped disturban ce is determined by the length of the input delay. the permissible input delay is determined by the line length be tween the encoder and the module. unshielded encoder suppl y lines of a grater length (mor e than 100 m) require a long delay setting. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 497 integration time step 7 parameter for analog input modules. the integration time is equivalent to the inverse value of the noise suppr ession frequency in ms. interface, multi-point mpi interrupt simatic s7 knows 28 different pri ority classes which control us er program execution. those priority classes also include hardware interrupts, for example. when an interrupt is generated, the operating system automatically calls an assigned ob which the user can program to trigger a specific action (at an fb for example.) interrupt, diagnostics diagnostics interrupt interrupt, end of cycle hardware interrupt interrupt, hardware hardware interrupt linearity error denotes the maximum deviation of the measured/output value from the ideal linear relationship between the measured/output signal and the digital value. defined as a percentage, relative to the ra ted range of the analog module. logic block a simatic s7 logic block contains elements of the step 7 user program. in contrast, a data block only contains data. a vailable logic blocks: organiza tion blocks (obs), function blocks (fbs), functions (fcs), system function blocks (sfbs), s ystem functions (sfcs). measuring range module modules installed on analog input modules for the adaptation to different measuring ranges. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data 498 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 mode of operation definition of this term: 1. selection of a cpu operating stat e using the mode selector swit ch or a pg 2. the type of program execution at the cpu 3. an analog input module parameter in step 7 monoflop time step 7 parameter for the sm 338; p os-input position detection m odule. the monoflop time is equivalent to interval between two ssi message frames ( absolute encoder.) mpi multi-point interface. simatic s 7 interface for programming dev ices. allows central access to remote programmable modules (cpus, cps), text displays und o perator panels. mpi nodes can intercommunicate. noise suppression step 7 parameter for analog input modules. the frequency of ac mains may corrupt measured values, in particular i n the low voltage ranges, and w hen thermocouples are being used. at this parameter , the user defines t he mains frequency p revailing on his system. ob organization block operating state operating states known to simatic s7 automation systems: stop, startup, run and stop. operational limit represents the measuring/output error of an analog module acros s the entire permissible temperature range, based on the module's rating. organization block obs form the interface between the cpu operating system and the user program. the sequential order of user program execution is defined in the or ganization blocks. parameters 1. tag of a code block 2. tag used to set one or several p roperties of a module. each mod ule is supplied with default parameters whic h users may edit in step 7 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 499 pg programming device process image the cpu saves the signal states of analog io modules to a proce ss image. we distinguish between the proc ess image of inputs (pii) and ou tputs (pio). the input modules read the process image o f inputs (pii) before the opera ting system executes the user program. the operat ing system transfers the process image of outputs (pio) to the output modules at the end of program execution. product version differentiates products of the sa me order number . the product v ersion is incremented in the case of upwards compatible enhanc ements of functionality, produ ction-specific changes (use of new components/parts), and fixes. programming device a programming device (pg) is a s pecial compact pc (personal com puter) suitable for use in industry. a pg is fully equipped for programming simatic automa tion systems. reaction to open thermocouple step 7 parameter for analog inpu t modules operating with thermo couples. this parameter defines whether the module outputs an "overflow" (7fffh) or "un derflow" (8000h) value when it detects an open thermocouple. reference junction when operating thermocouples on analog input modules: point of known temperature (for example, compensating box.) reference potential potential from which the voltage s of participating circuits are derived and measured. repeatability denotes the maximum deviation between measured/output values, i f the same input or output signal is repeatedly se t. repeatability re fers to the ra ted range of the module, and applies to its settled temperature state. repeater equipment used to amplify bus signals, and couple bus segment s across greater distances http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data 500 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 resolution number of bits representing the value of analog modules in bina ry format. the resolution is module-specific. it is also determi ned by the integration tim e of analog input modules. the precision of the measured value resolution increases with the l ength of the integration time. the maximum resolution is 16 bits + sign. restart at its restart (initiated by se tting the mode selector switch f rom stop to run, or after power on), the cpu first execu tes restart ob 100, and then cont inues with cyclic program execution (ob1.) during its restart, the cpu reads the proc ess image of inputs (pio), and then executes the step 7 user program, starti ng at the first statement in ob1 . retentivity data areas in data blocks (dbs) , timers, counters and flags are considered retentive if their content is not lost as a resu lt of restart or power off. scaling step 7 parameter for the sm 338; p os-input position detection m odule. scaling right- aligns the absolute encoder val ue in the address space; irrel evant places are discarded. segment bus segment sfc system function signal module signal modules (sms) form the interface between the process and the automation system. these are available as digit al and analog input/output and io m odules. smoothing step 7 parameter for analog input modules. the measured values are smoothed by digital filtering. users can select module-specific filter properties, i.e. none, low, medium or high. the time constant of the digital filter increases in proportion to the degree of smoothing. startup startup mode initiates the transi tion from stop to run mode. st artup can be triggered by setting the mode selector, by power on, or by an operator action on the programming device. s7-300 performs a restart. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 501 substitution value values output by faulty signal output modules to the process, o r used to substitute a process value of a faulty signal input module in the user program. users can program the substitute v alues in step 7 (hold last va lue, substitution value 0 or 1.) those values must be set a t the outputs when the cpu goes i nto stop. system diagnostics denotes the detection, evaluati on and reporting of error events within the automation system. examples of such errors a re: program errors, or module failure. system errors may be indicated by led displays, or in step 7 . system function a system function (s fc) is an integral function of the cpu oper ating system, and can be called in the step 7 user program as required. temperature coefficient step 7 parameter for analog input modul es, for temperature measuremen ts taken with resistance thermometers (rtd.) t he selected temperature coeffic ient is specific to the resistance thermometer bei ng used (to din standard.) temperature error denotes the drift of measured/out put values, caused by fluctuat ion of the ambient temperature at an analog module . it is defined in % per kelvin, relative to the rated range of the analog module. temperature error of internal compensation only applies to the measuremen t of thermocouples. defines the e rror to add to the actual temperature error, when "internal comparison" mode is selected. the error is defined either as a percentile value relative to the physical rated range of t he analog module, or as an absolute value in c. ungrounded no galvanic connection to ground potential user program contains statements, tags and dat a for processing signals which can control a plant or process. it is assigned to a pro grammable module (cpu, fm, for example) and can be organized in smaller units (blocks). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
glossary s7-300 automation system module data 502 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 wirebreak parameter in step 7 . a wirebreak check is used to m onitor line continuity between the encoder and input, or between the actuator and output. the modu le detects a wirebreak based on a current flow at the appr opriately programmed input/o utput. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 503 index 2 2-wire connection, 183 3 3-wire connection, 182 4 4-wire connection, 182 a absolute value encoder (ssi) sm 338, pos-input, 391 accessories, 483 additional support, 489 addressing sm 338, pos-input, 392 sm 331 technical data, 284 wiring diagram, 280 sm 331 parameters, 278 technical data, 274 sm 331 isochronous mode, 266 sm 331 measuring methods and ranges, 430 analog functions step 7 blocks, 231 analog input module sm 331, 279 sm 331, 269 causes of error and troubleshooting, 228 common-mode error, 228 configuration error, 228 diagnostics message in cluded in the measured value, 226 diagnostics messages, 227 electrically isolated, 174 load voltage missing, 228 measuring methods and ranges, 422 noise suppression, 422 non-isolated, 174 overflow, 228 parameters, 225, 420 programming error, 228 sm 331, ai 2 x 12 bit, 292 sm 331, ai 8 x 14 bit high speed, 258 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 238, 247 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 304 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 316 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 bit, 331 structure of data record 1, 421 underflow, 228 wirebreak, 228 wiring and connecting thermocouples, 185 analog io module parameters, 455 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit, 369 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit, 361 structure of data record 1, 456 analog io modules: measuring methods and ranges, 457 output types and output ranges, 457 analog module commissioning steps, 232 determination of the measuring error/output error, 220 diagnostics, 226 dimensional drawing, 479 group error led, 226 interrupts, 229 power failure, 218 programming, 225 reaction, 217 sf led, 226 analog output channel conversion time, 223 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 504 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 analog output module causes of error and troubleshooting, 228 configuration error, 228 diagnostics messages, 227 electrically isolated, 191 load voltage missing, 228 non-isolated, 191 output types and output ranges, 453 parameters, 451 programming error, 228 short-circuit to m, 228 sm 332, ao 2 x 12 bit, 354 sm 332, ao 4 x 12 bit, 347 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit, 338 structure of data record 1, 452 wirebreak, 228 wiring and connecting loads to a voltage output, 192 analog value conversion, 195 sign, 195 analog-to-digital conversion, 221 application in industrial environments, 16 in residential areas, 16 approval ce, 13 csa, 14 fm, 15 marine, 16 ul, 14 approvals standards, 13 auxiliary voltage missing sm 338, pos-input, 396 b basic error limit, 220 basic knowledge required, 3 burst pulses, 17 bytes 8 to 10 of diagnostic data for sm 338, 466 c cables for analog signals, 174, 190 causes of error and troubleshooting analog input module, 228 analog output module, 228 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a f, 151 sm 338, pos-input, 396 ce approval, 13 changes in the manual, 3 changes in the manual, 3 channel error sm 338, pos-input, 396 channel information available sm 338, pos-input, 396 channel-specific diagnostics, 463 code type sm 338, pos-input, 391 commissioning analog modules step sequence, 232 commissioning digital modules step sequence, 49 common-mode error analog input module, 228 compensating box, 187 wiring and connecting, 188 compensation external, 187 compensation internal, 187 configuration error analog input module, 228 analog output module, 228 sm 338, pos-input, 396 continuous shock, 21 conversion of analog values, 195 conversion time analog input channels, 221 analog output channel, 223 csa approval, 14 cycle time analog input channels, 221 analog output channels, 223 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 505 d data record for parameters, 415 data record 1 structure sm 331, 425 structure sm 332, 454 digital input module configuration, 417 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 441 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 445 structure analog input module, 421 structure analog output module, 452 structure digital output module, 419 structure of analog io module, 456 structure of sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 434 data record 128 structure sm 331, 426 structure of sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 435 definition electromagnetic compatibility, 17 degree of protection ip 20, 22 diagnostic interrupt sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 152 sm 338, pos-input, 397 diagnostic messages, 394 reading, 395 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 151 diagnostics of analog modules, 226 of digital modules, 51 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69 sm 338, pos-input, 394, 395 diagnostics data channel-specific, 463 data record, 459 channel-specific, for sm 338, 466 sm 338, pos-input, 465 diagnostics data entry, 219 diagnostics interrupt of analog modules, 229 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69, 73 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 137 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120, 124 diagnostics interrupt enable sm 338, pos-input, 391 diagnostics messages, 51, 226 of analog output modules, 227 of the analog input modules, 227 reading, 51, 226 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 121 digital i/o module sm 323, di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 157 sm 323, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 161 sm 327, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable, 165 structure of data record 1 of sm 327, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 170 digital input module parameters, 416 sm 321, di 16 x 24 vdc, with process and diagnostics interrupt, 63 sm 321, di 16 x ac 120/230 v, 83 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 59 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v high speed, 61 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, source input, 76 sm 321, di 16 x dc 48-125 v, 80 sm 321, di 16 x uc 24/48 v, 78 sm 321, di 32 x ac 120 v, 56 sm 321, di 32 x ac 120/230 v isol, 88 sm 321, di 32 x dc 24 v, 54 sm 321, di 8 x ac 120/230 v, 85 structure of data record 1, 417 digital module commissioning steps, 49 diagnostics, 51 dimensional drawing, 479 group error led, 51 programming, 50 sf led, 51 digital output module parameters, 418 sm 322, do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a, 109 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a, 97 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high speed, 100 sm 322, do 16 x uc 24/48 v, 103 sm 322, do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a, 93 sm 322, do 32 x dc 24 v/0,5 a, 90 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a, 128 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 132 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a with diagnostic interrupt, 115 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a, 112 sm 322, do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a, 124 structure of data record 1, 419 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 506 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 dimensional drawing, 467 analog module, 479 digital module, 479 interface module, 477 mounting rail, 468 power supply module ps 307, 474 ps 307, 474 rs 485 repeater, 481 shield connecting element, 480 signal module, 479 dm 370 technical data, 382 documentation structure position, 4 dummy module dm 370, 380 e edge, 69 electrically isolated transducers, 175 wiring and connecting, 175 electromagnetic compatibility, 17 electrostatic discharge, 17 emc, 17 emission of radio interference, 18 encoder error sm 338, pos-input, 396 eprom error sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 151 eprom fault sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 72 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 error of an analog module, 220 external auxiliary voltage missing sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 f fm approval, 15 freeze function sm 338, pos-input, 392 fuse blown sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 g general technical data, 13 grounded operation rs 485 repeater, 410 group error led analog module, 226 digital module, 51 sm 338, pos-input, 395 h hold last value sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120 hotline, 489 i identification code for australia, 15 iec 61131, 15 im 360 dimensional drawing, 477 interface module, 400 technical data, 401 im 361 dimensional drawing, 477 interface module, 402 technical data, 403 im 365 interface module, 404 technical data, 405 input delay sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69 insulation test, 22 interface module, 399 dimensional drawing, 477 im 360, 400 im 361, 402 im 365, 404 internal auxiliary voltage missing sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 internal error sm 338, pos-input, 396 internet, 489 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 507 interrupts enabling, 73, 123, 136, 151, 229, 396 of analog modules, 229 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 73 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 123 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 151 sm 338, pos-input, 396 interrupt-triggering channels sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 75 isochronous mode sm 331, 266 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 68 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit, 345 sm 338, 387 l load restrictions in hori zontal mounting position sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 137 load restrictions in vertical mounting position sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 137 load voltage l+ missing sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120, 122 load voltage missing analog input module, 228 analog output module, 228 m manual purpose, 3 marine approval, 16 measurement types and ranges sm 331, ai 2 x 12 bit, 300 sm 331, ai 8 x 12 bit, 288 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 277 sm 331, ai 8 x 14 bit high speed, 263 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 243, 252 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 309 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 324 measuring method analog input channels, 215 analog input module, 422 analog io modules:, 457 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 443 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 450 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 430 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 439 measuring range analog input module, 422 analog io modules:, 457 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 443 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 450 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 430 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 439 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit, 375 measuring range module, 215 changing the position, 216 measuring ranges analog input channels, 215 mechanical environmental conditions, 20, 25 mode of operation sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 429 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 438 module classes id, 460 module error sm 338, pos-input, 396 module not programmed sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 72 module overview, 233 digital modules, 44 other signal modules, 377 monoflop time sm 338, pos-input, 392 mounting rail dimensional drawing, 468 n no parameters sm 338, pos-input, 396 noise suppression analog input module, 422 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 442 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 449 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 429 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 439 non-isolated transducers, 177 wiring, 177 o ob40, 74, 229 start information, 230 ob82, 73, 124, 137, 152, 229 operating state of the cpu, 218 operational limit, 220 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 508 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 order number 6ag1 305-1ba80-0aa0, 27 6ag1 307-1ea80-0aa0, 34 6ag1 321-1bh02-2aa0, 59 6ag1 321-1bl00-2aa0, 54 6ag1 321-1ch20-2aa0, 80 6ag1 321-1ff01-2aa0, 85 6ag1 321-7bh01-2ab0, 63 6ag1 322-1bh01-2aa0, 97 6ag1 322-1cf00-2aa0, 124 6ag1 322-1ff01-2aa0, 128 6ag1 322-1hf10-2aa0, 152 6ag1 322-8bf00-2ab0, 115 6ag1 323-1bh01-2aa0, 161 6ag1 331-7kb02-2ab0, 292 6ag1 332-5hb01-2ab0, 354 6ag1 334-0ke00-2ab0, 369 6ag1 365-0ba01-2aa0, 404 6es7 307-1ba00-0aa0, 31 6es7 307-1ea00-0aa0, 34 6es7 307-1ka00-0aa0, 39 6es7 321-1bh02-0aa0, 59 6es7 321-1bh10-0aa0, 61 6es7 321-1bh50-0aa0, 76 6es7 321-1bl00-0aa0, 54 6es7 321-1ch00-0aa0, 78 6es7 321-1ch20-0aa0, 80 6es7 321-1el00-0aa0, 56 6es7 321-1ff01-0aa0, 85 6es7 321-1ff10-0aa0, 88 6es7 321-1fh00-0aa0, 83 6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0, 63 6es7 322-1bf01-0aa0, 112 6es7 322-1bh01-0aa0, 97 6es7 322-1bh10-0aa0, 100 6es7 322-1bl00-0aa0, 90 6es7 322-1cf00-0aa0, 124 6es7 322-1ff01-0aa0, 128 6es7 322-1fh00-0aa0, 109 6es7 322-1fl00-0aa0, 93 6es7 322-1hf01-0aa0, 141, 148 6es7 322-1hf10-0aa0, 152 6es7 322-1hh01-0aa0, 137 6es7 322-5ff00-0ab0, 132 6es7 322-5gh00-0ab0, 103 6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0, 145 6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0, 115 6es7 323-1bh01-0aa0, 161 6es7 323-1bl00-0aa0, 157 6es7 327-1bh00-0ab0, 165 6es7 331-1kf01-0ab0, 269 6es7 331-7hf00-0ab0, 258 6es7 331-7hf01-0ab0, 258 6es7 331-7kb02-0ab0, 292 6es7 331-7nf00-0ab0, 238 6es7 331-7nf10-0ab0, 247, 255 6es7 331-7pf01-0ab0, 304 6es7 331-7pf11-0ab0, 316 6es7 332-5hb01-0ab0, 354 6es7 332-5hd01-0ab0, 347 6es7 332-5hf00-0ab0, 331 6es7 334-0ce01-0aa0, 361 6es7 334-0ke00-0ab0, 369 6es7 338-4bc01-0ab0, 383 6es7 360-3aa01-0aa0, 400 6es7 361 3ca01-0aa0, 402 6es7 365-0ba01-0aa0, 404 6es7 370-0aa01-0aa0, 380 6es7 374-2xh01-0aa0, 378 6es7 972-0aa01-0xa0, 408 6es7331-7kf02-0ab0, 279, 297 6es7332-7nd02-0ab0, 338 output of analog values step 7 blocks, 231 output range analog io modules:, 457 analog output module, 453 sm 332, ao 2 x 12 bit, 359 sm 332, ao 4 x 12 bit, 352 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit, 343 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 bit, 336, 455 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit, 376 output type analog io modules:, 457 analog output module, 453 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 bit, 455 overflow analog input module, 228 p parameters sm 331, 278 analog input module, 225, 420 analog io module, 455 analog output module, 451 changing in the user program, 225 data record, 415 digital input module, 416 digital output module, 418 dynamic, 50, 225 editing in the user program, 50 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69 sm 322, do 16 x uc 24/48 v, 106 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 135 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 509 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 150 sm 327, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable, 169 sm 331, ai 2 x 12 bit, 302 sm 331, ai 8 x 12 bit, 290 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit, 244, 253, 264, 444 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 310, 424 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 325, 433 sm 332, ao 4 x 12 bit, 352 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit, 344 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 bit, 337, 359, 453 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit, 374 sm 338, pos-input, 391 static, 50, 225 parameters, incorrect sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 338, pos-input, 396 parm_mod sfc57, 415 pin assignment rs 485 repeater, 412 pos input module sm 338, 383 diagnostics data of sm 338 bytes 8 to 10, 466 position documentation structure, 4 position decoder module sm 338, pos-input, 383 power failure of the analog module, 218 power supply module, 27 ps 305 2 a, 27 ps 307 10 a, 39 ps 307 2 a, 31 ps 307 5 a, 34 power supply module ps 307 dimensional drawing, 474 process interrupt end of cycle, 230 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69, 74 when limit is exceeded, 229 process interrupt lost sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 72, 74 programming in user program, 415 of analog modules, 225 of digital modules, 50 programming error analog input module, 228 analog output module, 228 sm 338, pos-input, 396 protection class, 22 ps 305 2 a block diagram, 28 technical data, 30 wiring diagram, 28 ps 307 dimensional drawing, 474 ps 307 10 a main circuit diagram, 40 technical data, 41 wiring diagram, 39 ps 307 2 a main circuit diagram, 32 technical data, 33 wiring diagram, 31 ps 307 5 a main circuit diagram, 36 technical data, 37 wiring diagram, 35 pulseshaped disturbance, 17 r ram error sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 151 ram fault sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 72 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 reaction to open thermocouple sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 440 reading analog values step 7 blocks, 231 reference junction, 189 reference junction temperature for thermocouples compensating, 186 relay output module sm 322, do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v, 137 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v, 141 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/ 5 a, 152 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5a, 145 repeater see rs 485 repeater, 407 representation of analog values, 195 binary representation of input ranges, 197 binary representati on of output ranges, 212 for current measuring ranges, 199, 200 for voltage measuring ranges, 198, 199 for voltage output ranges, 213 in the current output ranges, 214 of resistance thermometers, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211 of resistive transducers, 200 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 510 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 resolution, 195 rs 485 repeater, 407 application, 408 definition, 408 design, 409 dimensional drawing, 481 grounded, 410 grounded operation, 410 installation rules, 408 ungrounded, 410 ungrounded operation, 410 s scaling sm 338, pos-input, 389, 392 sensor supply missing sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 service, 489 set substitute value sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120 set substitute value "1" sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120 sf led analog module, 226 digital module, 51 sm 338, pos-input, 395 sfc51, 73, 124, 137, 152, 229 sfc55 wr_parm, 415 sfc56 wr_dparm, 415 sfc57 parm_mod, 415 sfc59, 73, 124, 137, 152, 229 shield connecting element dimensional drawing, 480 shipping conditions, 19 shock, 21 short-circuit to l+ sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120, 122 short-circuit to m analog output module, 228 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120, 122 sign analog value, 195 sign posts for the manual, 5 signal module dimensional drawing, 479 signal modules, 377 simatic customer support hotline, 489 simulator module sm 374, in/out 16, 378 sinusoidal disturbance, 18 sm 321, di 16 x ac 120/230 v technical data, 84 wiring diagram, 83 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v causes of error and troubleshooting, 71 diagnostics, 69 diagnostics interrupt, 69, 73 eprom fault, 72 external auxiliary voltage missing, 71 fuse blown, 71 input delay, 69 internal auxiliary voltage missing, 71 interrupts, 73 interrupt-triggering channels, 75 isochronous mode, 68 module not programmed, 72 parameters, 69 parameters, incorrect, 71 process interrupt, 69, 74 process interrupt lost, 72, 74 ram fault, 72 redundant sensor supply, 65 sensor supply missing, 71 shunt circuit of the sensors, 65 technical data, 60 voltage type, 69 watchdog, 71 wiring diagram, 59 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v high speed technical data, 62 wiring diagram, 61 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, source input technical data, 77 wiring diagram, 76 sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, with process and diagnostics interrupt technical data, 65 wiring diagram, 64 sm 321, di 16 x dc 48-125 v technical data, 81 wiring diagram, 81 sm 321, di 16 x uc 24/48 v technical data, 79 wiring diagram, 78 sm 321, di 32 x ac 120 v technical data, 58 wiring diagram, 57 sm 321, di 32 x ac 120/230 v isol technical data, 89 wiring diagram, 88 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 511 sm 321, di 32 x dc 24 v technical data, 55 wiring diagram, 54 sm 321, di 8 x ac 120/230 v technical data, 86 wiring diagram, 86 sm 322, do 16 x ac 120/230 v/1 a technical data, 110 wiring diagram, 109 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a technical data, 98 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a high speed wiring diagram, 101 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a wiring diagram, 98 sm 322, do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a high speed technical data, 101 sm 322, do 16 x rel. ac 120/230 v technical data, 139 wiring diagram, 138 sm 322, do 16 x uc 24/48 v parameters, 106 technical data, 104 wiring diagram, 104 sm 322, do 32 x ac 120/230 v/1 a technical data, 95 wiring diagram, 94 sm 322, do 32 x dc 24 v/0,5 a technical data, 92 wiring diagram, 91 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a technical data, 129 wiring diagram, 129 sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol causes of error and troubleshooting, 136 diagnostics interrupt, 137 eprom fault, 136 interrupts, 136 load restrictions in horizontal mounting position, 137 load restrictions in vert ical mounting position, 137 parameters, 135 ram fault, 136 technical data, 133 watchdog timeout, 136 wiring diagram, 133 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a causes of error and troubleshooting, 122 diagnostics interrupt, 120, 124 diagnostics messages, 121 eprom fault, 122 external auxiliary voltage missing, 122 fuse blown, 122 hold last value, 120 internal auxiliary voltage missing, 122 interrupts, 123 load voltage l+ missing, 120, 122 parameters, 120 ram fault, 122 set substitute value, 120 set substitute value "1", 120 short-circuit to l+, 120, 122 short-circuit to m, 120, 122 watchdog, 122 wirebreak, 120, 122 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/ 0.5 a with diagnostic interrupt technical data, 117 wiring diagram, 116 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/2 a technical data, 113 wiring diagram, 113 sm 322, do 8 x dc 48-125 v/1.5 a technical data, 125 wiring diagram, 125 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v technical data, 142 wiring diagram, 142 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/ 5 a wiring diagram, 153 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5 a technical data, 154 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230 v/5a technical data, 147 wiring diagram, 146 sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a causes of error and troubleshooting, 151 diagnostic interrupt, 152 eprom error, 151 interrupts, 151 parameters, 150 ram error, 151 watchdog time-out, 151 sm 323, di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0,5 a wiring diagram, 158 sm 323, di 16/do 16 x dc 24 v/0.5 a technical data, 159 sm 323, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a technical data, 162 wiring diagram, 162 sm 327, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, programmable parameters, 169 technical data, 166 wiring diagram, 166 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 512 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 sm 331, ai 2 x 12 bit measurement types and ranges, 300 parameters, 302 technical data, 297 wiring diagram, 293 sm 331, ai 8 x 12 bit parameters, 290 sm 331, ai 8 x 12 bit measurement types and ranges, 288 sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit measurement types and ranges, 277 measuring methods and ranges, 443 noise suppression, 442, 443 structure of data record 1, 441 wiring diagram, 269 sm 331, ai 8 x 14 bit high speed measurement types and ranges, 263 technical data, 260 wiring diagram, 259 sm 331, ai 8 x 16 bit high-speed update of measured values, 238 measurement types and ranges, 243, 252 measuring methods and ranges, 450 noise suppression, 449 parameters, 244, 253, 264, 444 structure of data record 1, 445 technical data, 241, 249 wiring diagram, 248 sm 331, ai 8 x 16bit wiring diagram, 239 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd measurement types and ranges, 309 modes of operation, 429 noise suppression, 429 parameters, 310, 424 smoothing, 432 structure of data record 1, 425 structure of data record 128, 426 technical data, 306 temperature coefficient, 432 wiring diagram, 304 sm 331, ai 8 x tc measurement types and ranges, 324 measuring methods and ranges, 439 modes of operation, 438 noise suppression, 439 parameters, 325, 433 reaction to open thermocouple, 440 smoothing, 440 structure of data record 1, 434 structure of data record 128, 435 technical data, 319 wiring diagram, 317 sm 332, ao 2 x 12 bit output range, 359 technical data, 356 wiring diagram, 354 sm 332, ao 4 x 12 bit output range, 352 parameters, 352 technical data, 349 wiring diagram, 347 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit output range, 343 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit isochronous mode, 345 parameters, 344 technical data, 341 sm 332, ao 4 x 16 bit, isochrone wiring diagram, 339 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 wiring diagram, 332 sm 332, ao 8 x 12 bit output range, 336 output types and output ranges, 455 parameters, 337, 359, 453 structure of data record 1, 454 technical data, 333 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 12 bit measuring range, 375 output range, 376 parameters, 374 technical data, 371 wiring diagram, 369 sm 334, ai 4/ao 2 x 8/8 bit technical data, 365 sm 334, ai/ao 2 x 8/8 bit, isochrone wiring diagram, 361 sm 338 cyclic encoder value acquisition, 388 isochronous encoder value acquisition, 388 isochronous mode, 387 pos input module, 383 sm 338, pos-input absolute value encoder (ssi), 391 addressing, 392 auxiliary voltage missing, 396 causes of error and troubleshooting, 396 channel error, 396 channel information available, 396 channel-specific diagnostic data, 466 code type, 391 configuration error, 396 diagnostic interrupt, 397 diagnostics, 394 diagnostics data, 465 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 513 diagnostics interrupt enable, 391 encoder error, 396 external error, 396 freeze function, 392 group error led, 395 incorrect parameters, 396 internal error, 396 interrupts, 396 module error, 396 monoflop time, 392 no parameters, 396 programming error, 396 scaling, 389, 392 sf led, 395 technical data, 385 transmission rate, 391 watchdog time-out, 396 wiring diagram, 384 sm 374, in/out 16 technical data, 379 smoothing sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 432 sm 331, ai 8 x tc, 440 smoothing of analog input values, 222 spare parts, 483 standards and approvals, 13 step 7 blocks for analog functions, 231 storage conditions, 19 structure of data reco rd 1 of sm 327, di 8/do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a structure digital io module, 170 support, 489 t technical data electromagnetic compatibility, 17 rs 485 repeater, 412 shipping and storage conditions, 19 temperature, 19 temperature coefficient sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 443 sm 331, ai 8 x rtd, 432 temperature measurement sm 331, ai 8 x 13 bit, 442 test voltage, 22 thermocouple operating principle, 185 structure, 185 thermoelectric voltage, 185 training center, 490 transducers electrically isolated, 175 non-isolated, 177 transmission rate sm 338, pos-input, 391 u ul approval, 14 underflow analog input module, 228 ungrounded operation rs 485 repeater, 410 user program parameter assignment in, 415 v vibration, 21 voltage type sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 69 w watchdog sm 321, di 16 x dc 24 v, 71 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 122 watchdog timeout sm 322, do 8 x ac 120/230 v/2 a isol, 136 watchdog time-out sm 322, do 8 x rel. ac 230v/5a, 151 watchdog time-out sm 338, pos-input, 396 wirebreak analog input module, 228 analog output module, 228 sm 322, do 8 x dc 24 v/0.5 a, 120, 122 wiring and connecting loads to a voltage output an analog output module, 192 wiring and connecting thermocouples to analog input module, 185 wr_dparm sfc56, 415 wr_parm sfc55, 415 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
index s7-300 automation system module data 514 manual, 02/2007, a5e00105505-05 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
copyright 2004 by siemens ag a5e00201782-03 product information on the manual edition 12.2004 s7-300 programmable controller; module specifications, as of edition 02/2004 (a5e00105505) et 200m distributed i/o device signal modules for process automation, as of edition 10/2004 (a5e00085262) s7-300, et 200m programmable controller, modules with intrinsically-safe signals, as of edition 08/2003 (a5e00172008) introduction parameterizable signal modules of the s7-300 product family mentioned in this product information document can be reparameterized online using step7 hwconfig in run mode of the cpu. in other words, the module parameters can be changed without switching the cpu to stop mode or affecting other modules. the following prerequisites must be met in order to use this function: ? step7 as of version 5.2 ? distributed use of the s7-300 modules described in the s7-400 programmable controller (cpus as of v3.1 or cp 443-5 extended as of v5.0). ? use of the et 200m with the im 153-2 as of 6es7153-2ba00-0xb0 or 6es7153-2bb00-0xb0 ? use of the im 157 as of 6es7157-0aa82-0xa00 you will find a detailed description of the prerequisites and principles of operation in the manual modifying the system during operation via cir (visit http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support and enter the entry id: 14044916). http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
2 product information on the manual a5e00201782-03 reparameterization steps in run mode observe the reparameterization steps described in the above manual. note the peculiarities of certain modules described in the table. example 1: to change a measuring range for modules, proceed as follows: 1. change the user program so that the channel to be reparameterized is no longer evaluated, and download it to the cpu. 2. change the measuring range for the module in hwconfig, and download the changed configuration to the cpu. 3. adapt the user program to the changed channel, and download it to the cpu. example 2: when reparameterizing certain modules (see the table), you should ensure that there is no pending diagnostic event (e.g. a wire break message) before carrying out reparameterization, since otherwise it may happen in some cases that outgoing diagnostic events are no longer reported. as a result, the sf leds on the cpu, im, or module will continue to shine, for example, although the reparameterized module is working correctly. if such a situation does arise, however, the module must be removed and then plugged in again. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
3 product information on the manual a5e00201782-03 notes on the table there is a separate table for each manual that describes the technical specifications of the signal modules of the s7-300 product family. the ?behavior of the inputs/outputs? column indicates the behavior of the inputs/outputs when reparameterization is carried out in run mode, provided they are not affected by reparameterization. module behavior of the inputs/outputs peculiarities when reparameterizing s7-300 module specifications 6es7 321-7bh00-0ab0 6es7 321-7bh80-0ab0 sm 321; di 16 dc 24 v; with hardware interrupt and diagnostic interrupt supply the last valid process value before parameterization --- 6es7 321-7bh01-0ab0 sm 321; di 16 dc 24 v; with hardware interrupt and diagnostic interrupt, clocked 6es7 322-8bf00-0ab0 6es7 322-8bf80-0ab0 sm 322; do 8 dc 24 v/ 0.5 a; with diagnostic interrupt output the last valid output value before 6es7 322-5ff00-0ab0 sm 322;do 8 ac 120/230v/ 2a isol output value before parameterization --- 6es7 322-5gh00-0ab0 sm 322; do 16 uc 24/48v 6es7 322-5hf00-0ab0 sm 322; do 8 rel. ac 230v/5a 6es7 331-7nf00-0ab0 sm 331; ai 8 16 bit sf led shines: if there was a pending diagnosis before reparameterization, the sf leds (on the c) 6es7 331-7nf10-0ab0 sm 331; ai 8 16 bit supply the last valid process value before parameterization p,( cpu, im, or module) may still be shining although there is no longer a pending diagnosis and the module is working correctly 6es7 331-7pf00-0ab0 sm 331; ai 8 rtd parameterization correc tl y. remedy: ? only reparameterize when there is no pending diagnosis on the module or 6es7 331-7pf10-0ab0 sm 331; ai 8 tc pending diagnosis on the module, or ? remove the module, and then plug it in again http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
4 product information on the manual a5e00201782-03 module peculiarities when reparameterizing behavior of the inputs/outputs 6es7 332-5hd01-0ab0 sm 332; ao 4 12 bit output the last valid output value before ti ti sf led shines: if there was a pending diagnosis before reparameterization, the sf leds (on the cpu, im, or module) may still be shining although there is no longer a pending dia g nosis and the module is workin g 6es7 332-5hb01-0ab0 6es7 332-5hb81-0ab0 sm 332; ao 2 12 bit parameterization diagnosis and the module is working correctly. remedy: ? only reparameterize when there is no pending diagnosis on the module, or ? remove the module, and then plug it in again 6es7 332-5hf00-0ab0 sm 332; ao 8 12 bit --- 6es7 332-7nd00-0ab0 6es7 332-7nd01-0ab0 sm 332; ao 4 16 bit --- module behavior of the inputs/outputs peculiarities when reparameterizing et 200m signal modules for process automation (pcs7) 6es7 321-7th00-0ab0 sm 321; di 16 namur supply the last valid process value (including the value status) before parameterization sf led shines: if there was a pending diagnosis before reparameterization, the sf leds (on the cpu, im, or module) may still be shining although there is no longer a pending diagnosis and the module is working correctly. remedy: 6es7 322-8bh00-0ab0 sm 322; do 16 dc 24 v/0,5a output the last valid output value before parameterization remedy: ? only reparameterize when there is no pending diagnosis on the module, or ? remove the module, and then plug it in again http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
5 product information on the manual a5e00201782-03 module peculiarities when reparameterizing behavior of the inputs/outputs s7-300, et 200, i/o modules with intrinsically-safe signals 6es7 321-7rd00-0ab0 sm 321; di 4 namur supply the last valid process value before parameterization sf led shines: if there was a pending diagnosis before reparameterization, the sf leds (on the cpu, im, or module) may still be shining although there is no longer a pending diagnosis and the module is working correctly. remedy: ? only reparameterize when there is no pending diagnosis on the module, or ? remove the module, and then plug it in again 6es7 322 5rd00-0ab0 sm 322; do 4 15v/20ma output the last valid output value before parameterization 6es7 322-5sd00-0ab0 sm 322; do 4 24v/10ma parame t er i za ti on --- 6es7 331-7rd00-0ab0 sm 331; ai 4 0/4...20ma --- 6es7 331-7sf00-0ab0 sm 331; ai 8 tc/4 rtd supply the last valid process value before pa r a m ete riz at i o n --- 6es7 331-7tb00-0ab0 sm 331; ai 2 0/4...20ma hart parameterization --- 6es7 332-5rd00-0ab0 sm 332; ao 4 0/4...20ma output the last valid output value before parameterization sf led shines: if there was a pending diagnosis before reparameterization, the sf leds (on the cpu, im, or module) may still be shining although there is no longer a pending diagnosis and the module is working correctly. remedy: ? only reparameterize when there is no pending diagnosis on the module, or ? remove the module, and then plug it in again 6es7 332-5tb00-0ab0 sm 332; ao 2 0/4...20ma hart --- http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
6 product information on the manual a5e00201782-03 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
s copyright ? siemens ag 2006 siemens aktiengesellschaft a5e00352937-03 simatic product information 12/2006 use of subassemblies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area language titel page deutsch einsatz der baugruppen/module im explosionsgeschtzten bereich zone 2 2 english use of subassemblies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 5 fran?ais utilisation des modul es / coupleurs dans la zone risque d'explosion 2 8 espa?ol aplicacin de los mdulos / tarjetas en reas con peligro de explosin, zona 2 11 italiano impiego delle unit/moduli nell'area a pericolo di es plosione zona 2 14 nederlands gebruik van de componenten/mo dulen in het explosief gebied zone 2 17 dansk brug af komponenter/moduler i det eksplosionsfarlige omr?de zone 2 20 suomi rakenneryhmien/moduulien k?ytt? r?j?hdysvaarannetuilla alueilla, vy?hyke 2 23 svenska anv?ndning av komponentgrupperna/m odulerna i explosionsriskomr?de zon 2 26 portugus uso de grupos constr utivos/mdulos em rea expo sta ao perigo de explos?o 2 29 ??????? ??? ?? ????? ??????????? / ????? ? ??????? ?? ???? ????? , ?? 2 32 ? esky pou?it konstruk ? nch skupin / modul ? v prost ? ed s nebezpe ? m vybuchu zna 2 35 estnisch s?lmede/moodulite kasutamine plahvatusohtliku piirkonna tsoonis 2 38 latviski ier ? u/modu ? u pielietojums spr dzienb stamas teritorijas zon 2 41 lietuvi?ka konstrukcini ? grupi ? /moduli ? panaudojimas sprogioje 2 zonos aplinkoje 44 magya a f ? egysgek/modulok alkalmazsa a 2. zna robbansveszlyes k?rnyezetben 47 malti tqeg ? id tal-komponenti / modules fi ? - ? ona 2, fejn hemm riskju ta' splu ? joni 50 polski zastosowanie grup konstrukcyjnych / modu ? w w 2 strefie zagro ? enia wybuchem 53 slovensky pou?itie kon?truk ? nych skupn / modulov v prostred s nebezpe ? enstvom vybuchu zny 2 56 slovensko uporaba sklopov/modulov v eksplozivno ogro?enem obmo ? ju cone 2 59 trk?e patlama tehlikesi olan alan 2 b?lgesinde nite gruplar n n/modllerin kullan lmas 62 ????? ??????? ? ?????? ???? / ??? ? ??????? ??? ?? 2 65 roman ? utilizarea unit ?? ilor constructive/modulelor ?n domeniul cu poten ? ial exploziv din zona 2 68 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
deutsch 2 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 einsatz der baugruppen/module im explosions- gef?hrdeten bereich zone 2 zugelassene baugruppen/module nachfolgend finden sie wichtige hinweise fr die installation der baugruppen/module im explosionsgef?hrdeten bereich. die liste mit den zugelassenen baugruppen/module finden sie im internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/de/ geben sie auf dieser webseite (im suchfenster) die dazugeh?rige beitrags-id ein, siehe tabelle. fertigungsort / zulassung ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 nach en 60079-15 : 2003 prfnummer: siehe tabelle fertigungsort baugruppen/module prfnummer beitrags-id et 200s et 200s fehlersichere module kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m buskopplung dp/pa diagnoserepeater s7-300 fehlersichere baugruppen kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- busanschlussstecker kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 hinweis baugruppen/module mit der zulassung ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 drfen nur in simatic-systemen der ger?tekat egorie 3 eingesetzt werden. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
deutsch product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 3 a5e00352937-03 instandhaltung fr eine reparatur mssen die betroffene baugruppen/module an den fertigungsort geschickt werden. nur dort darf die reparatur durchgefhrt werden. besondere bedingungen fr: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. baugruppen/module mssen in ein geeignetes geh?use eingebaut werden. dieses geh?use muss mindestens die schutzart ip 54 (nach en 60529) gew?hrleisten. dabei sind die umgebung sbedingungen zu bercksichtigen, in denen das ger?t installiert wird. fr das geh?use muss eine herstellererkl?rung fr zone 2 vorliegen (gem?? en 60079-15). 2. wenn am kabel bzw. an der kabeleinfhrung dieses geh?uses unter betriebs- bedingungen eine temperatur > 70 c erreicht wird oder wenn unter betriebs- bedingungen die temperatur an der aderverzweigung > 80 c sein kann, mssen die temperatureigenschaften der kabel mit den tats?chlich gemessenen temperaturen bereinstimmen. 3. die eingesetzten kabeleinfhrungen mssen der gefordert en ip-schutzart und dem abschnitt 6.2 (gem?? en 60079-15) entsprechen. 4. es mssen ma?nahmen getroffen werden, dass die nennspannung durch transienten um nicht mehr als 40 % berschritten werden kann. besondere bedingungen fr kema 04 atex 1151x 1. die profibus-busanschlussstecker mss en so installiert we rden, dass sie vor mechanischer gefahr geschtzt sind. 2. wenn das eindringen von feuchtigkeit und staub nicht auszuschlie?en ist, sind die profibus-busanschlussstecker serie 6es7972-... in ein geeignetes geh?use einzubauen. dieses geh?use muss mindestens die schutzart ip 54 (nach en 60529) gew?hrleisten. 3. die profibus-busanschlussstecker m ssen mit den mitgelieferten schrauben vorschriftsgem?? befestigt werden. 4. das anschlie?en bzw. trennen von spannungsfhrenden leitern oder der bet?tigung ger?teschalter, z.b installations- oder wartungszwecken, ist nur erlaubt wenn sichergestellt ist, dass der bereich nicht explosionsgef?hrdet ist. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
deutsch 4 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 besondere bedingungen fr kema 05 atex 1137x 1. baugruppen/module mssen in ein geeignetes geh?use eingebaut werden. dieses geh?use muss mindestens die schutzart ip 54 (nach en 60529) gew?hrleisten. dabei sind die umgebung sbedingungen zu bercksichtigen, in denen das ger?t installiert wird. fr das geh?use muss eine herstellererkl?rung fr zone 2 vorliegen (gem?? en 60079-15). 2. wenn am kabel bzw. an der kabeleinfhrung dieses geh?uses unter betriebs- bedingungen eine temperatur > 70 c erreicht wird oder wenn unter betriebs- bedingungen die temperatur an der aderverzweigung > 80 c sein kann, mssen die temperatureigenschaften der kabel mit den tats?chlich gemessenen temperaturen bereinstimmen. 3. es mssen ma?nahmen getroffen werden, dass die nennspannung durch transienten um nicht mehr als 40 % berschritten werden kann. weitere informationen weitere informationen zu den baugruppen/modulen finden sie im dazugeh?rigen handbuch. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
english product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 5 use of subassemblies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area approved devices/modules below you will find important information on the installation of the subassemblies/modules in a hazardous area. you can find the list of approved devices/modules on the internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ enter the associated article id in the search window on this website, see table. production location / certification ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 to en 60079-15 : 2003 test number : see table below production location subassemblies/m odules test number article id et-200s et 200s fault-tolerant modules kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et-200m dp/pa bus interface diagnostics repeater s7-300 fault-tolerant modules kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus bus connector plug kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 note subassemblies/modules with ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 certification can only be used in simatic systems rated as category 3 equipment. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
english product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 6 maintenance if repair is necessary, the affected subass emblies/modules must be sent to the production location. repairs can only be carried out there. special conditions for: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. subassemblies/modules must be insta lled in an adequate housing. this must comply with the ip 54 degree of prot ection (according to en 60529) as a minimum. the environmental conditions under which the equipment is installed must be taken into account. there must be a manufacturer's declaration for zone 2 available for the housing (in accordance with en 60079-15). 2. if a temperature of > 70 c is reached in the cable or at the cable entry of this housing under operating conditions, or if a temperature of > 80 c can be reached at the junction of the condu ctors under operati ng conditions, the temperature-related properties of t he cables must correspond to the temperatures actually measured. 3. the cable entries used must comply with the required ip degree of protection and section 6.2 (in accordance with en 60079-15). 4. steps must be taken to ensure that the rated voltage through transients cannot be exceeded by more than 40 %. special conditions for kema 04 atex 1151x 1. the profibus bus connector plugs must be installed so that they are protected from mechanical hazards. 2. if the ingress of moisture and dust cannot be ruled out, the profibus bus connection plugs series 6es7972 ... are to be installed in a suitable housing. this housing must guarantee at least the protection type ip 54 (according to en 60529). 3. the profibus bus connection plugs must be attached according to instructions using the supplied screws. 4. the connecting or disconnecting of live conductors or operation of device switches, e.g. for installation or servicing purposes is only allowed when it has been ensured that the area is not explosive. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
english product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 7 special conditions for kema 05 atex 1137x 1. subassemblies/modules must be insta lled in an adequate housing. this must comply with the ip 54 degree of prot ection (according to en 60529) as a minimum. the environmental conditions under which the equipment is installed must be taken into account. there must be a manufacturer's declaration for zone 2 available for the housing (in accordance with en 60079-15). 2. if a temperature of > 70 c is reached in the cable or at the cable entry of this housing under operating conditions, or if a temperature of > 80 c can be reached at the junction of the condu ctors under operati ng conditions, the temperature-related properties of t he cables must correspond to the temperatures actually measured. 3. steps must be taken to ensure that the rated voltage through transients cannot be exceeded by more than 40 %. further information you can find further information on devic es/modules in the associated handbook. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
fran?ais 8 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 utilisation des modules / coupleurs dans la zone risque d'explosion 2 les modules de construction agrs vous trouverez ci-aprs des informations importantes pour l'installation de la station de priphrie dcentralise des modules / coupleurs dans la zone risque d'explosion. vous trouverez une liste de modules de construction agrs sur internet http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/fr/ entrez sur le site internet (dans la fent re de recherche), le numro d?identification correspondant de l?article, voir tableau. lieu de fabrication / homologation ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 selon en 60079-15 : 2003 numro de contr?le : voir tableau lieu de fabrication modules de construction numro de contr?le numro d?ident. de l?article et 200s et 200s fehlersichere module kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m buskopplung dp/pa diagnoserepeater s7-300 modules de scurit anti-erreurs kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus-connecteur de bus kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
fran?ais product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 9 a5e00352937-03 note les modules / coupleurs homologus ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 ne peuvent tre utiliss que dans des systm es simatic de catgorie 3. entretien si une rparation est ncessaire, le module / coupleur concern doit tre expdi au lieu de production. la rparation ne doit tre effectue qu'en ce lieu. conditions particulires pour : kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. les modules / coupleurs doivent tre installs dans un bo?tier appropri. celui- ci doit assurer au moins l'indice de protection ip 54 (selon en 60529). il faut alors tenir compte des conditions d' environnement dans lesquelles l'appareil est install. le bo?tier doit faire l?objet d?un e dclaration de conformit du fabricant pour la zone 2 (selon en 60079-15). 2. si dans les conditions d?exploitation, une temprature > 70 c est atteinte au niveau du cable ou de l?entre du cable dans ce bo?tier, ou bien si la temprature au niveau de la drivation des conducteurs peut tre > 80 c, les capacits de rsistance thermique des cables doivent corespondre aux tempratures effectivement mesures. 3. les entres de cables utilises doivent avoir le niveau de protection ip exig et tre conformes au paragraphe 6.2 (selon en 60079-15). 4. il faut prendre des mesures pour que la tension nominale ne puisse pas tre dpasse de plus de 40% sous l?influence de transitoires. conditions particulires pour kema 04 atex 1151x 1. les connecteurs de bus profibus doivent tre installs de manire ce qu?ils soient protgs contre les dangers d?ordre mcanique. 2. lorsqu?on ne peut viter l?infiltration de l?humidit et de la poussire, il est indispensable de monter le s connecteurs de bus profibus srie 6es7972-... dans un bo?tier appropri. ce bo?tier doit au moins rpondre aux exigences du type de protection ip 54 (d?aprs la norme en 60529). 3. les connecteurs de bus profibus do ivent tre fixs de manire conforme, avec leurs vis correspondantes, disponibles lors de la livraison des produits. 4. la connexion ou la sparation des conducteurs sous tension lectrique ou l?actionnement de commutateurs d?appareils comme par exemple lors des installations ou des maintenances n?est permise que lorsqu?on s?est assur que la zone n?est pas sujette des risques d?explosion. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
fran?ais 10 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 conditions particulires pour kema 05 atex 1137x 1. les modules / coupleurs doivent tre installs dans un bo?tier appropri. celui- ci doit assurer au moins l'indice de protection ip 54 (selon en 60529). il faut alors tenir compte des conditions d' environnement dans lesquelles l'appareil est install. le bo?tier doit faire l?objet d?un e dclaration de conformit du fabricant pour la zone 2 (selon en 60079-15). 2. si dans les conditions d?exploitation, une temprature > 70 c est atteinte au niveau du cable ou de l?entre du cable dans ce bo?tier, ou bien si la temprature au niveau de la drivation des conducteurs peut tre > 80 c, les capacits de rsistance thermique des cables doivent corespondre aux tempratures effectivement mesures. 3. il faut prendre des mesures pour que la tension nominale ne puisse pas tre dpasse de plus de 40% sous l?influence de transitoires. informations supplmentaires vous trouverez des informations supplmentaires sur les modules de construction dans le manuel correspondant. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
espa?ol product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 11 aplicacin de los mdulos / tarjetas en reas con peligro de explosin, zona 2 grupos / mdulos permitidos a continuacin encontrar importantes informaciones para la instalacin de los mdulos / tarjetas en reas con peligro de explosin. podr encontrar la lista con los grupos y mdulos en internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/es/ indique en esta pgina web (en la ventana de bsqueda) el id del artculo correspondiente, vase tabla. lugar de fabricacin / homologacin ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 segn la norma en 60079-15 : 2003 nmero de comprobacin: vase tabla lugar de fabricaci n mdulos / tarjetas nmero de comprobacin id del artculo et 200s grupos et 200s a prueba de fallos kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m acoplamiento de bus dp/pa repetidor de diagnstico grupos s7-300 a prueba de fallos kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany clavija de conexin de profibus kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii adaptador ts ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 nota los grupos y mdulos con la autorizacin ii 3 g eex na ii t3 . t6 slo podrn emplearse en sistemas simatic de la categora de equipos 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
espa?ol product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 12 mantenimiento para una reparacin se ha de remitir el mdulo / tarjeta afectado al lugar de fabricacin. slo all se puede realizar la reparacin. condiciones especiales para: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. los mdulos / tarjetas se han de montar en una carcasa apropiada. esta carcasa debe garantizar como mnimo el grado de proteccin ip 54 (conforme a en 60529). para ello se han de tener en cuenta las condiciones ambientales, en las cuales se instala el equipo. la caja deber contar con una declaracin del fabricante para la zona 2 (conforme a en 60079-15). 2. si durante la operacin se alcanzara una temperatura > 70 c en el cable o la entrada de cables de esta caja o bien una temperatura > 80 c en la bifurcacin de hilos, debern adaptarse la s propiedades trmicas de los cables a las temperaturas medidas efectivamente. 3. las entradas de cabl e utilizadas deben cumplir el grado de proteccin ip exigido y lo expuesto en el apartado 6.2 (conforme a en 60079-15). 4. es necesario adoptar las medidas necesarias para evitar que la tensin nominal pueda rebasar en ms del 40 % debido a efectos transitorios. condiciones especiales para kema 04 atex 1151x 1. las clavijas de conexin del prof ibus debern instalarse de tal modo que queden protegidas de cualquier peligro mecnico. 2. cuando no se pueda excluir la posibilidad de que la humedad y el polvo penetren en la clavija de conexin de l profibus serie 6es7972-... deber montarla en una carcasa adecuada. es ta carcasa deber garantizar como mnimo el tipo de proteccin ip 54 (segn en 60529). 3. las clavijas de conexin del prof ibus debern fijarse con los tornillos incluidos segn lo previsto. 4. la conexin o la desconexin de conductores con energa aplicada o la activacin de interruptores del aparato, p. ej., con fines de instalacin o mantenimiento, slo se permite si se garantiza que el rea no sea potencialmente explosiva. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
espa?ol product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 13 condiciones especiales para kema 05 atex 1137x 1. los mdulos / tarjetas se han de montar en una carcasa apropiada. esta carcasa debe garantizar como mnimo el grado de proteccin ip 54 (conforme a en 60529). para ello se han de tener en cuenta las condiciones ambientales, en las cuales se instala el equipo. la caja deber contar con una declaracin del fabricante para la zona 2 (conforme a en 60079-15). 2. si durante la operacin se alcanzara una temperatura > 70 c en el cable o la entrada de cables de esta caja o bien una temperatura > 80 c en la bifurcacin de hilos, debern adaptarse la s propiedades trmicas de los cables a las temperaturas medidas efectivamente. 3. es necesario adoptar las medidas necesarias para evitar que la tensin nominal pueda rebasar en ms del 40 % debido a efectos transitorios. otras informaciones encontrar otras informaciones relativas a los grupos y mdulos en el manual correspondiente. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
italiano product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 14 impiego di unit/moduli nell'area a pericolo di esplosione zona 2 unit/moduli omologati qui di seguito sono riportate delle avvertenze importanti per l'installazione delle unit/moduli nell'area a pericolo di esplosione. l'elenco di unit/moduli omologati reperibile in internet: http://support/automation. siemens.com/ww/view/it/ in questa pagina web (nella maschera di rice rca), inserire il relativo codice articolo, vedi tabella . luogo di produzione / omologazione ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 secondo en 60079-15 : 2003 numero di controllo: vedi tabella luogo di produzione unit/moduli numero di controllo codice articolo et 200s unit ad elevata sicurezza et 200s kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m accoppiamento di bus dp/pa repeater di diagnostica unit ad elevata sicurezza s7-300 kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany connettore bus profibus kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
italiano product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 15 avvertenza le unit/moduli con l'omologazione ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 possono essere impiegati solo nei sistemi simatic della categoria di apparecchiature 3. manutenzione per una riparazione, le unit/i moduli inte ressati devono essere inviati al luogo di produzione. la riparazione pu essere effettuata solo l. condizioni particolari per: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. le unit/i moduli devono essere montati in un contenitore adatto. questo contenitore deve assicurare almeno il tipo di protezione ip 54. in questo caso bisogna tenere conto delle condizioni ambientali nelle quali l'apparecchiatura viene installata. per il contenitore deve essere presente una dichiarazione del costruttore per la zona 2 (secondo en 60079-15). 2. se nei cavi o nel loro punto di ingresso in questo contenitore viene raggiunta in condizioni di esercizio una temperatura > 70 c o se in condizioni di esercizio la temperatura nella derivazione dei fili pu essere > 80 c, le caratteristiche di temperatura dei cavi devono essere conf ormi alla temperatura effettivamente misurata. 3. gli ingressi dei cavi usati devono essere conformi al tipo di protezione richiesto e alla sezione 6.2 (secondo en 60079-15). 4. devono essere prese delle misure per evitare che la tensione nominale possa essere superata per pi del 40% da parte di transienti. condizioni particolari per kema 04 atex 1151x 1. i connettori bus profibus devono essere installati in modo tale da non essere esposti a pericolo meccanico. 2. se impossibile escludere la penetrazione di umidit e polvere, i connettori bus profibus della serie 6es7972-? devono essere installati in un contenitore adatto. questo contenitore de ve essere conforme almeno al tipo di protezione ip 54 (secondo en 60529). 3. i connettori bus profibus devono essere assicurati mediante le viti allegate e secondo le disposizioni. 4. la connessione o l?interruzione di conduttori in tensione oppure l?azionamento di interruttori, per es. per eseguire l?installazione o la manutenzione, sono consentiti solo previa verifica dell'ass enza del pericolo di esplosione nell?area. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
italiano product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 16 condizioni particolari per kema 05 atex 1137x 1. le unit/i moduli devono essere montati in un contenitore adatto. questo contenitore deve assicurare almeno il tipo di protezione ip 54 (secondo en 60529). in questo caso bisogna tenere conto delle condizioni ambientali nelle quali l'apparecchiatura viene installata. per il contenitore deve essere presente una dichiarazione del costruttore per la zona 2 (secondo en 60079-15). 2. se nei cavi o nel loro punto di ingresso in questo contenitore viene raggiunta in condizioni di esercizio una temperatura > 70 c o se in condizioni di esercizio la temperatura nella derivazione dei fili pu essere > 80 c, le caratteristiche di temperatura dei cavi devono essere conf ormi alla temperatura effettivamente misurata. 3. devono essere prese delle misure per evitare che la tensione nominale possa essere superata per pi del 40% da parte di transienti. ulteriori informazioni ulteriori informazioni relative a unit/moduli sono reperibili nel relativo manuale. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
nederlands product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 17 gebruik van de componenten/modulen in het explosief gebied zone 2 toegelaten componenten/modulen hierna vindt u belangrijke aanwijzingen voor de installatie van de componenten/modulen in het explosief gebied. de lijst met de toegelaten componenten/modulens vindt u in het internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ voer op deze website (in het zoekvenster) de bijhorende bijdrage-id in, zie tabel. productieplaats / vergunning ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 conform en 60079-15 : 2003 keuringsnummer: zie tabel productieplaats componenten/modulen keuringsnummer bijdrage-id et 200s et 200s tegen fouten beveiligde componenten kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany s7-300 et 200 m buskoppeling dp/pa diagnoserepeater s7-300 tegen fouten beveiligde componenten kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 profibus- busaansluitstekker kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 opmerking componenten/modulen met de vergunning ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 mogen slechts worden gebruikt in simatic- systemen van de apparaatcategorie 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
nederlands product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 18 instandhouding voor een reparatie moeten de betreffende componenten/modulen naar de plaats van vervaardiging worden gestuurd. alleen daar mag de reparatie worden uitgevoerd. speciale voorwaarden voor: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. componenten/modulen moeten worden ingebouwd in een geschikte behuizing. deze behuizing moet minstens de veiligheidsgraad ip 54 waarborgen. hierbij dient rekening te worden gehouden met de omgevingsvoorwaarden waarin het apparaat wordt ge?nstalleerd. voor de behuizing dient een verklaring van de fabrikant voor zone 2 te worden ingediend (volgens en 60079-15). 2. als aan de kabel of aan de kabelinvoering van deze behuizing onder bedrijfsomstandigheden een temperatuur wordt bereikt > 70 c of als onder bedrijfsomstandigheden de temperatuur aan de adervertakking > 80 c kan zijn, moeten de temperatuureigenschap pen van de kabel overeenstemmen met de werkelijk gemeten temperaturen. 3. de aangebrachte kabelinvoeringen moeten de vereiste ip-veiligheidsgraad hebben en in overeenstemming zijn met alinea 6.2 (volgens en 60079-15). 4. er dienen maatregelen te worden getr offen, zodat de nominale spanning door transi?nten met niet meer dan 40 % kan worden overschreden. bijzondere voorwaarden voor kema 04 atex 1151x 1. de profibus-aansluitstekkers moeten dusdanig worden ge?nstalleerd, dat zij tegen mechanisch gevaar beschermd zijn. 2. als het binnendringen van vocht en stof niet kan worden uitgesloten, dienen de profibus-busaansluitstek kers van de serie 6es 7972-... in een geschikte behuizing te worden gemonteerd. deze behuizing moet minstens de veiligheidsgraad ip 54 (volgens en 60529) waarborgen. 3. de profibus-busaansluitstekkers moeten met de meegeleverde schroeven zoals voorgeschreven worden bevestigd. 4. het aansluiten of scheiden van span ningvoerende geleiders of het activeren van apparaatschakelaars, bijv.voor in stallatie- of onderhoudsdoeleinden, is slechts toegestaan als kan worden gewaar borgd dat het gebied niet explosief is. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
nederlands product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 19 bijzondere voorwaarden voor kema 05 atex 1137x 1. componenten/modulen moeten worden ingebouwd in een geschikte behuizing. deze behuizing moet minstens de veiligheidsgraad ip 54 waarborgen. hierbij dient rekening te worden gehouden met de omgevingsvoorwaarden waarin het apparaat wordt ge?nstalleerd. voor de behuizing dient een verklaring van de fabrikant voor zone 2 te worden ingediend (volgens en 60079-15). 2. als aan de kabel of aan de kabelinvoering van deze behuizing onder bedrijfsomstandigheden een temperatuur wordt bereikt > 70 c of als onder bedrijfsomstandigheden de temperatuur aan de adervertakking > 80 c kan zijn, moeten de temperatuureigensc happen van de kabel overeenstemmen met de werkelijk gemeten temperaturen. 3. er dienen maatregelen te worden getr offen, zodat de nominale spanning door transi?nten met niet meer dan 40 % kan worden overschreden. verdere informatie verdere informatie over de componenten/modulen vindt u in het bijhorende handboek. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dansk 20 product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 brug af komponenter/moduler i det eksplosionsfarlige omr?de zone 2 tilladte komponenter/moduler i det f?lgende findes vigtige henvisninger vedr. installation af komponenter/moduler i det eksplosionsfarlige omr?de. en liste med de tilladte komponenter/moduler findes p? internettet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ indtast p? denne webside (i s?gevinduet) det p?g?ldende bidrags-id, se tabel. produktionssted / godkendelse ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 efter en 60079-15 : 2003 kontrolnummer: se tabel produktionssted komponenter/moduler kontrolnummer bidrags-id et 200s et 200s fejlsikre komponenter kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m buskobling dp/pa diagnoserepeater s7-300 fejlsikre komponenter kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- busadapterstik kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 bem?rk komponenter/moduler med godkendelsen ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 m? kun monteres i simatic-systemer for udstyrskategori 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dansk product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 21 a5e00352937-03 vedligeholdelse hvis de p?g?ldende komponenter/moduler skal repareres, bedes de sende dem til produktionsstedet. reparation m? kun udf?res der. s?rlige betingelser for: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. komponenterne/modulerne skal monteres i et egnet kabinet. dette kabinet skal mindst kunne sikre beskyttelsesklasse ip 54 (efter en 60529). i denne forbindelse skal der tages h?jde for de omgivelsestemperaturer, i hvilke udstyret er installeret. der skal v?re udarbejdet en erkl?ring fra fabrikanten for kabinettet for zone 2 (iht. en 60079-15). 2. hvis kablet eller kabelindf?ringen p? dette kabinet n?r op p? en temperatur p? > 70 c under driftsbetingelser eller hv is temperaturen p? ?reforegreningen kan v?re > 80 c under driftsbetingelser, skal kablernes temperaturegenskaber stemme overens med de temperatur er, der rent faktisk m?les. 3. de benyttede kabelindf?ringer sk al v?re i overensstemmelse med den kr?vede ip-beskyttelsestype og af snit 6.2 (iht. en 60079-15). 4. der skal tr?ffes foranstaltninger, der s? rger for, at den nominelle sp?nding via transienter ikke kan overskrides mere end 40 %. s?rlige betingelser for kema 04 atex 1151x 1. profibus-busadapterstik skal insta lleres s?ledes, at de er sikret mod mekanisk fare. 2. hvis indtr?ngen af fugtighed og st?v ikke kan udelukkes, skal profibus- busadapterstik serie 6es7972-... monteres i et egnet kabinet. dette kabinet skal mindst kunne sikre beskyttelsesklasse ip 54 (efter en 60529). 3. profibus-busadapterstik skal fastg? res korrekt med de medleverede skruer. 4. tilslutning eller afbrydelse af sp?ndingsf?rende ledere eller betjening af apparatkontakter, f.eks. ved installation e ller vedligeholdelse, er kun tilladt, hvis det kan sikres, at omr?det ikke er eksplosionsfarligt. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
dansk 22 product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 besondere bedingungen fr kema 05 atex 1137x 1. komponenterne/modulerne skal monteres i et egnet kabinet. dette kabinet skal mindst kunne sikre beskyttelsesklasse ip 54 (efter en 60529). i denne forbindelse skal der tages h?jde for de omgivelsestemperaturer, i hvilke udstyret er installeret. der skal v?re udarbejdet en erkl?ring fra fabrikanten for kabinettet for zone 2 (iht. en 60079-15). 2. hvis kablet eller kabelindf?ringen p? dette kabinet n?r op p? en temperatur p? > 70 c under driftsbetingelser eller hv is temperaturen p? ?reforegreningen kan v?re > 80 c under driftsbetingelser, skal kablernes temperaturegenskaber stemme overens med de temperatur er, der rent faktisk m?les. 3. der skal tr?ffes foranstaltninger, der s? rger for, at den nominelle sp?nding via transienter ikke kan overskrides mere end 40 %. yderligere informationer yderligere informationer om komponenterne/modulerne findes i den p?g?ldende manual. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
suomi product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 23 a5e00352937-03 rakenneryhmien/moduulien k?ytt? r?j?hdysvaarannetuilla alueilla, vy?hyke 2 sallitut rakenneryhm?t/moduulit seuraavasta l?yd?tte t?rkeit? ohjeita rakenneryhmien/moduulien asennukseen r?j?hdysvaarannetuilla alueilla. uusi: luettelo sallituista rakenneryhmist?/moduuleista on internetiss?: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ sy?t? t?ll? internet-sivulla (hakuikkunassa) kyseinen k?ytt?j?tunnus (ks. taulukko). valmistuspaikka / hyv?ksynt? ii 3 g eex na ii t3 - t6 en 60079-15 : 2003 -standardin mukaan tarkastusnumero: katso taulukko valmistuspaikka rakenneryhm?t/ moduulit tarkastusnum ero k?ytt?j?- tunnus et 200s et 200s l?pi-iskuvarmat rakenneryhm?t kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m v?yl?kytkin dp/pa dignoositoistin s7-300 l?pi-iskuvarmat rakenneryhm?t kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens-stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- v?yl?liit?nt?pistoke 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies 24193554 ohje rakenneryhmi?/moduuleja hyv?ksynn?n ii 3 g eex na ii t3 - t6 kanssa saa k?ytt?? ainoastaan laitekategori an 3 simatic-j?rjestelmiss?. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
suomi 24 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 kunnossapito korjausta varten t?ytyy kyseinen rakenneryhm?/moduuli l?hett?? valmistuspaikkaan. korjaus voidaan suorittaa ainoastaan siell?. erityiset vaatimukset: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. rakenneryhm?t/moduulit t?ytyy asent aa sopivaan koteloon. t?m?n kotelon t?ytyy olla v?hint??n kotelointiluokan ip 54 mukaisia. t?ll?in on huomioitava ymp?rist?olosuhteet, johon laite asennetaan. kotelolle t?ytyy olla valmistajaselvitys vy?hykett? 2 varten (en 60079-15 mukaan). 2. kun johdolla tai t?m?n kotelon j ohdon sis??nviennill? saavutetaan > 70 c l?mp?tila tai kun k?ytt?olosuhteissa l?mp?tila voi piuhajaotuksella olla > 80 c, t?ytyy johdon l?mp?tilaominaisuuksien vastata todellisesti mitattuja l?mp?tiloja. 3. k?ytettyjen johtojen sis??nohjauksien t? ytyy olla vaaditun ip-kotelointiluokan ja kohdan 6.2 (en 60079-15 mukaan) mukaisia. 4. toimenpiteet t?ytyy suorittaa, ettei ni mellisj?nnite voi transienttien kautta ylitty? enemm?n kuin 40 %. erityiset vaatimukset rakenneryhmille kema 04 atex 1151x 1. profibus-v?yl?liit?nt?pistokkeet on asennettava niin, ett? ne on suojattu mekaaniselta vaaralta. 2. mik?li kosteuden ja p?lyn p??sy? laitt een sis??n ei voida poissulkea, sarjan 6es7972 profibus-v?yl?liit?nt ?pistokkeet on asennettava sopivaan koteloon. t?m?n kotelon on oltava v?hint??n kotelointiluokan ip 54 (en 60529) mukainen. 3. profibus-v?yl?liit?nt?pist okkeet on kiinnitett?v? m??r?ysten mukaisesti mukana toimitetuilla ruuveilla. 4. j?nnitett? johtavien johdinten liitt?minen ja irrottaminen tai laitekytkinten k?ytt?minen esimerkiksi asennus- tai h uoltotarkoituksiin on sallittu ainoastaan silloin, kun on varmistettu, ett? alue ei ole r?j?hdysherkk?. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
suomi product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 25 a5e00352937-03 erityiset vaatimukset rakenneryhmille kema 05 atex 1137x 1. rakenneryhm?t/moduulit t?ytyy asentaa sopivaan koteloon. t?m?n kotelon t?ytyy olla v?hint??n kotelointiluokan ip 54 mukaisia. t?ll?in on huomioitava ymp?rist?olosuhteet, johon laite asennetaan. kotelolle t?ytyy olla valmistajaselvitys vy?hykett? 2 varten (en 60079-15 mukaan). 2. kun johdolla tai t?m?n kotelon johd on sis??nviennill? saavutetaan > 70 c l?mp?tila tai kun k?ytt?olosuhteissa l?mp?tila voi piuhajaotuksella olla > 80 c, t?ytyy johdon l?mp?tilaominaisuuksien vastata todellisesti mitattuja l?mp?tiloja. 3. toimenpiteet t?ytyy suorittaa, ettei ni mellisj?nnite voi transienttien kautta ylitty? enemm?n kuin 40 %. lis?tietoja lis?tietoja rakenneryhmist?/ moduuleista on as ianomaisessa k?sikirjassa. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
svenska 26 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 anv?ndning av komponentgrupperna/modulerna i explosionsriskomr?de zon 2 till?tna komponentergrupper/moduler nedan f?ljer viktiga anvisningar om installationen av komponentgrupperna/modulerna i ett explosionsriskomr?de. en lista ?ver de till?tna komponentgrupperna/modulerna finns p? internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ange aktuellt bidrags-id p? webbplatsen (i s?kf?nstret), se tabell. tillverkningsort / godk?nnande ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 enligt en 60079 : 2003 kontrollnummer: se tabell tillverkningsort komponentgrupper/ moduler kontroll- nummer bidrags-id et 200s et 200s fels?kra moduler kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m busskoppling dp/pa diagnosrepeater s7-300 fels?kra komponentgrupper kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens-stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- bussanslutningskontakt kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m kontrollerade termineringsenheter kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 anvisning komponentgrupper/moduler med godk?nnande ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 f?r endast anv?ndas i simatic-sy stem i apparatgrupp 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
svenska product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 27 a5e00352937-03 underh?ll vid reparation m?ste den aktuella komponentgrupperna/modulerna ins?ndas till tillverkaren. reparationer f? r endast genomf?ras d?r. s?rskilda villkor f?r: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. komponentgrupperna/modulerna m?ste monteras i ett l?mpligt hus. huset m?ste minst vara av skyddsklass ip 54 (enligt en 60529). d?rvid ska omgivningsvillkoren d?r enheten insta lleras beaktas. f?r k?pan m?ste en tillverkardeklaration f?r zon 2 f?religga (enligt en 60079-15). 2. om en temperatur p? > 70c uppn?s vid husets kabel resp kabelinf?ring under driftvillkor eller om temperaturen vid tr?df?rgreningen kan vara > 80c under driftvillkor, m?ste kabelns temperat uregenskaper ?verensst?mma med den verkligen uppm?tta temperaturen. 3. de anv?nda kabelinf?ringarna m?ste uppfylla kraven i det kr?vda ip- skyddsutf?randet och i avsnitt 6.2 (enligt en 60079-15). 4. ?tg?rder m?ste vidtas s?, att m?rksp ?nningen ej kan ?verskridas med mer ?n 40 % genom transienter. s?rskilda villkor f?r kema 04 atex 1151x 1. profibus-bussanslutningskontakten ska installeras s? att den ?r skyddad mot mekaniska faror. 2. om det inte g?r att utesluta att fu kt och damm kan tr?nga in ska profibus- bussanslutningskontakten se rie 6es7972-... monteras i ett l?mpligt hus. huset m?ste vara av minst skyddsklass ip 54 (enligt en 60529). 3. profibus-bussanslutningskontakten m?ste f?stas enligt anvisningarna med de bifogade skruvarna. 4. anslutning och fr?nskiljning av sp?nni ngsf?rande ledare eller aktivering av enhetsbrytare vid t.ex. installation eller underh?ll f?r endast utf?ras om det ?r s?kerst?llt att det inte f?reli gger explosionsrisk i omr?det. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
svenska 28 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 s?rskilda villkor f?r kema 05 atex 1137x 1. komponentgrupperna/modulerna m?ste monteras i ett l?mpligt hus. huset m?ste minst vara av skyddsklass ip 54 (enligt en 60529). d?rvid ska omgivningsvillkoren d?r enheten insta lleras beaktas. f?r k?pan m?ste en tillverkardeklaration f?r zon 2 f?religga (enligt en 60079-15). 2. om en temperatur p? > 70c uppn?s vid husets kabel resp kabelinf?ring under driftvillkor eller om temperaturen vid tr?df?rgreningen kan vara > 80c under driftvillkor, m?ste kabelns temperat uregenskaper ?verensst?mma med den verkligen uppm?tta temperaturen. 3. ?tg?rder m?ste vidtas s?, att m?rksp ?nningen ej kan ?verskridas med mer ?n 40 % genom transienter. ytterligare information ytterligare information om komponentgrupperna/modulerna finns i tillh?rande handbok. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
portugus product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 29 uso de grupos construtivos/mdulos em rea exposta ao perigo de explos?o 2 grupos construtivos/mdulos permitidos a seguir, o encontrar avisos importantes para a instala??o de grupos construtivos/ mdulos em rea exposta ao perigo de explos?o. a lista com os grupos construtivos/mdul os autorizados encontram-se na internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ insira nesta pgina de web (na jenal de busca) o respectivo nmero de id, veja a tabela . local de produ??o / licen?a ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 seg. en 60079-15 : 2003 nmero de ensaio : veja a tabela local de produ??o grupos construtivos/mdulos n de ensaio n de id et 200s et 200s grupos construtivos protegidos contra erro kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m acoplador bus dp/pa repetidor de diagnstico s7-300 grupos construtivos protegidos contra erro kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg alemanha ficha de conex?o do bus profibus kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe alemanha et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 aviso os grupos construtivos/mdulos com a licen?a ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 s podem ser aplicados em sistemas simatic da categoria de aparelho 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
portugus product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 30 reparo os grupos construtivos/mdulos em quest?o devem ser remetidos para o local de produ??o a fim de que seja realizado o reparo. apenas l deve ser efectuado o reparo. condi??es especiais para: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. os grupos construtivos/mdulos devem ser montados em uma caixa adequada. esta caixa deve garantir no mnimo o tipo de protec??o ip 54 (seg. en 60529). durante este trabalho dever?o ser levados em considera??o as condi??es locais, nas quais o aparelho ser instalado. para a caixa dever ser apresentada uma declara??o do fabricante para a zona 2 (de acordo com en 60079-15). 2. caso no cabo ou na entrada do cabo desta carca?a sob as condi??es operacionais seja atingida uma temperatura de > 70 c, ou caso sob condi??es operacionais a temperatura na ramifica? ?o do fio poder atingir > 80 c, as caractersticas de temperatura dever?o corresponder s temperaturas realmente medidas. 3. as entradas de cabo utilizadas devem corresp onder ao tipo exigido de protec??o ip e sec??o 6.2 (de acordo com o en 60079-15). 4. precisam ser tomadas medidas para que a tens?o nominal atravs de transitrios n?o possa ser ultrapassada em mais que 40 %. condi??es especiais para kema 04 atex 1151x 1. as fichas de conex?o do bus profib us devem ser instaladas de modo que fiquem protegidas contra perigo mecanico. 2. se a entrada de humidade e poeira n?o puder ser excluda, as fichas de conex?o de bus profibus srie 6 es7972-... devem ser montadas em uma caixa adequada. esta caixa deve garantir a protec??o mnima ip 54 (seg. en 60529). 3. as fichas de conex?o de bus profib us deve ser fixadas com os parafusos fornecidos, de acordo com as prescri??es. 4. a conex?o ou separa??o de condut ores de tens?o ou o accionamento de interruptores de aparelhos, p. ex. para fins de repara??o ou instala??o, s permitida quando se pode garantir que a rea n?o est exposta ao risco de explos?o. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
portugus product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 31 condi??es especiais para kema 05 atex 1137x 1. os grupos construtivos/mdulos devem ser montados numa caixa adequada. esta caixa deve garantir a protec??o m nima ip 54 (seg. en 60529). para isso, as condi??es de ambiente, nas quais o aparelho instalado, devem ser consideradas. para a caixa, deve haver uma declara??o do fabricante para a zona 2 (seg. en 60079-15). 2. se no cabo ou condutor do cabo desta caixa, sob condi??es de servi?o, uma temperatura de > 70 c for alcan?ada ou se, sob condi??es de servi?o, a temperatura da deriva??o do condutor puder ser de > 80 c, as caractersticas de temperatura dos cabos devem coincidir com as temperaturas reais medidas. 3. precisam ser tomadas medidas para que a tens?o nominal atravs de transitrios n?o possa ser ultrapassada em mais que 40 %. outras informa??es outras informa??es sobre os grupos construtivos/mdulos podem ser encontradas no respectivo manual. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
??????? 32 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 ??? ?? ????? ??????????? / ????? ? ??????? ?? ???? ????? , ?? 2 ????????? ????? ???????? / ????? ?? ?????? ? |??? ???????? ?????? ?? ?? ??????? ?? ????? ??????????? / ????? ? ??????? ?? ???? ????? . ? : ? ??? ? ? ????????? ????? ????????? / ????? ? ? |??? ?? ?????? (internet): http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ?????? ? ?? ?? ???????? ( ?? ???? ?????? ) ? ??????? id ????? , |? ??? . ?? ??????? / ???? ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 ????? ? ? ??? en 60079-15 : 2003 ????? ????? : |? ??? ?? ??????? ????? ????????? / ????? ?? . ????? id ????? et 200s et 200s ??? ? ????? |?|? ????? ????????? kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m ???? ????? dp/pa ????? ??????? s7-300 ??? ? ????? |?|? ????? ????????? kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany ?? ?????? ?? ????? profibus kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts ???????? ii ts ???????? ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
??????? product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 33 a5e00352937-03 ????? ????? ????????? / ????? ? ?? ?????? ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 ?????? ? ???????????? ?? ? ?????? simatic ?? ??????? ??????? 3 ??????? ?? ?? ?????? ?? ? ????? ? ??????? ????? ????????? / ????? ??? ? ??????? . ?? ??? ?????? ? ??? ?????? . ???????? ??????? ?? : kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. ? ????? ????????? / ????? ?? ? ????????? ? ?? ?????? ??|??? . ?? ? ??|??? ?? ? ?????? ? ?????? ? |?? ?????? ip 54 ( ?? en 60529). ? ?? ?? ????? ?? ? ????? ??? ? ???|???????? ?????? , ??? ??? ? ???????? ?????? . ?? ? ??|??? ?? ? ??|??? ???? ?? ???????? ?? ? ?? 2 ( ????? ? ? ??? en 60079-15). 2. ? ?? ???? ? ??? ???? ?? ????? ??? ?? ???|???? ?? ? ?????? ????????? ???????? ????? ??? 70 c ? ?? ?? ? ?????? ????????? ???????? ?? ??????? ?? ????? ???? ? ?? ??????? ? 80 c, ?? ? ??????????? ??????? ?? ????? ? ??????? ? ?? ?????? ???????? ????????? . 3. ? ?????????????? ????? ????? ?? ? ??????????? ? ? |?? ?????? ip 54 ??? ????? 6.2 ( ????? ? ? ??? en 60079-15). 4. ?? ? ????? ??? , ? ?? ???? ? ??? ???|? ?? ????????? ??? ?? ?????? ???|??? ?? ??? ?? ? 40 %. ???????? ??????? ?? kema 04 atex 1151x 1. ? ?? ?????? ?? ????? profibus ?? ? ???????? ??? , ??? ? ????????? ? ?????? ????? . 2. ?? ????? ????? ? ???? ?? ???? ? ???????? , ?? ?? ? ?? ?????? ?? ????? profibus ???? 6es7972-... ? ???????? ? ?? ?????? ??|??? . ?? ? ??|??? ?? ? ?????? ? ?????? ? |??? ?????? ip 54 ( ????? ? ? ??? en 60529). 3. ? ?? ?????? ?? ????? profibus ?? ? ???????? ? ?? ???????? ??? ????? ? ?? ???????? . 4. ????? ? ?????? ?????????? ??? ? ???????? ?? ???? ?? ??????? , . . ?? ???? ???????? ? ???????? , ?????? ?? , ?? ?? ???????? , ?? ????? ?? ?? ?? ??????? ?? ???? ????? . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
??????? 34 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 ???????? ??????? ?? kema 05 atex 1137x 1. ? ????? ????????? / ????? ?? ? ????????? ? ?? ?????? ??|??? . ?? ? ??|??? ?? ? ?????? ? ?????? ? |?? ?????? ip 54 ( ?? en 60529). ? ?? ?? ????? ?? ? ????? ??? ? ???|???????? ?????? , ??? ??? ? ???????? ?????? . ?? ? ??|??? ?? ? ??|??? ???? ?? ???????? ?? ? ?? 2 ( ????? ? ? ??? en 60079-15). 2. ? ?? ???? ? ??? ???? ?? ????? ??? ?? ???|???? ?? ? ?????? ????????? ???????? ????? ??? 70 c ? ?? ?? ? ?????? ????????? ???????? ?? ??????? ?? ????? ???? ? ?? ??????? ? 80 c, ?? ? ??????????? ??????? ?? ????? ? ??????? ? ?? ?????? ???????? ????????? . 3. ?? ? ????? ??? , ? ?? ???? ? ??? ???|? ?? ????????? ??? ?? ?????? ???|??? ?? ??? ?? ? 40 %. ????????? ???????? ????? ???????? ?? ? ????? ????????? / ????? ? |??? ?? ?????? ???????? . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
? esky product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 35 a5e00352937-03 pou?it konstruk ? nch skupin / modul ? v prost ? ed s nebezpe ? m vybuchu zna 2 schvlen konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly dle naleznete d ? le?it pokyny pro instalaci konstruk ? nch skupin/modul ? v oblastech s nebezpe ? m vybuchu. seznam schvlenych konstruk ? nch skupin/modul ? naleznete na internetu: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ na tto internetov strnce zadejte do vyhledvacho okna p ? slu?n identifika ? n ? slo p ? sp vku. viz tabulka. msto vyroby / registrace ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 dle en 60079-15 : 2003 zku?ebn ? slo: viz tabulka msto vyroby konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly kontroln ? slo id p ? sp vku et 200s et 200s konstruk ? n skupiny odoln proti chybm kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m spojka sb rnice dp/pa diagnostick transla ? n rel s7-300 konstruk ? n skupiny odoln proti chybm kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- busanschlussstecker kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 upozorn n konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly s osv d ? enm ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 sm j byt pou?ity pouze v systmech simatic, p ? strojov kategorie 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
? esky 36 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 dr?ba k oprav mus byt p ? slu?n konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly zaslny do vyrobnho msta. oprava sm byt provedena pouze zde. zvl?tn podmnky pro: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly mus byt zabudovny ve vhodnm krytu. tento kryt mus zaji? ? ovat minimln druh ochrany ip 54 (dle en 60529). p ? itom je nutno respektovat okoln podmnky, v nich? je p ? stroj instalovn. pro kryt mus byt k dispozici prohl?en vyrobce pro znu 2 (dle en 60079-15). 2. pokud je na kabelu pop ? . kabelovm veden tohoto krytu dosa?eno za provoznch podmnek teploty > 70 c, nebo kdy? za provoznch podmnek m ? ?e byt na kabelovych v tvch teplota > 80 c, mus teplotn vlastnosti kabelu souhlasit se skute ? n nam ? enymi teplotami. 3. pou?it kabelov p ? vody mus odpovdat po?a dovanmu druhu kryt ip a odstavci 6.2 (dle en 60079-15). 4. mus byt provedena opat ? en k zamezen p ? echodnho p ? ekro ? en jmenovitho nap t, nep ? esahujc vce ne? 40 %. zvl?tn podmnky pro kema 04 atex 1151x 1. p ? pojn konektory sb rnice profibus mus byt nainstalovny tak, aby byly chrn ny p ? ed mechanickym rizikem. 2. pokud nen mo?no zabrnit pr ? niku vlhkosti a prachu, je nutno p ? pojn konektory sb rnice profibus srie 6es 7972-... zabudov at do vhodnho krytu. tento kryt mus zaji? ? ovat minimln druh kryt ip 54 (podle en 60529). 3. p ? pojn konektory sb rnice profibus mus byt p ? edpisov upevn ny pomoc dodanych ?roub ? . 4. p ? ipojen, pop ? . odpojen vodi ?? pod nap tm nebo sepnut spna ?? p ? stroj ? , nap ? . za ? elem instalace nebo dr?by, je povoleno pouze tehdy, pokud je zaji?t no, ?e oblast nen ohro?ena exploz. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
? esky product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 37 a5e00352937-03 zvl?tn podmnky pro kema 05 atex 1137x 1. konstruk ? n skupiny/moduly mus byt zabudovny ve vhodnm krytu. tento kryt mus zaji? ? ovat minimln druh kryt ip 54 (podle en 60529). p ? itom je nutno respektovat okoln podmnky, v nich? je p ? stroj instalovn. pro kryt mus byt k dispozici prohl?en vyrobce pro znu 2 (dle en 60079-15). 2. pokud je na kabelu pop ? . kabelovm veden tohoto krytu dosa?eno za provoznch podmnek teploty > 70 c, nebo kdy? za provoznch podmnek m ? ?e byt na kabelovych v tvch teplota > 80 c, mus teplotn vlastnosti kabelu souhlasit se skute ? n nam ? enymi teplotami. 3. mus byt provedena opat ? en k zamezen p ? echodnho p ? ekro ? en jmenovitho nap t, nep ? esahujc vce ne? 40 %. dal? informace dal? informace ke konstruk ? nm skupinm/modul ? m naleznete v p ? slu?n p ? ru ? ce. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
estnisch 38 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 s?lmede/moodulite kasutamine plahvatusohtliku piirkonna tsoonis 2 lubatud s?lmed/moodulid j?rgnevalt leiate te olulisi juhiseid s?lmede/moodulite paigaldamiseks plahvatusohtlikus piirkonnas. ksikasjaliku teabe lubatud s?lmede/moodulite kohta leiate internetist: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ sisestage sellel veebilehel (otsinguaknasse) vastav kood, vt tabelit. valmistamiskoht / kasutusluba ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 vastavalt standardile 60079-15 : 2003 katsetusnumber: vaadake tabelit valmistamiskoht s?lmed/moodulid katsetusnumber kood et 200s et 200s rikkekindlad moodulid kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m siinihendus dp/pa diagnostikarepiiter s7-300 rikkekindlad s?lmed kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens-stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus-siinihenduse pistik kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50, 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m juhitavad klemmliideste s?lmed kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 juhis s?lmi/mooduleid kasutusloaga ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 tohib kasutada ainult simatic-ssteemides, mille seadmeklass on 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
estnisch product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 39 a5e00352937-03 korrashoid parandamiseks tuleb s?lmed/moodulid saata valmistamiskohta. parandust?id tohib teha ainult seal. eritingimused kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x kohta: 1. s?lmed/moodulid tuleb monteerida sobivasse metallkorpusesse. korpus peab tagama kaitseastme v?hemalt ip 54 (v astavalt standardile en 60529). seejuures peab arvesse v?tma seadme paigaldamise keskkonna tingimusi. korpuse jaoks peab tsooni 2 jaoks olema tootja juhis (vastavalt standardile en 60079-15). 2. kui selle korpuse kaabli juures v?i kaabelvaheliku (kaabelsisestuse) juures t??tingimustes saavutatakse temperat uur > 70 c v?i, kui t??tingimustes temperatuur soone hargnemiskoha juures v?ib olla > 80 c, peavad kaabli termilised omadused olema vastavuses tegelikult m??detud temperatuuridega. 3. kasutatavad kaabelvahelikud (kaabelsisestused) peavad vastama n?utud ip- kaitseastmele ja osas 6.2 toodud n?uet ele (vastavalt standardile en 60079-15). 4. peab rakendama abin?usid, et nimipinget leminekute t?ttu ei saaks letada le 40 %. eritingimused kema 04 atex 1151x kohta 1. profibus-siinihenduse pistik tuleb pa igaldada selliselt, et see oleks kaitstud mehaanilise ohu eest. 2. juhul kui niiskuse ja tolmu sissetun gimist ei saa v?ltida, tuleb 6es7972-... seeria profibus-siinihenduse pistikud paigaldada sobivasse korpusesse. see korpus peab tagama v?hemalt kaitsekl assile ip 54 (vastavalt standardile en 60529). 3. profibus-siinihenduse pistik ud tuleb kinnitada etten?htud viisil kaasasolevate kruvidega. 4. pinget juhtivate juhtide hendamine v?i eemaldamine v?i seadme lliti k?ivitamine, nt paigaldus- ja hoolduseesm?rkidel, on lubatud ainult juhul, kui piirkond ei ole plahvatusohtlik. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
estnisch 40 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 eritingimused kema 05 atex 1137x kohta 1. s?lmed/moodulid tuleb monteerida sobivasse metallkorpusesse. korpus peab tagama kaitseastme v?hemalt ip 54 (v astavalt standardile en 60529). seejuures peab arvesse v?tma seadme paigaldamise keskkonna tingimusi. korpuse jaoks peab tsooni 2 jaoks olema tootja juhis (vastavalt standardile en 60079-15). 2. kui selle korpuse kaabli juures v?i kaabelvaheliku (kaabelsisestuse) juures t??tingimustes saavutatakse temperat uur > 70 c v?i, kui t??tingimustes temperatuur soone hargnemiskoha juures v?ib olla > 80 c, peavad kaabli termilised omadused olema vastavuses tegelikult m??detud temperatuuridega. 3. peab rakendama abin?usid, et nimipinget leminekute t?ttu ei saaks letada le 40 %. t?psem teave t?psemat teavet s?lmede/moodulite koht a leiate kaasasolevast k?siraamatust. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
latviski product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 41 a5e00352937-03 ier ? u/modu ? u pielietojums spr dzienb stamas teritorijas zon 2 pie ? aujam s ier ces/modu ? i turpm k atrodamas svar gas nor des par ier ? u/modu ? u uzst d ?anu spr dzienb stamaj zon . sarakstu ar pie ? aujamaj m ier c m/modu ? iem j s atrad siet internet : http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ievadiet ?aj m jas lap (mekl ?anas log ) attiec go lietot ja id, skat t tabulu izgatavo?anas vieta / at ? auja ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 saska ? ar en 60079-15 : 2003 p rbaudes numurs: skat t tabulu izgatavo?anas vieta ier ces/modu ? i p rbaudes numurs lietot ja id et 200s et 200s fehlersichere module kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m kopnes savienot js dp/pa diagnostikas atk rtot js s7-300 pret k ? d m aizsarg tas ier ces kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus sl dzis kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
latviski 42 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 nor de ier ces/modu ? i ar at ? auju ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 var tikt pielietotas tikai 3.kategorijas simatic sist m s. tehnisk apkope attiec gu ier ? u/modu ? u remontam tie ir j nos ta ra?ot jam. remontu dr kst veikt tikai tur. pa?i apst k ? i priek? kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. ier ces/modu ? i j ieb v piem rot met la korpus . tiem j nodro?ina aizsardz bas l menis ne maz ks k ip 54 (saska ? ar en 60529). turkl t, ier ces uzst d ?an j iev ro apk rt jas vides apst k ? i. korpusam ir nepiecie?ams izgatavot ja apliecin jums zonai 2 (saska ? ar en 60079-15). 2. ja uz kabe ? a vai ? korpusa kabe ? u ievades ekspluat cijas apst k ? os tiek sasniegta temperat ra > 70 c vai ja ekspluat cijas apst k ? os uz kabe ? a atzariem var b t temperat ra > 80 c, kabe ? u temperat ras pa? b m j atbilst faktiski nom r t m temperat r m. 3. pielietojam m kabe ? u ievad m j atbilst nepiecie?amajam aizsardz bas veidam ip un sada ? ai 6.2 (saska ? ar en 60079-15). 4. nepiecie?ams veikt pas kumus, lai p rejas spriegums nep rsniegtu nomin lo spriegumu vair k k par 40 %. pa?ie noteikumi kema 04 atex 1151x 1. profibus sl d?us ir j instal t , lai tie b tu aizsarg ti no meh nisk m briesm m 2. ja nav iesp jams izvair ties no ? ? idrumu un putek ? u iek ? ?anas, tad profibus sl d?us no s rijas 6es7972-... ir j ieb v piem rot korpus . ?im korpusam ir j atbalsta vismaz dro? bas veids ip 54 (p c e n 60529). 3. profibus sl d?us ir j piestiprina ar komplekt ietilpsto?aj m skr v m. 4. spriegumu vado?u vadu piesl g?ana vai atsl g?ana vai ier ces sl d?a lieto?ana, piem ram, uzst d ?anas vai tehnisk s apkopes d ? , ir at ? auta tikai tad, kad ir noskaidrots vai zon nepast v eksplod ?anas iesp jam ba. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
latviski product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 43 a5e00352937-03 pa?i noteikumi kema 05 atex 1137x 1. ier ces/modu ? i ir j ieb v piem rot korpus . ?iem korpusiem ir j atbalsta vismaz dro? bas veids ip 54 (p c e n 60529). pie tam ir j ? em v r apk rtnes faktori, k d ier ce tiks uzst d ta. korpusam j atbilst ra?ot ja 2. zonas deklar cijai (saska ? ar en 60079-15). 2. ja ? korpusa kabelis, respekt vi, kabe ? a ievade darba laik sasniedz > 70 c vai, ja darba laik vadu sazarojums ir sasniedzis > 80 c, tad kabe ? a temperat ras pa? b m ir j atbilst izm r taj m temperat r m. 3. ir j veic pas kumi, lai nomin lais spriegums caur p rej m nep rsniegtu 40% papildus inform cija papildus inform ciju par ier c m/modu ? iem j s atrad siet pievienotaj rokasgr mat . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
lietuvi ?ka 44 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 konstrukcini ? grupi ? / moduli ? panaudojimas sprogioje 2 zonos aplinkoje leistinos konstrukcin ? s grup ? s / moduliai toliau pateikiama svarbi informacija apie konstrukcini ? grupi ? ir moduli ? montavim ? sprogioje aplinkoje. leistin ? konstrukcini ? grupi ? / moduli ? s ? ra? ? rasite interneto svetain ? je: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ? veskite ?ioje svetain ? je ( ? ie?kos laukel ? ) atitinkam ? kod ? , ?r. lentel ? . pagaminimo vieta / saugos reikalavimai ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 pagal en 60079-15 : 2003 patikros numeris: ?r . lentel ? je pagaminimo vieta konstrukcin ? s grup ? s / moduliai patikros numeris kodas et 200s et 200s nuo trukd?i ? apsaugotos konstrukcin ? s grup ? s kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m magistralin ? jungtis dp/pa diagnoz ? s retransliatorius s7-300 nuo trukd?i ? apsaugotos konstrukcin ? s grup ? s kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 ambergas vokietija profibus magistralin ? s jungties ki?tukas kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe vokietija et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 nuoroda konstrukcines grupes / modulius, kuri ? leidimas eksploatuoti yra ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6, galima naudoti tik 3 kategorijos sistemose ?simatic?. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
lietuvi ?ka product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 45 a5e00352937-03 prie?i ra sugedusi ? konstrukcin ? grup ? / modul ? i?si ? skite gamintojui. tik jis gali kvalifikuotai suremontuoti ? tais ? . specialiosios s ? lygos, taikomos kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. konstrukcin ? s grup ? s / moduliai turi b ti ? rengiami tik tinkamuose korpusuose. ?io korpuso saugos klas ? turi b ti ma?iausiai ?ip 54? (pagal en 60529). b tina atsi?velgti ? kitas aplinkos, kurioje ? rengtas ? taisas, s ? lygas. norint korpus ? eksploatuoti zonoje 2, b tinas gamintojo pa?ym ? jimas (pagal en 60079-15). 2. jei korpuso kabelio arba kabelio prijungimo temperat ra pakyla daugiau nei 70 c arba laid ? at?akoje temperat ra padid ? ja daugiau nei 80 c, reikia naudoti kabelius, kuri ? termin ? s savyb ? s atitinka i?matuotas temperat ros vertes. 3. kabeli ? sujungimai turi b ti saugos klas ? s ip ir atitikti 6.2 skyriaus (pagal en 60079-15) reikalavimus. 4. b tina imtis priemoni ? , kad pereinam ? j ? grand?i ? nominali ? tampa nevir?yt ? 40 %. specialiosios s ? lygos, taikomos kema 04 atex 1151x 1. profibus magistralin ? s jungties ki?tukas turi b ti ? montuotas taip, kad b t ? apsaugotas nuo mechanini ? pa?eidim ? . 2. jeigu galimas dr ? gm ? s ir dulki ? poveikis, 6es7972-... serijos profibus magistralin ? s jungties ki?tukas ? montuojamas specialiame korpuse. ?io korpuso saugos klas ? turi b ti ma?iausiai ?ip 54? (pagal en 60529). 3. profibus magistralin ? s jungties ki?tukas turi b ti tvirtinamas pagal instrukcij ? , naudojant kartu pateikiamus var?tus. 4. prijungti arba atjungti ? tampos linijas arba naudotis prietaiso jungikliu, pvz., instaliavimo arba prie?i ros darb ? metu, leid?iama tik ? sitikinus, kad aplinka n ? ra sprogi. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
lietuvi ?ka 46 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 specialiosios s ? lygos, taikomos kema 05 atex 1137x 1. konstrukcin ? s grup ? s / moduliai turi b ti ? rengiami tik tinkamuose korpusuose. ?io korpuso saugos klas ? turi b ti ma?iausiai ?ip 54? (pagal en 60529). b tina atsi?velgti ? kitas aplinkos, kurioje ? rengtas ? taisas, s ? lygas. norint korpus ? eksploatuoti zonoje 2, b tinas gamintojo pa?ym ? jimas (pagal en 60079-15). 2. jei korpuso kabelio arba kabelio prijungimo temperat ra pakyla daugiau nei 70 c arba laid ? at?akoje temperat ra padid ? ja daugiau nei 80 c, reikia naudoti kabelius, kuri ? termin ? s savyb ? s atitinka i?matuotas temperat ros vertes. 3. b tina imtis priemoni ? , kad pereinam ? j ? grand?i ? nominali ? tampa nevir?yt ? 40 %. papildoma informacija papildomos informacijos apie konstrukcines grupes / modulius rasite eksploatacijos vadove. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
magya product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 47 a5e00352937-03 a f ? egysgek/modulok alkalmazsa a 2. zna robbansveszlyes k?rnyezetben engedlyezett f ? egysgek/modulok a k?vetkez ? kben fontos utastsokat tall a f ? egysgek/modulok teleptshez a robbansveszlyes k?rnyezetbe. az engedlyezett f ? egysgek/modulok jegyzkt megtallja az interneten: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ezen a web-oldalon rja be a keres ? ablakba a hozz tartoz bejegyzs id-t, ld. a tblzatban. gyrtsi hely / engedlyezs ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 az en 60079-15 : 2003 szerint ellen ? rz ? szm: lsd a tblzatot gyrtsi hely f ? egysgek/modulok bevizsgls szma bejegyzs szma et 200s et 200s hibabiztos f ? egysgek kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m dp/pa buszcsatol diagnzisrepeater s7-300 hibabiztos f ? egysgek kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- busz csatlakoz dug kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 utasts csak a ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 engedlyezssel rendelkez ? f ? egysgeket/modulokat hasznlhatja a 3. felszerels-kategriba tartoz simatic rendszerekbe. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
magya product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 48 karbantarts javtsra kldje az rintett f ? egysgeket/modulokat a gyrtsi helyre. csak itt hajthatjk vgre a javtst. kl?nleges felttelek a k?vetkez ? k szmra: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. a f ? egysgeket/modulokat egy erre alkalmas hzba kell beszerelni. ez a hz rendelkezzen legal bb az ip 54 vdettsgi foko zattal (en 60529 szerint). itt figyelembe kell venni azokat a k?rnyezeti feltteleket, amelyek a kszlk teleptsekor fellpnek. a hz rendelke zzen a 2. znra vonatkoz gyrti nyilatkozat (az en 60079-15 szerint). 2. ha az adott hz kbeln ill. kbelvezetsen zemi k?rlmnyek k?z?tt a h ? mrsklet > 70 c, vagy ha az zemi k?rlmnyek k?z?tt az relgazsokon a h ? mrsklet > 80 c, akkor a kbel h ? mrskleti tulajdonsgai egyezzenek meg a tnylegesen mrt h ? mrskletekkel. 3. az alkalmazott kbelvezetsek feleljenek meg az el ? rt ip vdettsgi fokozatnak s a 6.2. bekezdsnek (en 60079-15 szerint). 4. gondoskodjon rla, hogy a tranziensek a nvleges feszltsget ne lpjk tl t?bb mint 40 %-al. kl?nleges felttelek a kema 04 atex 1151x-hez 1. a profibus busz csatlakoz dugt gy kell beszerelni, hogy mechanikai veszlyeztetst ? l vdett legyen. 2. ha por s nedvessg behatolst nem lehet kizrni, a 6es7972-... sorozat profibus busz csatlakoz dugt kell eg y alkalmas hzba bepteni. ez a hz rendelkezzen az ip 54 vdettsgi fokozattal (en 60529 szerint). 3. a profibus busz csatlakoz dugt a ve le szlltott csavarokkal vatosan kell r?gzteni. 4. a feszltsget vezet ? vezetkek bek?tse vagy levlasztsa, vagy kszlk kapcsolk m ? k?dtetse (pl. szerelsi- vagy gondozsi clokbl) csak akkor szabad, ha biztostottk, hogy a te rlet ne legyen robbansveszlyes. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
magya product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 49 a5e00352937-03 kl?nleges felttelek a kema 05 atex 1137x-hez 1. a f ? egysgeket/modulokat egy erre alkalmas hzba kell beszerelni. ez a hz rendelkezzen legal bb az ip 54 vdettsgi foko zattal (en 60529 szerint). itt figyelembe kell venni azokat a k?rnyezeti feltteleket, amelyek a kszlk teleptsekor fellpnek. a hz rendelke zzen a 2. znra vonatkoz gyrti nyilatkozat (az en 60079-15 szerint). 2. ha a jelen hz kbeln ill. kbe lvezetsen zemi k?rlmnyek k?z?tt a h ? mrsklet > 70 c, vagy ha az zemi k?rlmnyek k?z?tt az relgazsokon a h ? mrsklet > 80 c, akkor a kbel h ? mrskleti tulajdonsgai legyen azonosak a tnylegesen mrt h ? mrskletekkel. 3. gondoskodjon rla, hogy a tranziensek ne lpjk tl t?bb mint 40 %-al a nvleges feszltsget. tovbbi informcik a f ? egysgek/modulokrl tovbbi informcikat tall a hozz tartoz kzik?nyvben. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
malti product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 50 tqeg ? id tal-komponenti / modules fi ? - ? ona 2, fejn hemm riskju ta' splu ? joni komponenti/moduli approvati hawn ta ? t g ? andek issib indikazzjonijiet importanti g ? all-installazzjoni ta' komponenti / modules f? ? ona fejn hemm riskju ta' splu ? joni. ? did: tista? tara l-lista ta? kompone nti/modules approvati fuq l-internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ da ?? al fis- search window ta? din il-websajt l-id rispettiv ta? l-o ?? ett, ara t-tabella. post ta' manifattura / approvazzjoni ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 b?mod konformi ma? en 60079-15 : 2003 numru ta ? - ? ertifikat: ara t-tabella post ta' manifattura komponenti / modules numru ta ? - ? ertifikat numru ta ? - ? ertifikat et 200s modules et 200s fail- safe kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m bus coupling dp/pa ripetitur ta' dijanjosi modules s7-300 fail- safe kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens-stra?e 50 92224 amberg il- ? ermanja profibus-bus connector plug kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ts adaptor ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe il- ? ermanja et 200m marshalled terminal assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 nota komponenti / modules approvati ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 jistg ? u jintu ? aw biss f?sistemi simatic li jappartienu g ? al appart ta? kategorija 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
malti product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 51 a5e00352937-03 manutenzjoni fil-ka ? li jkollhom b ? onn tiswija, il-komponenti / modules ikkon ? ernati g ? andhom jintbag ? tu fil-post ta' manifattura. it-tiswijiet jistg ? u jsiru biss f'dan il-post. kundizzjonijiet spe ? jali g ? al: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. komponenti / modules g ? andhom ji ? u mmontati ? ewwa lqug ? addattat. dan l- ilqug ? g ? andu jiggarantixxi protezzjoni li tk un mill-inqas tat-tip ip 54 (skond en 60529). inti u tag ? mel hekk, trid ta ? seb g ? all-kundizzjonijiet ambjentali ta' waqt l-installazzjoni ta? l-apparat. g ? all-ilqug ? , irid ikun hemm dikjarazzjoni tal- fabbrikant li tg ? id li dan huwa tajjeb g ? a ? - ? ona 2 (skond en 60079-15). 2. jekk fil-kejbil, jew fil-kaxxa mad-da ? la g ? all-kejbil, tintla ? aq temperatura ta' aktar minn 70 c ta ? t kundizzjonijiet ta' ? idma, jew jekk fil-post fejn jinfirdu l- wajers jista' jkun hemm temperatura og ? la minn 80 c, il-kejbil irid ikollu karatteristi ? i li jifil ? u g ? al dawn it-temperaturi. 3. id-da ? liet g ? all-kejbil li jintu ? aw iridu jikkonformaw mat-tip ta' protezzjoni ip mitluba u mat-taqsima 6.2 (skond en 60079-15). 4. iridu jittie ? du mi ? uri biex il-vulta ?? nominali ma jinqabi ? x b'aktar minn 40%. kundizzjonijiet spe ? jali g ? al kema 04 atex 1151x 1. il-plugs tat-tip profibus-bus connector je ? tie ? u ji ? u installati b?mod li ji ? gura protezzjoni kontra kull periklu mekkaniku. 2. jekk id-d ? ul ta? l-umdit jew tat-trab ma jistax ji ? i esklu ? , je ? tie ? u ji ? u installati plugs tat-tip profibus-b us connector tan-numru serjali 6es7972-... f?ilqug ? adegwat. dan l-ilqug ? je ? tie ? jissodisfa l-klassi ta? protezzjoni ip 54 (b?mod konformi ma? en 60529) b ? ala standard minimu. 3. il-plugs tat-tip profibus-connector je ? tie ? u ji ? u installati skond l-istruzzjonijiet u bil-viti pprovduti. 4. it-tqabbid u/jew skonnettjar ta? wajers bil-kurrent fihom u l-u ? u ta? swi ?? ijiet, ji ? ifieri g ? al g ? anijiet ta? installazzjoni jew manutenzjoni huwa permess biss jekk i ? - ? ona m?hijiex wa ? da li fiha riskju ta? splu ? joni. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
malti product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 52 kundizzjonijiet spe ? jali g ? al kema 05 atex 1137x 1. komponenti / modules g ? andhom ji ? u mmontati ? ewwa lqug ? addattat. dan l- ilqug ? g ? andu jiggarantixxi protezzjoni li tk un mill-inqas tat-tip ip 54 (skond en 60529). inti u tag ? mel hekk, trid ta ? seb g ? all-kundizzjonijiet ambjentali ta' waqt l-installazzjoni ta? l-apparat. g ? all-ilqug ? , irid ikun hemm dikjarazzjoni tal- fabbrikant li tg ? id li dan huwa tajjeb g ? a ? - ? ona 2 (skond en 60079-15). 2. jekk fil-kejbil, jew fil-kaxxa mad-da ? la g ? all-kejbil, tintla ? aq temperatura ta' aktar minn 70 c ta ? t kundizzjonijiet ta' ? idma, jew jekk fil-post fejn jinfirdu l- wajers jista' jkun hemm temperatura og ? la minn 80 c, il-kejbil irid ikollu karatteristi ? i li jifil ? u g ? al dawn it-temperaturi. 3. iridu jittie ? du mi ? uri biex il-vulta ?? nominali ma jinqabi ? x b'aktar minn 40%. aktar informazzjoni g ? al iktar informazzjoni dwar il-komponenti/moduli, jekk jog ?? bok irreferi g ? all-manwal rispettiv. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
polski product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 53 a5e00352937-03 zastosowanie grup konstrukcyjnych / modu ? w w 2 strefie zagro ? enia wybuchem dopuszczone grupy konstrukcyjne/modu ? y poni ? ej znajduj ? si ? wa ? ne informacje dotycz ? ce instalacji grup konstrukcyjnych modu ? w w strefie zagro ? enia wybuchem. lista dopuszczonych grup konstrukcyjnych/modu ? w znajduje si ? w internecie pod adresem http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/ na tej stronie nale ? y wprowadzi ? odpowiedni id udzia ? u, patrz tabela. miejsce produkcji / rejestracja ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 stosownie do en 60079-15 : 2003 nr testu: zobacz tabela miejsce produkcji grupy konstrukcyjne/modu ? y nr testu id udzia ? u et 200s et 200s modu ? y odporne na uszkodzenia kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m zbieraj ? ce ?? cze sprz ?? aj ? ce dp/pa powtarzacz diagnozy s7-300 grupy odporne na uszkodzenia kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg niemcy profibus-szynowy wtyk przy ?? czeniowy kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe niemcy et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 uwaga grupy konstrukcyjne / modu ? y zarejestrowane jako ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 wolno stosowa ? jedynie w systemach si matic o 3 kategorii urz ? dzenia. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
polski product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 54 konserwacja w celu naprawy nale ? y odpowiednie grupy konstrukcyjne / modu ? y przes ? a ? do miejsca produkcji. jedynie serwis producenta jest upowa ? niony do dokonywania napraw. warunki szczeglne dla: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. grupy konstrukcyjne / modu ? y musz ? zosta ? zamontowane do odpowiedniej puszki ochronnej. puszki musz ? spe ? nia ? wymagania co najmniej stopnia ip 54 (stosownie do en 60529). nale ? y bra ? pod uwag ? warunki otoczenia, w ktrym urz ? dzenie b ? dzie instalowane. nale ? y posiada ? o ? wiadczenie producenta dopuszczaj ? ce puszk ? do u ? ytku w strefie 2 (stosownie do en 60079-15). 2. w przypadku, gdyby na przewodzie tej puszki podczas pracy temperatura mog ? a przekroczy ? > 70 c, lub ? y ? a przewodu mog ? aby osi ? gn ?? temperatur ? > 80 c, w ? a ? ciwo ? ci cieplne przewodu musz ? zosta ? dobrane do takich warto ? ci. 3. wszystkie stosowane przewody musz ? odpowiada ? w ? a ? ciwemu stopniowi ochrony ip oraz warunkom okre ? lonym w punkcie 6.2 (stosownie do en 60079-15). 4. musz ? zosta ? spe ? nione takie warunki, aby napi ? cie miana w przej ? ciach nie mog ? o przekroczy ? wi ? cej ni ? 40 %. warunki szczeglne dla kema 04 atex 1151x 1. wtyki przy ?? czeniowe profibus musz ? by ? zamontowane w sposb chroni ? cy przed uszkodzeniami mechanicznymi. 2. je ? eli nie mo ? na wykluczy ? wnikania wilgoci i kurzu wtyki przy ?? czeniowe profibus serii 6es7972? nale ? y zamontowa ? w odpowiedniej puszce. puszki musz ? spe ? nia ? wymagania co najmniej stopnia ip 54 (stosownie do en 60529). 3. wtyki przy ?? czeniowe profibus musz ? by ? unieruchomione zgodnie z przepisami przy pomocy za ?? czonych ? rub. 4. pod ?? czanie lub roz ?? czanie przewodw b ? d ? cych pod napi ? ciem lub uruchamianie prze ?? cznikw urz ? dzenia np. do prac instalacyjno - konserwacyjnych jest dozwolone wy ?? cznie po upewnieniu si ? , ? e obszar nie jest zagro ? ony wybuchem. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
polski product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 55 a5e00352937-03 warunki szczeglne dla kema 05 atex 1137x 1. grupy konstrukcyjne / modu ? y musz ? zosta ? zamontowane do odpowiedniej puszki ochronnej. puszki musz ? spe ? nia ? wymagania co najmniej stopnia ip 54 (stosownie do en 60529). nale ? y bra ? pod uwag ? warunki otoczenia, w ktrym urz ? dzenie b ? dzie instalowane. nale ? y posiada ? o ? wiadczenie producenta dopuszczaj ? ce puszk ? do u ? ytku w strefie 2 (stosownie do en 60079-15). 2. w przypadku, gdyby na przewodzie tej puszki podczas pracy temperatura mog ? a przekroczy ? > 70 c, lub ? y ? a przewodu mog ? aby osi ? gn ?? temperatur ? > 80 c, w ? a ? ciwo ? ci cieplne przewodu musz ? zosta ? dobrane do takich warto ? ci. 3. musz ? zosta ? spe ? nione takie warunki, aby napi ? cie miana w przej ? ciach nie mog ? o przekroczy ? wi ? cej ni ? 40 %. pozosta ? e informacje pozosta ? e informacje dotycz ? ce grup konstrukcyjnych/modu ? w znajduj ? si ? w stosownych podr ? cznikach. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensky product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 56 pou?itie kon?truk ? nych skupn / modulov v prostred s nebezpe ? enstvom vybuchu zny 2 schvlen kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly ? alej njdete d?le?it pokyny pre in?talciu kon?truk ? nych skupn / modulov v prostred s nebezpe ? enstvom vybuchu. zoznam schvlenych kon?truk ? nych skupn / modulov njdete na internete: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ na tejto web-strnke (v okienku vyh ? advania) zadajte prslu?n identifika ? n ? slo danej polo?ky, pozri tabu ? ku . miesto vyhotovenia / osved ? enie ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 pod ? a en 60079-15 : 2003 ? slo sk?ky : pozri tabu ? ka miesto vyhotovenia kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly ? slo sk?ky identifika ? n ? slo polo?ky et 200s et 200s kon?truk ? n skupiny odoln vo ? i poruchm kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m zbernicovy v?zbovy ? len dp/pa opakova ? diagnzy s7-300 kon?truk ? n skupiny odoln vo ? i poruchm kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, divzia a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg nemecko profibus-zbernicov ukon ? ovacia prpojka kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, divzia a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe nemecko et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 upozornenie kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly s osved ? enm ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 sa sm pou?va ? len v systmoch simatic kategrie zariadenia 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensky product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 57 a5e00352937-03 dr?ba za ? elom opravy sa musia prslu?n kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly zasla ? na miesto vyhotovenia. oprava sa smie vykonva ? len na tomto mieste ! ?pecilne podmienky pre: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly sa musia vmontova ? do vhodnej schrnky. tto schrnka mus zabezpe ? ova ? druh ochrany minimlne ip 54 (pod ? a en 60529). pritom je potrebn zoh ? adni ? podmienky prostredia, do ktorho sa bude zariadenie in?talova ? . v prpade puzdra mus existova ? vyhlsenie vyrobcu pre znu 2 (pod ? a en 60079-15). 2. v prpade, ?e na kbli, prpadne na kblovom prvode tohto puzdra presiahne teplota pri prevdzkovych podmienkach hodn otu > 70 c, alebo ak na vetve ?ily m??e by ? pri prevdzkovych podmienkach teplota > 80 c, musia tepeln vlastnosti kbla vyhovova ? skuto ? ne nameranym hodnotm. 3. v?etky pou?it kblov prvody musia zodpoveda ? po?adovanmu druhu ochrany ip a odseku 6.2 (pod ? a en 60079-15). 4. musia sa vykona ? tak opatrenia, aby sa menovit nap?tie cez prechody nemohlo prekro ? i ? o viac ako 40 %. ?pecilne podmienky pre kema 04 atex 1151x: 1. zbernicov ukon ? ovacie prpojky musia by ? namontovan tak, aby boli chrnen pred mechanickym po?kodenm. 2. ak nie je plne vyl ? eny prienik vlhkosti a prachu, zbernicov ukon ? ovacie prpojky profibus srie 6 es7972-... je potrebn zabudova ? do vhodnej schrnky. tto schrnka mus zabezpe ? ova ? druh ochrany minimlne ip 54 (pod ? a en 60529). 3. zbernicov ukon ? ovacie prpojky profibus musia by ? pripevnen s dodanymi skrutkami pod ? a predpisov. 4. pripojenie resp. odpojenie vodi ? ov pod nap?tm alebo uvedenie prstrojovho spna ? a do prevdzky, napr. na ? ely in?talcie alebo dr?by je povolen len potom, ako bolo preveren, ?e v prostred nehroz nebezpe ? enstvo vybuchu. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensky product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 58 ?pecilne podmienky pre kema 05 atex 1137x 1. kon?truk ? n skupiny / moduly sa musia vmontova ? do vhodnej schrnky. tto schrnka mus zabezpe ? ova ? druh ochrany minimlne ip 54 (pod ? a en 60529). pritom je potrebn zoh ? adni ? podmienky prostredia, do ktorho sa bude zariadenie in?talova ? . v prpade puzdra mus existova ? vyhlsenie vyrobcu pre znu 2 (pod ? a en 60079-15). 2. v prpade, ?e na kbli, prpadne na kblovom prvode tohto puzdra presiahne teplota pri prevdzkovych podmienkach hodn otu > 70 c, alebo ak na vetve ?ily m??e by ? pri prevdzkovych podmienkach teplota > 80 c, musia tepeln vlastnosti kbla vyhovova ? skuto ? ne nameranym hodnotm. 3. musia sa vykona ? tak opatrenia, aby sa menovit nap?tie cez prechody nemohlo prekro ? i ? o viac ako 40 %. ? al?ie informcie ? al?ie o kon?truk ? nych skupinch / moduloch njdete v prslu?nej prru ? ke. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensko product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 59 a5e00352937-03 uporaba sklopov/modulov v eksplozivno ogro?enem obmo ? ju cone 2 dovoljeni sestavni sklopi / moduli sledijo pomembni napotki o in?talaciji se stavnih sklopov/modulov v eksplozivno ogro?enem obmo ? ju. seznami z dovoljenimi sestavnimi sklopi / moduli boste na?li v medmre?ju: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ na tej spletni strani vnesite (v iskalnem okencu) pripadajo ? id prispevka, glejte preglednico. mesto izdelave / dovoljenje - atest ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 po en 60079-15 : 2003 kontrolna ?tevilka: glej tabelo mesto izdelave sklopi/moduli kont rolna ?tevilka id prispevka et 200s et 200s sklopi varovani proti okvari kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m vezava vodila dp/pa diagnozni repeater s7-300 sklopi varovani proti okvari kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von- siemens-stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany vodilo profi priklju ? ni vti ? vodila kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapter ii ts adapter ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 opozorilo sestavni sklopi/moduli z dovoljenjem ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 se lahko uporabijo samo v simatic-sistemih kategorije naprav 3 . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensko product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 60 vzdr?evanje v primeru popravila po?ljete sklope/modu le na kraj izdelave. popravila lahko izvajajo samo na tem naslovu! posebni pogoji za: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. sestavni sklopi/moduli se morajo vgraditi v ustrezno ohi?je. to ohi?je mora zagotoviti najmanj vrsto za? ? ite ip 54 (po en 60529). pri tem je potrebno upo?tevati tudi pogoje okolice, v kateri se naprava nahaja. ohi?je mora imeti izjavo (atest) proizvajalca za uporabo v coni 2 (po en 60079-15). 2. ? e na kablu oz. uvodnici tega ohi?ja v re?imu obratovanja temperatura dose?e vrednost > 70 c ali ? e dose?e na razcepih vodnikov v obratovanju temperatura vrednost > 80 c, se morajo temperaturne lastnosti kablov skladati z dejansko namerjenimi. 3. uporabljene uvodnice morajo ustrezati predpisani ip za? ? iti in poglavju 6.2 (po en 60079-15). 4. sprejeti je potrebno ukrepe, da nazivna napetost zaradi tranzientov ne bo prekora ? ena za ve ? kot 40%. posebni pogoji za kema 04 atex 1151x 1. priklju ? ni vti ? i vodila vodilo prof i morajo biti name? ? eni tako, da so za? ? iteni pred mehansko nevarnostjo.. 2. ? e ni mogo ? e izklju ? iti vdiranje vlage in prahu, je priklju ? ne vti ? e vodila vodilo profi serije 6es7972-... vgraditi v prim erno ohi?je. to ohi?je mora zagotavljati najmanj vrsto za? ? ite ip 54 (po en 60529). 3. priklju ? ni vti ? i vodila vodilo profi morajo biti pritrjeni s prilo?enimi vijaki. 4. priklop oz. lo ? evanje vodov pod napetostjo ali vklop stikala naprave, npr. zaradi instalacije ali vzdr?evanja je dovoljeno, ? e je zagotovljeno, da obmo ? je ni eksplozijsko ogro?eno. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
slovensko product information on the use of subassemblie s/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 61 a5e00352937-03 posebni pogoji za kema 05 atex 1137x 1. sestavni sklopi/moduli se morajo vgraditi v ustrezno ohi?je. to ohi?je mora zagotoviti najmanj vrsto za? ? ite ip 54 (po en 60529). pri tem je potrebno upo?tevati tudi pogoje okolice, v kateri se naprava nahaja. ohi?je mora imeti izjavo (atest) proizvajalca za uporabo v coni 2 (po en 60079-15). 2. ? e na kablu oz. uvodnici tega ohi?ja v re?imu obratovanja temperatura dose?e vrednost > 70 c ali ? e dose?e na razcepih vodnikov v obratovanju temperatura vrednost > 80 c, se morajo temperaturne lastnosti kablov skladati z dejansko namerjenimi. 3. sprejeti je potrebno ukrepe, da nazivna napetost zaradi tranzientov ne bo prekora ? ena za ve ? kot 40%. ostale informacije ostale informacije o sestavnih sklopih / modulih boste na?li v ustreznem priro ? niku. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
trk?e 62 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 patlama tehlikesi olan alan 2 b?lgesinde nite gruplar n n/modllerin kullan lmas ? zin verilen nite gruplar /modller a ? a ? da, nite gruplar n n/modllerin patlama tehlikesi olan b?lgelerde kurulmas i?in ?nemli bilgiler bulacaks n z. ? zin verilmi ? olan nite gruplar n n/modllerin listesi i?in internete bak n z: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ bu web sitesinde (arama penceresinde) ilgili dokman id'sini giriniz, bak n z tablo. ? malat yeri / lisans ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 en 60079-15 : 2003 standard na g?re test numaras : bak n z tablo ? malat yeri nite gruplar /modller kontrol numaras dokman-id et 200s et 200s hataya kar ? emniyetli nite gruplar kema 01 atex 1238x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m bus kuplaj dp/pa diyagnoz repeater nitesi s7-300 hataya kar ? emniyetli nite gruplar kema 02 atex 1096x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus-bus ba ? lant fi ? i kema 04 atex 1151x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adapt?r ii ts adapt?r ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137x 24193554 bilgi ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 lisansl nite gruplar /modller sadece 3 numaral cihaz kategorisine ait simatic sistemlerinde kullan labilir. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
trk?e product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 63 a5e00352937-03 bak m bir onar m gerekli olmas halinde, ilgili nite gruplar /modller imalat yerine g?nderilmelidir. onar m sadece orada yap labilir ve yap lmal d r. ?zel ko ? ullar: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1.nite gruplar /modller uygun bir kasa i?ine monte edilmelidir. bu kasa, en az ip 54 (en 60529 standard na g?re) koruma trne sahip olmal d r. burada, cihaz n kuruldu ? u ?evre ko ? ullar dikkate al nmal d r. kullan lacak kasa i?in, alan 2 i?in ge?erli bir retici beyan mevcut olmal d r (en 60079-15 standard na g?re). 2.kabloda ya da bu kasan n kablo giri ? indeki i ? letme ko ? ullar nda s cakl k > 70 c oluyorsa veya i ? letme ko ? ullar nda kablo telleri (damarlar ) ayr lma noktas nda s cakl k > 80 c olma ihtimali varsa, kablonun s cakl k ile ilgili ?zellikleri, ger?ekten ?l?lm ? s cakl klara uygun olmal d r. 3.kullan lm ? olan kablo giri ? leri, talep edilen ip koruma trne ve b?lm 6.2 (en 60079-15 standard na g?re) dahilindeki taleplere uygun olmal d r. 4.nominal gerilimin transiyentlerden (hatlardaki dalgalanmalardan dolay ani gerilim ve ak m de ? i ? iklikleri) dolay azami %40 a ? lmas i?in gerekli ?nlemler al nmal d r. kema 04 atex 1151x i?in ?zel ko ? ullar: 1.profibus bus ba ? lant fi ? leri, mekanik tehlikeye kar ? korunakl olacak ? ekilde monte edilmelidir. 2. ? ?ine toz ve nemin girmesi ?nlenemedi ? inde, 6es7972-... serisi profibus bus ba ? lant fi ? leri uygun bir kasa i?ine monte edilmelidir. bu kasa, en az ip 54 (en 60529 standard na g?re) koruma trne sahip olmal d r. 3.profibus bus ba ? lant fi ? leri birlikte verilen c vatalarla talimatlara uygun olarak sabitlenmelidir. 4.montaj veya bak m ?al ? malar i?in elektrik ileten kablolar n ba ? lanmas veya s?klmesi ya da cihaz ? alterine bas lmas i ? lemlerine, yaln zca ilgili sahada patlama tehlikesi bulunmad ? tespit edildi ? inde izin verilir. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
trk?e 64 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 kema 05 atex 1137x i?in ?zel ko ? ullar: 1.nite gruplar /modller uygun bir kasa i?ine monte edilmelidir. bu kasa, en az ip 54 (en 60529 standard na g?re) koruma trne sahip olmal d r. burada, cihaz n kuruldu ? u ?evre ko ? ullar dikkate al nmal d r. kullan lacak kasa i?in, alan 2 i?in ge?erli bir retici beyan mevcut olmal d r (en 60079-15 standard na g?re). 2.kabloda ya da bu kasan n kablo giri ? indeki i ? letme ko ? ullar nda s cakl k > 70 c oluyorsa veya i ? letme ko ? ullar nda kablo telleri (damarlar ) ayr lma noktas nda s cakl k > 80 c olma ihtimali varsa, kablonun s cakl k ile ilgili ?zellikleri, ger?ekten ?l?lm ? s cakl klara uygun olmal d r. 3.nominal gerilimin transiyentlerden (hatlardaki dalgalanmalardan dolay ani gerilim ve ak m de ? i ? iklikleri) dolay azami %40 a ? lmas i?in gerekli ?nlemler al nmal d r. daha ba ? ka bilgiler nite gruplar /modller hakk nda daha fazla bilgi i?in ilgili k lavuza bak n z. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
????? product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 65 a5e00352937-03 ??????? ? ?????? ???? / ??? ? ??????? ??? ?? 2 ??? ? ?????? ?????? ???? / ??? - ??? ????? ???? ?????? ? ???????? ? ?????? ???? / ??? ? ??????? ??? . ?? ? ???? ? ?????? ?????? ???? / ??? ????? ????? : http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ ? ? ?? ????? ( ?? ? ?? ) ???? ??????????? ??? , ??? ????? . ? ? ????? / ?????? ? ???? ?????? ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 ???? en 60079-15 : 2003 ??? ? ?????? : ??? ????? ? ? ????? ?????? ???? / ??? ??? ? ?????? ??????? ??? ??? et 200s et 200s ??? , ????? ???? ? ???????? ? ??? kema 01 atex 1238 x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m ??? ??? dp/pa ??? ? ??????? s7-300 ?????? ???? , ????? ???? ? ???????? ? ??? kema 02 atex 1096 x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany profibus- ???????? ??? ??? kema 04 atex 1151 x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts ???? ii ts ???? ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m ???? ???????? ??? - ???? ??? kema 05 atex 1137 x 24193554 http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
????? 66 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 ?????? ?????? ???? / ??? ?????? ? ???? ?????? ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 ??? ? ?????? ?? ??? simatic ????? ? ?? 3. ????? ????? ? ??? ???? ?????? ???? / ??? ?? ? ??? ? ? ? ????? . ??? ?? ? ??? ?? ? . ??? ??? ? : kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. ??????? ???? / ???? ?? ? ???? ?? ? . ? ? ?? ? ??? ?? ? ??? ?? - ???? ip 54 ( ???? en 60529). ? ?? ? ??? ???? ??? ? ???? ?? , ?? ????? ?? . ? ? ?? ? ?? ?????? ? ??????? ? ?? 2 ( ???? en 60079-15). 2. ??? ? ????? ?? ? ??????? ? ? ? ? ??? ??? ???? ???? > 70 c, ?? ??? ??? ??? ????? ? ????????? ? ???? ?? ? > 80 c, ?????? ??? ? ?????? ?? ? ????? ???????? ??????? ???? . 3. ???????? ?????? ??? ?? ? ???? ? ????? ?? ? ??? ip ? ???? 6.2 ( ???? en 60079-15). 4. ?? ? ?????? ??? ??????? ??????? ? ? ????? ?? 40 % ? ??? ? . ??? ??? ? kema 04 atex 1151x 1. ????????? ??? ??? profibus ?? ? ?????? ?? , ? ????? ?? ? ?????? ??? . 2. ??? ? ?? ? ???? ??????? ? ???? ? , ????????? ??? ??? profibus ?? 6es7972 ?? ? ???? ?? ? . ? ? ?? ? ??? ?? ? ??? ?? - ???? ip 54 ( ???? en 60529). 3. ????????? ??? ??? profibus ?? ? ?????? ?????? ???? ???? ???? . 4. ?????? ?? ??????? ? ??? ??? , ?? ? ????????? ? ???????? ? ??? , ????? ? ???????? ?? ?? ???? ????? , ????? , ?? ?? ??????? , ??? ? ?????? . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
????? product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 67 a5e00352937-03 ??? ??? ? kema 05 atex 1137x 1. ??????? ???? / ???? ?? ? ???? ?? ? . ? ? ?? ? ??? ?? ? ??? ?? - ???? ip 54 ( ???? en 60529). ? ?? ? ??? ???? ??? ? ???? ?? , ?? ????? ?? . ? ? ?? ? ?? ?????? ? ??????? ? ?? 2 ( ???? en 60079-15). 2. ??? ? ????? ?? ? ??????? ? ? ? ? ??? ??? ???? ???? > 70 c, ?? ??? ??? ??? ????? ? ????????? ? ???? ?? ? > 80 c, ?????? ??? ? ?????? ?? ? ????? ???????? ??????? ???? . 3. ?? ? ?????? ??? ??????? ??????? ? ? ????? ?? 40 % ? ??? ? . ??? ????? ??? ????? ? ??????? ???? / ???? ????? ???? ???? . http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
roman ? 68 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 utilizarea unit ?? ilor constructive/modulelor ?n domeniul cu poten ? ial exploziv din zona 2 unit ?? i constructive/module aprobate ?n continuare ve ? i g ? si indica ? ii importante pentru instalarea grupelor constructive/modulelor ?n domeniul cu poten ? ial exploziv. lista cu unit ?? ile constructive/modulele se afl ? pe internet: http://support.automation. siemens.com/ww/view/en/ pe aceast ? pagin ? web (?n fereastra de c ? utare) introduce ? i id-ul articolului, vezi tabelul. locul de fabrica ? ie / aprobarea ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 conform en 60079-15 : 2003 num ? r verificare: vezi tabelul locul de fabrica ? ie unit ?? i constructive/module num ? r verificare id articol et 200s et 200s module de siguran ?? kema 01 atex 1238 x 24037700 s7-300 et 200m cuplaj magistral ? dp/pa repetor diagnoz ? s7-300 unit ?? i constructive de siguran ?? kema 02 atex 1096 x 24038475 siemens ag, bereich a&d werner-von-siemens- stra?e 50 92224 amberg germany ? techer racord magistral ? profibusr kema 04 atex 1151 x 24028800 s7-400 kema 03 atex 1125x 21479867 s7-300 cp ts adaptor ii ts adaptor ie kema 03 atex 1228x 21497622 simatic net kema 03 atex 1226x 21089482 siemens ag, bereich a&d ?stliche rheinbrcken- stra?e 50 76187 karlsruhe germany et 200m marshalled termination assemblies kema 05 atex 1137 x 24193554 indica ? ie unit ?? ile constructive/modulele cu aprobarea ii 3 g eex na ii t3 .. t6 se pot utiliza numai ?n sisteme simatic din categoria de aparate 3. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
roman ? product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area 69 a5e00352937-03 mentenan ?? pentru repara ? ie, unit ?? ile constructive/modulele respective se vor trimite la locul de fabrica ? ie. repara ? ia se poate efectua numai acolo. condi ? ii speciale pentru: kema 01 atex 1238x kema 02 atex 1096x kema 03 atex 1125x, atex 1226x, atex 1228x 1. unit ?? ile constructive/modulele se vor monta ?ntr-o carcas ? adecvat ? . aceast ? carcas ? va garanta cel pu ? in tipul de protec ? ie ip 54 (conform en 60529). la aceasta se vor respecta condi ? iile de mediu ?n care se instaleaz ? dispozitivul. pentru carcas ? va fi disponibil ? declara ? ia produc ? torului pentru zona 2 (conform en 60079-15). 2. dac ? la cablu, respectiv la intrarea cablului acestei carcase, ?n condi ? ii de func ? ionare, este atins ? o temperatur ? > 70 c sau dac ? ?n condi ? ii de func ? ionare, la deriva ? ia conductorilor poate fi o temperatur ? > 80 c, caracteristicile de temperatur ? ale cablurilor trebuie s ? corespund ? temperaturilor reale m ? surate. 3. intr ? rile de cablu utilizate vor corespunde tipul ui de protec ? ie ip ? i sec ? iunii 6.2 (conform en 60079-15). 4. se vor lua m ? suri pentru ca tensiunea nominal ? prin fenomene tranzitorii s ? nu dep ?? easc ? mai mult cu 40 %. condi ? ii speciale pentru kema 04 atex 1151x 1. ? techerele de conectare pentru magistral ? profibus se vor instala astfel ?ncat s ? fie protejate contra pericolelor mecanice. 2. dac ? nu se poate evita p ? trunderea umezelii ? i a prafului, ? techerele de conectare pentru magistral ? profibus, seria 6es7972-... se vor monta ?ntr-o carcas ? adecvat ? . aceast ? carcas ? va garanta cel pu ? in tipul de protec ? ie ip 54 (conform en 60529). 3. ? techerele de conectare pentru magistral ? profibus se vor fixa corespunz ? tor cu ? uruburile livrate. 4. conectarea, resp. separarea firelor conduc ? toare de tensiune sau la ac ? ionarea comutatorului aparatului, de exemplu ?n scopuri de instalare sau ?ntre ? inere, este permis ? numai dac ? se garanteaz ? c ? zona nu prezint ? poten ? ial exploziv. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/
roman ? 70 product information on the use of subassemb lies/modules in a zone 2 hazardous area a5e00352937-03 condi ? ii speciale pentru kema 05 atex 1137x 1. unit ?? ile constructive/modulele se vor monta ?ntr-o carcas ? adecvat ? . aceast ? carcas ? va garanta cel pu ? in tipul de protec ? ie ip 54 (conform en 60529). la aceasta se vor respecta condi ? iile de mediu ?n care se instaleaz ? dispozitivul. pentru carcas ? va fi disponibil ? declara ? ia produc ? torului pentru zona 2 (conform en 60079-15). 2. dac ? la cablu, respectiv la intrarea cablului acestei carcase, ?n condi ? ii de func ? ionare, este atins ? o temperatur ? > 70 c sau dac ? ?n condi ? ii de func ? ionare, la deriva ? ia conductorilor poate fi o temperatur ? > 80 c, caracteristicile de temperatur ? ale cablurilor trebuie s ? corespund ? temperaturilor reale m ? surate. 3. se vor lua m ? suri pentru ca tensiunea nominal ? prin fenomene tranzitorii s ? nu dep ?? easc ? mai mult cu 40 %. informa ? ii suplimentare informa ? ii suplimentare cu privire la grupele constructive/module se afl ? ?n manualul aferent. http://www..net/ datasheet pdf - http://www..net/

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of 6SE7-332-5HD01-0AB0

	To Download 6SE7-332-5HD01-0AB0 Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .